C
M
Y
CM
MY
CY
CMY
K
20_CHEV_Spark_COV_en_US_84321087B_2019SEP25.ai 1 8/26/2019 2:43:54 PM20_CHEV_Spark_COV_en_US_84321087B_2019SEP25.ai 1 8/26/2019 2:43:54 PM
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Contents
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . . 7
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Instruments and Controls . . . . . . . 79
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . 148
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 273
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Customer Information . . . . . . . . . 291
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . 301
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 9/4/19
2 Introduction
Introduction
The names, logos, emblems,
slogans, vehicle model names, and
vehicle body designs appearing in
this manual including, but not limited
to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET,
the CHEVROLET Emblem, and
SPARK are trademarks and/or
service marks of General Motors
LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates,
or licensors.
For vehicles first sold in Canada,
substitute the name “General
Motors of Canada Company” for
Chevrolet Motor Division wherever it
appears in this manual.
This manual describes features that
may or may not be on the vehicle
because of optional equipment that
was not purchased on the vehicle,
model variants, country
specifications, features/applications
that may not be available in your
region, or changes subsequent to
the printing of this owner’s manual.
Refer to the purchase
documentation relating to your
specific vehicle to confirm the
features.
Keep this manual in the vehicle for
quick reference.
Canadian Vehicle Owners
A French language manual can be
obtained from your dealer, at
www.helminc.com, or from:
Propriétaires Canadiens
On peut obtenir un exemplaire de
ce guide en français auprès du
concessionnaire ou à l'adresse
suivante:
Helm, Incorporated
Attention: Customer Service
47911 Halyard Drive
Plymouth, MI 48170
USA
Using this Manual
To quickly locate information about
the vehicle, use the Index in the
back of the manual. It is an
alphabetical list of what is in the
manual and the page number where
it can be found.
Litho in U.S.A.
Part No. 84321087 B Second Printing
©
2019 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Introduction 3
Danger, Warning, and
Caution
Warning messages found on vehicle
labels and in this manual describe
hazards and what to do to avoid or
reduce them.
{
Danger
Danger indicates a hazard with a
high level of risk which will result
in serious injury or death.
{
Warning
Warning indicates a hazard that
could result in injury or death.
Caution
Caution indicates a hazard that
could result in property or vehicle
damage.
A circle with a slash through it is a
safety symbol which means “Do
Not,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not let
this happen.”
Symbols
The vehicle has components and
labels that use symbols instead of
text. Symbols are shown along with
the text describing the operation or
information relating to a specific
component, control, message,
gauge, or indicator.
M : Shown when the owner ’s
manual has additional instructions
or information.
* : Shown when the service
manual has additional instructions
or information.
0 : Shown when there is more
information on another page —
“see page.”
Vehicle Symbol Chart
Here are some additional symbols
that may be found on the vehicle
and what they mean. See the
features in this manual for
information.
u : Air Conditioning System
G : Air Conditioning Refrigerant Oil
9 : Airbag Readiness Light
! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)
$ : Brake System Warning Light
9 : Dispose of Used Components
Properly
P : Do Not Apply High Pressure
Water
B : Engine Coolant Temperature
_ : Flame/Fire Prohibited
H : Flammable
[ : Forward Collision Alert
R : Fuse Block Cover Lock
Location
+ : Fuses
j : ISOFIX/LATCH System Child
Restraints
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
4 Introduction
Q : Keep Fuse Block Covers
Properly Installed
| : Lane Change Alert
@ : Lane Departure Warning
A : Lane Keep Assist
* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp
: : Oil Pressure
X : Park Assist
~ : Pedestrian Ahead Indicator
O : Power
7 : Rear Cross Traffic Alert
I : Registered Technician
/ : Remote Vehicle Start
> : Seat Belt Reminders
I : Side Blind Zone Alert
h : Stop/Start
7 : Tire Pressure Monitor
d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak/
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
a : Under Pressure
V : Vehicle Ahead Indicator
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Introduction 5
Instrument Panel Overview
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
6 Introduction
1. Air Vents 0 145.
2. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 109.
Instrument Panel Illumination
Control 0 113.
3. Turn and Lane-Change Signals
0 112.
Driver Information Center (DIC)
Controls. See Driver
Information Center (DIC) 0 98.
4. Instrument Cluster 0 84.
Driver Information Center (DIC)
Display. See Driver Information
Center (DIC) 0 98.
5. Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 80.
Rear Window Wiper/Washer
0 81.
6. Hazard Warning Flashers
0 112.
7. Light Sensor. See Automatic
Headlamp System 0 111.
8. Infotainment. See Introduction
0 116.
9. Power Outlets 0 82.
10. Climate Control Systems
0 143.
11. Heated Front Seats 0 33 (If
Equipped).
12. Shift Lever. See Automatic
Transmission 0 171 (If
Equipped) or Manual
Transmission 0 173 (If
Equipped).
13. Parking Brake 0 176.
14. Auxiliary Jack 0 127.
15. Ignition Positions (Keyless
Access) 0 160 or
Ignition Positions (Key Access)
0 162.
16. Steering Wheel Controls 0 80
(If Equipped).
17. Horn 0 80.
18. Steering Wheel Adjustment
0 80 (Out of View).
19. Cruise Control 0 179 (If
Equipped).
Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System 0 186 (If Equipped).
20. Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 177.
Lane Departure Warning
(LDW) 0 189 (If Equipped).
21. Instrument Panel Fuse Block
0 229.
22. Hood Release. See Hood
0 199.
23. Data Link Connector (DLC)
(Out of View). See Malfunction
Indicator Lamp (Check Engine
Light) 0 89.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Keys, Doors, and Windows 7
Keys, Doors, and
Windows
Keys and Locks
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation (Key
Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation (Keyless
Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 18
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Doors
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Vehicle Security
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . 21
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Immobilizer Operation (Key
Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Immobilizer Operation (Keyless
Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Exterior Mirrors
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Manual Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Interior Mirrors
Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 25
Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . 25
Windows
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Manual Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Roof
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Keys and Locks
Keys
{
Warning
Leaving children in a vehicle with
the ignition key is dangerous and
children or others could be
seriously injured or killed. They
could operate the power windows
or other controls or make the
vehicle move. The windows will
function with the keys in the
ignition, and children or others
could be caught in the path of a
closing window. Do not leave
children in a vehicle with the
ignition key.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
8 Keys, Doors, and Windows
{
Warning
If the key is unintentionally
rotated while the vehicle is
running, the ignition could be
moved out of the RUN position.
This could be caused by heavy
items hanging from the key ring,
or by large or long items attached
to the key ring that could be
contacted by the driver or
steering wheel. If the ignition
moves out of the RUN position,
the engine will shut off, braking
and steering power assist may be
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
impacted, and airbags may not
deploy. To reduce the risk of
unintentional rotation of the
ignition key, do not change the
way the ignition key and Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter,
if equipped, are connected to the
provided key rings.
The ignition key and key rings, and
RKE transmitter, if equipped, are
designed to work together as a
system to reduce the risk of
unintentionally moving the key out
of the RUN position. The ignition
key has a small hole to allow
attachment of the provided key ring.
It is important that any replacement
ignition keys have a small hole. See
your dealer if a replacement key is
required.
The combination and size of the
rings that came with your keys were
specifically selected for your
vehicle. The rings are connected to
the key like two links of a chain to
reduce the risk of unintentionally
moving the key out of the RUN
position. Do not add any additional
items to the ring attached to the
ignition key. Attach additional items
only to the second ring, and limit
added items to a few essential keys
or small, light items no larger than
an RKE transmitter.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Keys, Doors, and Windows 9
Interference from radio-frequency
identification (RFID) tags may
prevent the key from starting the
vehicle. Keep RFID tags away from
the key when starting the vehicle.
LS
1LT
The key that is part of the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter can
be used for the ignition and all
locks.
Press the button on the front of the
RKE transmitter to extend the key.
Never extend the key without
pressing the button.
Press the button and the key blade
to retract the key.
2LT
The 2LT key can be used for all
locks. This vehicle has pushbutton
start.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
10 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Press the button on the side of the
RKE transmitter to release the key.
Never take the key out without
pressing the button.
See your dealer if a new key is
needed.
If it becomes difficult to turn the key,
inspect the key blade for debris.
Periodically clean with a brush
or pick.
If you are locked out of the vehicle,
see Roadside Assistance Program
0 295.
With an active OnStar or connected
service plan, an OnStar Advisor
may remotely unlock the vehicle.
See OnStar Overview 0 305.
Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System
See Radio Frequency Statement
0 301.
If there is a decrease in the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) operating
range:
.
Check the distance. The
transmitter may be too far from
the vehicle.
.
Check the location. Other
vehicles or objects may be
blocking the signal.
.
Check the transmitter's battery.
See “Battery Replacement” later
in this section.
.
If the transmitter is still not
working correctly, see your
dealer or a qualified technician
for service.
Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation
(Key Access)
The RKE transmitter may work up to
60 m (167 ft) away from the vehicle.
Other conditions can affect the
performance of the transmitter. See
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System 0 10.
1LT
The following buttons are on the
transmitter:
Q : Press once to lock all doors, the
fuel door, and the liftgate. The turn
signal indicators may flash and/or
the horn may sound on the second
press to indicate locking.
If the driver door is open when
Q is
pressed and Open Door Anti Lock
Out is enabled through the vehicle
personalization, all doors will lock
and then the driver door will
immediately unlock. If the
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Keys, Doors, and Windows 11
passenger door is open when Q is
pressed, all doors lock. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 105.
Pressing
Q may also arm the
theft-deterrent system. See Vehicle
Alarm System 0 21.
K : Press to unlock the driver door
and the fuel door. Press again within
five seconds to unlock all doors and
the liftgate. The turn signal
indicators flash to indicate unlocking
has occurred.
See Vehicle Personalization 0 105.
Pressing
K may also disarm the
theft-deterrent system. See Vehicle
Alarm System 0 21.
7 : Press and release one time to
initiate vehicle locator. The exterior
lamps flash and the horn chirps
three times. Press and hold
7 for at
least three seconds to sound the
panic alarm. The horn sounds and
the turn signals flash for
30 seconds, or until
7 is pressed
again, or the key is placed in the
ignition and turned on.
Programming Keys to the
Vehicle
Only keys programmed to this
vehicle will work. If a key is lost or
stolen, a replacement can be
purchased and programmed through
your dealer. When the replacement
key is programmed to this vehicle,
all remaining keys must also be
reprogrammed. Any lost or stolen
keys will no longer work once the
new key is programmed.
Programming with Two
Recognized Keys
To program a new key:
1. Insert the original, already
programmed key in the ignition
and turn the ignition on without
starting the vehicle.
2. Turn the ignition off, and
remove the key.
3. Quickly, within five seconds,
insert the second original
already programmed key in the
ignition and turn the ignition on
without starting the vehicle.
4. Turn the ignition off, and
remove the key.
5. Insert the new key to be
programmed, and within
five seconds, turn the ignition
on without starting the vehicle.
The security light will turn off
once the key has been
programmed.
6. Repeat Steps 1–5 if additional
keys are to be programmed.
If a key is lost or damaged, see your
dealer to have a new key made.
Programming without a
Recognized Key
Program a new key to the vehicle
when a recognized key is not
available. Canadian regulations
require that owners see their dealer.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
12 Keys, Doors, and Windows
If two currently recognized keys are
not available, follow this procedure
to program the first key.
This procedure will take
approximately 30 minutes to
complete for the first key. The
vehicle must be off and all of the
keys you wish to program must be
with you.
1. Insert the new vehicle key into
the ignition.
2. Turn the ignition on without
starting the vehicle. The
security light will come on.
3. Wait 10 minutes until the
security light turns off.
4. Turn the ignition off.
5. Repeat Steps 2–4 two more
times. After the third time, turn
the ignition on without starting
the vehicle; the key is learned
and all previously known keys
will no longer work with the
vehicle.
6. To program the second key,
turn the ignition off and insert
the second key to be learned
and turn the ignition on without
starting the vehicle.
After the two keys are learned,
remaining keys can be learned by
following the procedure in
“Programming with Two
Recognized Keys.”
Battery Replacement
(1LT Only)
Caution
When replacing the battery, do
not touch any of the circuitry on
the transmitter. Static from your
body could damage the
transmitter.
The battery is not rechargeable. To
replace the battery:
1. Press the button on the side of
the RKE transmitter to extend
the key. Never pull the key out
without pressing the button.
2. Remove the battery cover by
prying it with a finger.
3. Remove the battery by pushing
on the battery and sliding it
toward the key blade.
4. Insert the new battery, positive
side facing up. Push the
battery down until it is held in
place. Replace with a CR2032
or equivalent battery.
5. Snap the battery cover back on
to the transmitter.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Keys, Doors, and Windows 13
Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation
(Keyless Access)
The Keyless Access system allows
for vehicle entry when the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is
within 1 m (3 ft). See “Keyless
Access Operation” later in this
section.
The RKE transmitter may work up to
60 m (167 ft) away from the vehicle.
Other conditions can affect the
performance of the RKE transmitter.
See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System 0 10.
2LT
The following buttons are on the
transmitter:
Q : Press once to lock all doors, the
fuel door, and the liftgate. The turn
signal indicators may flash and/or
the horn may sound on the second
press to indicate locking.
If the driver door is open when
Q is
pressed and Open Door Anti Lock
Out is enabled through the vehicle
personalization, all doors will lock
and then the driver door will
immediately unlock. If the
passenger door is open when
Q is
pressed, all doors lock. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 105.
Pressing
Q may also arm the
theft-deterrent system. See Vehicle
Alarm System 0 21.
K : Press to unlock the driver door
and the fuel door. Press again within
five seconds to unlock all doors and
the liftgate. The turn signal
indicators flash to indicate unlocking
has occurred.
See Vehicle Personalization 0 105.
Pressing
K may also disarm the
theft-deterrent system. See Vehicle
Alarm System 0 21.
7 : Press and release one time to
initiate vehicle locator. The exterior
lamps flash and the horn chirps
three times. Press and hold
7 for at
least three seconds to sound the
panic alarm. The horn sounds and
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
14 Keys, Doors, and Windows
the turn signals flash for
30 seconds, or until
7 is pressed
again or the ignition is turned on.
Keyless Access Operation
If equipped, the Keyless Access
system lets you lock and unlock the
doors and access the liftgate
without removing the RKE
transmitter from your pocket, purse,
briefcase, etc. The RKE transmitter
should be within 1 m (3 ft) of the
liftgate or door being opened. If the
vehicle has this feature, there will be
buttons on the outside front door
handles.
The vehicle can be customized to
always unlock all doors on the first
lock/unlock button press. See
Vehicle Personalization 0 105.
Keyless Unlocking/Locking from
the Driver Door
When the doors are locked and the
RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft)
of the driver door handle, pressing
the lock/unlock button on the driver
door handle will unlock the driver
door. If the lock/unlock button is
pressed again within five seconds,
all passenger doors will unlock. Pull
the door handle to unlatch the door.
Driver Side Shown, Passenger
Similar
Pressing the lock/unlock button will
cause all doors to lock if any of the
following occur:
.
It has been no more than
five seconds since the first lock/
unlock button press.
.
Two lock/unlock button presses
were used to unlock all doors.
.
Any vehicle door has opened
and all doors are now closed.
Keyless Unlocking/Locking from
the Passenger Doors
When the doors are locked and the
RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft)
of the passenger door handle,
pressing the lock/unlock button on
the passenger door handle will
unlock all doors.
Pressing the lock/unlock button will
cause all doors to lock if any of the
following occur:
.
The lock/unlock button was used
to unlock all doors.
.
Any vehicle door has opened
and all doors are now closed.
Disable/Enable Keyless Unlocking
of Exterior Door Handles and
Liftgate
If equipped, keyless unlocking of the
exterior door handles and liftgate
can be disabled and enabled.
Disabling Keyless Unlocking:
With the vehicle off, press and
hold
Q and K on the RKE
transmitter at the same time for
approximately three seconds. The
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Keys, Doors, and Windows 15
turn signal lamps will flash four
times quickly to indicate access is
disabled. Using any exterior handle
to unlock the doors or open the
liftgate will cause the turn signal
lamps to flash four times quickly,
indicating access is disabled.
If disabled, disarm the alarm system
before starting the vehicle.
Enabling Keyless Unlocking:
With the vehicle off, press and
hold
Q and K on the RKE
transmitter at the same time for
approximately three seconds. The
turn signal lamps will flash twice
quickly to indicate access is
enabled.
Passive Locking
If equipped with Keyless Access,
the vehicle will lock several seconds
after all doors are closed if the
vehicle is off and at least one
transmitter has been removed or
none remain in the vehicle.
The fuel door will lock.
If other electronic devices interfere
with the RKE transmitter signal, the
vehicle may not detect the RKE
transmitter inside the vehicle.
If passive locking is enabled, the
doors may lock with the RKE
transmitter inside the vehicle. Do
not leave the RKE transmitter in an
unattended vehicle.
Temporary Disable of Passive
Locking
Temporarily disable passive locking
by pressing and holding
K on the
interior door switch with a door open
for at least four seconds, or until
three chimes are heard. Passive
locking will then remain disabled
until
Q on the interior door is
pressed, or until the vehicle is
turned on.
To customize the doors to
automatically lock when exiting the
vehicle, see Vehicle Personalization
0 105.
Remote Left In Vehicle Alert
When the vehicle is turned off and
an RKE transmitter is left in the
vehicle, the horn will chirp three
times after all doors are closed. To
turn on or off see Vehicle
Personalization 0 105.
Remote No Longer in Vehicle Alert
If the vehicle is on with a door open,
and then all doors are closed, the
vehicle will check for RKE
transmitters inside. If an RKE
transmitter is not detected, the
Driver Information Center (DIC) will
display NO REMOTE DETECTED
and the horn will chirp three times.
This occurs only once each time the
vehicle is driven. To turn on or off
see Vehicle Personalization 0 105.
Keyless Liftgate Opening
To open the liftgate, press the touch
pad on the rear of the liftgate above
the license plate. The doors must be
unlocked or the RKE transmitter
must be within 1 m (3 ft).
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
16 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Key Access
To access a vehicle with a weak
transmitter battery, see Door Locks
0 17.
Programming Transmitters to
the Vehicle
Only RKE transmitters programmed
to the vehicle will work. If a
transmitter is lost or stolen, a
replacement can be purchased and
programmed through your dealer.
The vehicle can be reprogrammed
so that lost or stolen transmitters no
longer work. Any remaining
transmitters will need to be
reprogrammed. Each vehicle can
have up to eight transmitters
matched to it.
Starting the Vehicle with a Low
Transmitter Battery
If the transmitter battery is weak, the
DIC may display NO REMOTE
DETECTED when trying to start the
vehicle. The DIC may also display
REPLACE BATTERY IN
REMOTE KEY.
To start the vehicle:
1. Place the transmitter in the
transmitter pocket with the
buttons facing the front of the
vehicle.
2. With the vehicle in P (Park) or
N (Neutral), press the brake
pedal, and press ENGINE
START/STOP.
Replace the transmitter battery
as soon as possible.
Battery Replacement
(2LT Only)
Replace the battery in the
transmitter soon if the DIC displays
REPLACE BATTERY IN
REMOTE KEY.
Caution
When replacing the battery, do
not touch any of the circuitry on
the transmitter. Static from your
body could damage the
transmitter.
To replace the battery:
1. Remove the key from the RKE
transmitter.
2. Insert a flat, thin object in the
center of the transmitter to
separate and remove the back
cover.
3. Lift the battery with a flat
object.
4. Remove the battery.
5. Insert the new battery, positive
side toward the back cover.
Replace with a CR2032 or
equivalent battery.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Keys, Doors, and Windows 17
6. Push the transmitter together.
7. Reinsert the key.
Door Locks
{
Warning
Unlocked doors can be
dangerous.
.
Passengers, especially
children, can easily open
the doors and fall out of a
moving vehicle. The doors
can be unlocked and
opened while the vehicle is
moving. The chance of
being thrown out of the
vehicle in a crash is
increased if the doors are
not locked. So, all
passengers should wear
seat belts properly and the
doors should be locked
whenever the vehicle is
driven.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
.
Young children who get into
unlocked vehicles may be
unable to get out. A child
can be overcome by
extreme heat and can suffer
permanent injuries or even
death from heat stroke.
Always lock the vehicle
whenever leaving it.
.
Outsiders can easily enter
through an unlocked door
when you slow down or stop
the vehicle. Locking the
doors can help prevent this
from happening.
To lock or unlock the doors from
outside the vehicle, use the key in
the driver door or press
Q or K on
the RKE transmitter. See Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) System
Operation (Key Access) 0 10 or
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation (Keyless Access)
0 13.
Keyless Access
If equipped, the RKE transmitter
must be within 1 m (3 ft) of the door
or liftgate being opened.
Press the button on the door handle
to open. See “Keyless Access
Operation” under Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key
Access) 0 10 or
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation (Keyless Access)
0 13.
Power Door Locks
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
18 Keys, Doors, and Windows
To lock and unlock the doors from
inside the vehicle:
.
Press
Q or K , if equipped.
.
Use the lock knob on the top of
the door panel.
Delayed Locking
This feature delays the locking of
the doors until five seconds after all
doors are closed.
Delayed locking can only be turned
on when the Open Door
Anti-Lockout feature has been
turned off.
When
Q is pressed on the power
door lock switch while the door is
open, a chime will sound three
times indicating delayed locking is
active.
The doors will lock automatically
five seconds after all doors are
closed. If a door is reopened before
that time, the five-second timer will
reset when all doors are closed
again.
Press
Q on the door lock switch
again or press
Q on the RKE
transmitter to lock the doors
immediately.
This feature can also be
programmed. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 105.
Automatic Door Locks
If equipped, the vehicle is
programmed so that when the doors
are closed, the ignition is on, and
the shift lever is moved out of
P (Park) for automatic
transmissions, or the vehicle speed
is above 13 km/h (8 mph) for manual
transmissions, the doors and the
liftgate will lock.
To unlock the doors and the liftgate:
.
Press
K on the door.
.
If equipped with an automatic
transmission, shift the
transmission into P (Park).
.
If equipped with a manual
transmission, remove the key
from the ignition.
Lockout Protection
Key Access : When locking is
requested with the driver door open
and the key in the ignition, all the
doors will lock and then the driver
door will unlock.
This can be manually overridden by
pressing and holding
Q on the
power door lock switch.
Keyless Access : When locking is
requested with the driver door open
and the vehicle is on or in ACC/
ACCESSORY, all the doors will lock
and then the driver door will unlock.
If the vehicle is off and locking is
requested while a door is open,
when all doors are closed the
vehicle will check for RKE
transmitters inside. If an RKE
transmitter is detected and the
number of RKE transmitters inside
has not reduced, the driver door will
unlock and the horn will sound three
times.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Keys, Doors, and Windows 19
This can be manually overridden by
pressing and holding
Q on the
power door lock switch.
Open Door Anti-Lockout
If Open Door Anti-Lockout is turned
on and the vehicle is off, the driver
door is open, and locking is
requested, all the doors will lock and
the driver door will remain open.
Press the button again to lock the
driver door. The Open Door
Anti-Lockout feature can be turned
on or off. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 105.
Safety Locks
The vehicle has rear door safety
locks on each rear door that prevent
passengers from opening the rear
doors from the inside.
Using the Rear Door
Safety Lock
1. Move the lever up to lock.
2. Close the door.
3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for the
other rear door lock.
Caution
Pulling the inside door handle
while the rear door safety locks
are engaged could damage your
vehicle. Do not pull the inside
door handle while the rear door
safety locks are engaged.
The rear doors on the vehicle
cannot be opened from the inside
while this feature is in use.
Opening a Rear Door When the
Safety Lock Is On
1. Unlock the door from the
inside.
2. Open the door from the
outside.
For the rear doors to open from the
inside, the safety locks have to be
moved back to the unlock position.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
20 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Canceling a Rear Door
Safety Lock
1. Unlock the door from the inside
and open the door from the
outside.
2. Move the lever down to unlock.
3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for the
other rear door lock.
The rear door locks can now be
locked and unlocked normally.
Doors
Liftgate
{
Warning
Exhaust gases can enter the
vehicle if it is driven with the
liftgate, hatch/trunk open, or with
any objects that pass through the
seal between the body and the
hatch/trunk or liftgate. Engine
exhaust contains carbon
monoxide (CO) which cannot be
seen or smelled. It can cause
unconsciousness and even death.
If the vehicle must be driven with
the liftgate or hatch/trunk open:
.
Close all of the windows.
.
Fully open the air outlets on
or under the instrument
panel.
.
Adjust the climate control
system to a setting that
brings in only outside air
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
and set the fan speed to the
highest setting. See
“Climate Control Systems”
in the Index.
.
If the vehicle is equipped
with a power liftgate, disable
the power liftgate function.
For more information about
carbon monoxide, see Engine
Exhaust 0 170.
Caution
To avoid damage to the liftgate or
liftgate glass, make sure the area
above and behind the liftgate is
clear before opening it.
To unlock the liftgate, press
K on
the power door lock switch or on the
RKE transmitter to unlock all doors.
If equipped, use the key in the key
cylinder.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Keys, Doors, and Windows 21
Press the touch pad and lift to open
or, if equipped, pull the handle and
lift up.
To lock the liftgate, press
Q on the
power door lock switch or on the
RKE transmitter. If equipped, lock
using the key in the key cylinder.
See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation (Key Access)
0 10 or
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation (Keyless Access)
0 13.
When closing the liftgate, close from
the center so that it fully latches.
Vehicle Security
This vehicle has theft-deterrent
features; however, they do not make
the vehicle impossible to steal.
Vehicle Alarm System
This vehicle has an anti-theft alarm
system.
The security light, on the instrument
panel near the windshield, indicates
the status of the system:
Off : Alarm system is disarmed.
On Solid : Vehicle is secured
during the delay to arm the system.
Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured.
A door, the hood, or the liftgate
is open.
Slow Flash : Alarm system is
armed.
Arming the Alarm System
1. Turn off the vehicle.
2. Lock the vehicle with one of
the following:
.
Use the RKE transmitter.
.
With a door open, press
Q
on the interior.
3. After 30 seconds the alarm
system will arm, and the
indicator light will begin to
slowly flash indicating the
alarm system is operating.
Pressing
Q on the RKE
transmitter a second time will
bypass the 30-second delay
and immediately arm the alarm
system.
The vehicle alarm system will not
arm if the doors are locked with
the key.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
22 Keys, Doors, and Windows
If the driver door or liftgate is
opened without first unlocking with
the RKE transmitter, the horn will
chirp and the lights will flash to
indicate a pre-alarm. If the vehicle is
not started, or the door is not
unlocked by pressing
K on the RKE
transmitter during the 10-second
pre-alarm, the alarm will be
activated.
The alarm will also be activated if
the passenger door, the liftgate,
or the hood is opened without first
disarming the system. When the
alarm is activated, the turn signals
flash and the horn sounds for about
30 seconds. The alarm system will
then re-arm to monitor for the next
unauthorized event.
Disarming the System
To disarm the system or turn off the
alarm if it has been activated, do
one of the following:
.
Press
K on the RKE transmitter.
.
Start the vehicle.
To avoid setting off the alarm by
accident:
.
Lock the vehicle with the RKE
transmitter after all occupants
have left the vehicle and all
doors are closed.
.
Always unlock the vehicle with
the RKE transmitter. Unlocking
the driver door with the key will
not disarm the alarm.
Unlocking the driver door with
the key will not disarm the
system or turn off the alarm.
How to Detect a Tamper
Condition
If K is pressed on the RKE
transmitter and the horn chirps or
the lights flash three times, a
previous alarm occurred while the
system was armed.
If the alarm has been activated, a
message will appear on the DIC.
See Vehicle Messages (Base Level
Cluster) 0 103 or
Vehicle Messages (Uplevel Cluster)
0 104 for more information.
Immobilizer
See Radio Frequency Statement
0 301.
Immobilizer Operation
(Key Access)
This vehicle has a passive
theft-deterrent system.
The system does not have to be
manually armed or disarmed.
The vehicle is automatically
immobilized when the key is
removed from the ignition.
The system is automatically
disarmed when the vehicle is
started with the correct key. The key
uses a transponder that matches an
immobilizer control unit in the
vehicle and automatically disarms
the system. Only an authorized key
starts the vehicle. The vehicle may
not start if the key is damaged.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Keys, Doors, and Windows 23
The security light, in the instrument
cluster, comes on if there is a
problem with arming or disarming
the theft-deterrent system.
When trying to start the vehicle, the
security light comes on briefly when
the ignition is turned on.
If the engine does not start and the
security light stays on, there is a
problem with the system. Turn the
ignition off and try again.
If the engine still does not start, and
the key appears to be undamaged
or the light continues to stay on, try
another ignition key. If the engine
does not start with the other key, the
vehicle needs service. If the vehicle
does start, the first key may be
damaged. See your dealer who can
service the theft-deterrent system
and have a new key made.
Do not leave the key or device that
disarms or deactivates the
theft-deterrent system in the vehicle.
Immobilizer Operation
(Keyless Access)
This vehicle has a passive
theft-deterrent system.
The system does not have to be
manually armed or disarmed.
The vehicle is automatically
immobilized when the transmitter
leaves the vehicle.
The immobilization system is
disarmed when the ignition button is
pressed and a valid transmitter is
found in the vehicle.
The security light in the instrument
cluster comes on when there is a
problem with arming or disarming
the theft-deterrent system.
The system has one or more
transmitters matched to an
immobilizer control unit in your
vehicle. Only a correctly matched
transmitter will start the vehicle.
If the transmitter is ever damaged,
you may not be able to start your
vehicle.
When trying to start the vehicle, the
security light comes on briefly when
the ignition is turned on.
If the engine does not start and the
security light stays on, there is a
problem with the system. Turn the
vehicle off and try again.
If the RKE transmitter appears to be
undamaged, try another transmitter.
Or, you may try placing the
transmitter in the transmitter pocket
in the center console. See “Starting
the Vehicle with a Low Transmitter
Battery” under Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key
Access) 0 10 or
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
24 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation (Keyless Access)
0 13.
If the engine does not start with the
other transmitter or when the
transmitter is in the pocket in the
center console, your vehicle needs
service. See your dealer who can
service the theft-deterrent system
and have a new transmitter
programmed to the vehicle.
Do not leave the transmitter or
device that disarms or deactivates
the theft-deterrent system in the
vehicle.
Exterior Mirrors
Convex Mirrors
{
Warning
A convex mirror can make things,
like other vehicles, look farther
away than they really are. If you
cut too sharply into the right lane,
you could hit a vehicle on the
right. Check the inside mirror or
glance over your shoulder before
changing lanes.
The passenger side mirror is convex
shaped. A convex mirror's surface is
curved so more can be seen from
the driver seat.
Manual Mirrors
If equipped, controls for the outside
manual mirrors are next to each
mirror. Adjust to see a little of the
side of the vehicle.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Keys, Doors, and Windows 25
Power Mirrors
1. If equipped, move the selector
switch to L (Left) or R (Right) to
choose the driver or passenger
mirror.
2. Use the control knob to adjust
the mirror so the side and the
area behind the vehicle can
be seen.
3. Return the selector switch to
the center when done.
Folding Mirrors
Manual Folding Mirrors
The vehicle has manual folding
mirrors. These mirrors can be folded
inward to prevent damage when
going through an automatic car
wash. To fold, pull the mirror toward
the vehicle. Push the mirror outward
to return it to the original position.
Heated Mirrors
If equipped, the rear window
defogger also heats the outside
mirrors.
1 : Press to heat the outside
mirrors.
See “Rear Window Defogger” under
Climate Control Systems 0 143.
Interior Mirrors
Interior Rearview Mirrors
Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear
view of the area behind your
vehicle.
If equipped with OnStar, the vehicle
may have three control buttons at
the bottom of the mirror. See OnStar
Overview 0 305.
To avoid accidental OnStar calls,
clean the mirror with the ignition off.
Do not spray glass cleaner directly
on the mirror. Use a soft towel
dampened with water.
Manual Rearview Mirror
Push the tab forward for daytime
use and pull it rearward for
nighttime use to avoid glare of the
headlamps from behind.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
26 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Windows
{
Warning
Never leave a child, a helpless
adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,
especially with the windows
closed in warm or hot weather.
They can be overcome by the
extreme heat and suffer
permanent injuries or even death
from heat stroke.
The vehicle aerodynamics are
designed to improve fuel economy
performance. This may result in a
pulsing sound when either rear
window is down and the front
windows are up. To reduce the
sound, open a front window.
Manual Windows
If equipped, turn the hand crank on
each door to manually raise or lower
the manual windows.
The rear windows do not open fully.
Power Windows
{
Warning
Children could be seriously
injured or killed if caught in the
path of a closing window. Never
leave keys in a vehicle with
children. When there are children
in the rear seat, use the window
lockout button to prevent
operation of the windows. See
Keys 0 7.
Power windows work when the
ignition is on, in ACC/ACCESSORY,
or when Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) is active. See Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 167.
Using the window switch, press to
open or pull to close the window.
The windows may be temporarily
disabled if they are used repeatedly
within a short time.
Window Lockout
This feature stops the rear door
passenger window switches from
working.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Keys, Doors, and Windows 27
.
Press
Z to engage the rear
window lockout feature.
.
Press
Z again to disengage.
Window Express Movement
All windows can be opened without
holding the window switch. Press
the switch down fully and quickly
release to express open the
window.
If equipped, pull the window switch
up fully and quickly release to
express close the window.
Briefly press or pull the window
switch in the same direction to stop
that window’s express movement.
Window Automatic Reversal
System
The express-close feature will
reverse window movement if it
comes in contact with an object.
Extreme cold or ice could cause the
window to auto-reverse. The
window will operate normally after
the object or condition is removed.
Automatic Reversal System
Override
{
Warning
If automatic reversal system
override is active, the window will
not reverse automatically. You or
others could be injured and the
window could be damaged.
Before using automatic reversal
system override, make sure that
all people and obstructions are
clear of the window path.
When the engine is on, override the
automatic reversal system by pulling
and holding the window switch if
conditions prevent it from closing.
Programming the Power
Windows
Programming may be necessary if
the vehicle battery has been
disconnected or discharged. If the
window is unable to express-up,
program each express-close
window:
1. Close all doors.
2. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/
ACCESSORY.
3. Partially open the window to be
programmed. Then close it and
continue to pull the switch
briefly after the window has
fully closed.
4. Open the window and continue
to press the switch briefly after
the window has fully opened.
Sun Visors
Pull the sun visor down to block out
glare. Detach the sun visor from the
center mount and swing it to
the side.
Visor Vanity Mirror
The vehicle may have vanity mirrors
and card holders on the back of the
sun visors. Swing down the sun
visor to expose the vanity mirror.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
28 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Roof
Sunroof
If equipped, the ignition must be on
or in ACC/ACCESSORY,
or Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
must be active to operate the
sunroof. See Ignition Positions
(Keyless Access) 0 160 or
Ignition Positions (Key Access)
0 162 and
Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
0 167.
Express-Vent/Open : Press and
release
e (1) to express-vent.
Press and release
e (1) again to
express-open the sunroof. Press the
switch again to stop movement. The
sunshade automatically opens with
the sunroof, but must be closed
manually.
Vent/Open : Press and hold
e (1)
to vent. Press and hold
e (1)
again to open the sunroof. Release
the switch to stop movement. The
sunshade automatically opens with
the sunroof, but must be closed
manually.
Close : Press and hold
g (2) to
close. Release the switch to stop
movement.
The sunroof cannot be opened or
closed if the vehicle has an
electrical failure.
Dirt and debris may collect on the
sunroof seal or in the track. This
could cause an issue with sunroof
operation or noise. It could also plug
the water drainage system.
Periodically open the sunroof and
remove any obstacles or loose
debris. Wipe the sunroof seal and
roof sealing area using a clean
cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not
remove grease from the sunroof.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Seats and Restraints 29
Seats and
Restraints
Head Restraints
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Front Seats
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Front Seat Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Rear Seats
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Seat Belts
Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
How to Wear Seat Belts
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Seat Belt Use During
Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Seat Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 42
Seat Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Replacing Seat Belt System
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Airbag System
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . 45
When Should an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
What Makes an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
How Does an Airbag
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
What Will You See after an
Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Passenger Sensing System . . . 49
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 54
Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . 55
Replacing Airbag System Parts
after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Child Restraints
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Infants and Young Children . . . . 57
Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . 60
Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 61
Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) . . . . 63
Replacing LATCH System Parts
After a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Securing Child Restraints (With
the Seat Belt in the
Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Securing Child Restraints (With
the Seat Belt in the
Front Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
30 Seats and Restraints
Head Restraints
{
Warning
With head restraints that are not
installed and adjusted properly,
there is a greater chance that
occupants will suffer a neck/
spinal injury in a crash. Do not
drive until the head restraints for
all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.
Adjust the head restraint so that the
top of the restraint is at the same
height as the top of the occupant's
head. This position reduces the
chances of a neck injury in a crash.
Front Seats
The front seats have adjustable
head restraints in the outboard
seating positions.
The height of the head restraint can
be adjusted. Pull the head restraint
up to raise it. Try to move the head
restraint to make sure that it is
locked in place.
To lower the head restraint, press
the button, located on the top of the
seatback, and push the head
restraint down. Try to move the
head restraint after the button is
released to make sure that it is
locked in place.
Rear Seats
The vehicle's rear seats have
adjustable head restraints in the
outboard seating positions.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Seats and Restraints 31
The height of the head restraint can
be adjusted. Pull the head restraint
up to raise it. Try to move the head
restraint to make sure that it is
locked in place.
To lower the head restraint, press
the button, located on the top of the
seatback, and push the head
restraint down. Try to move the
head restraint after the button is
released to make sure that it is
locked in place.
If you are installing a child restraint
in the rear seat, see “Head Restraint
Removal and Reinstallation” under
Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) 0 63.
Front Seats
Seat Adjustment
Manual Seats
{
Warning
You can lose control of the
vehicle if you try to adjust a driver
seat while the vehicle is moving.
Adjust the driver seat only when
the vehicle is not moving.
To adjust the seat:
1. Lift the bar under the front
edge of the seat cushion to
unlock the seat.
2. Slide the seat to the desired
position and release the bar.
3. Try to move the seat back and
forth to be sure it is locked in
place.
Seat Height Adjuster
If available, move the lever up or
down to manually raise or lower
the seat.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
32 Seats and Restraints
Reclining Seatbacks
{
Warning
If either seatback is not locked, it
could move forward in a sudden
stop or crash. That could cause
injury to the person sitting there.
Always push and pull on the
seatbacks to be sure they are
locked.
To recline the seatback:
1. Lift the lever.
2. Move the seatback to the
desired position, and then
release the lever to lock the
seatback in place.
3. Push and pull on the seatback
to make sure it is locked in
place.
To return the seatback to the upright
position:
1. Lift the lever fully without
applying pressure to the
seatback, and the seatback will
return to the upright position.
2. Push and pull on the seatback
to make sure it is locked.
{
Warning
Sitting in a reclined position when
the vehicle is in motion can be
dangerous. Even when buckled
up, the seat belts cannot do
their job.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
The shoulder belt will not be
against your body. Instead, it will
be in front of you. In a crash, you
could go into it, receiving neck or
other injuries.
The lap belt could go up over
your abdomen. The belt forces
would be there, not at your pelvic
bones. This could cause serious
internal injuries.
For proper protection when the
vehicle is in motion, have the
seatback upright. Then sit well
back in the seat and wear the
seat belt properly.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Seats and Restraints 33
Do not have a seatback reclined if
the vehicle is moving.
Front Seat Armrest
There is an armrest on the inboard
side of the driver seat. To raise or
lower the armrest, push up or pull
down on the armrest.
Heated Front Seats
{
Warning
If temperature change or pain to
the skin cannot be felt, the seat
heater may cause burns. To
reduce the risk of burns, use care
when using the seat heater,
especially for long periods of
time. Do not place anything on
the seat that insulates against
heat, such as a blanket, cushion,
cover, or similar item. This may
cause the seat heater to
overheat. An overheated seat
heater may cause a burn or may
damage the seat.
If equipped, the buttons are on the
center console. To operate, the
engine must be running.
Press
L or M to heat the driver or
passenger seat. The indicator light
on the control turns on when this
feature is on. Press the control
again to turn this feature off.
The passenger seat may take
longer to heat up.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
34 Seats and Restraints
Rear Seats
Rear Seat Reminder
If equipped, the message REAR
SEAT REMINDER LOOK IN REAR
SEAT displays under certain
conditions indicating there may be
an item or passenger in the rear
seat. Check before exiting the
vehicle.
This feature will activate when a
second row door is opened while
the vehicle is on or up to 10 minutes
before the vehicle is turned on.
There will be an alert when the
vehicle is turned off. The alert does
not directly detect objects in the rear
seat; instead, under certain
conditions, it detects when a rear
door is opened and closed,
indicating that there may be
something in the rear seat.
The feature is active only once each
time the vehicle is turned on and off,
and will require reactivation by
opening and closing the second row
doors. There may be an alert even
when there is nothing in the rear
seat; for example, if a child entered
the vehicle through the rear door
and left the vehicle without the
vehicle being shut off.
The feature can be turned on or off.
See Vehicle Personalization 0 105.
Folding the Seatback
Either side of the seatback can be
folded down for more cargo space.
Fold a seatback only when the
vehicle is not moving.
Caution
Folding a rear seat with the seat
belts still fastened may cause
damage to the seat or the seat
belts. Always unbuckle the seat
belts and return them to their
normal stowed position before
folding a rear seat.
To fold a seatback down:
1. Slide the front seats forward
and place the front seatbacks
in the upright position. See
Seat Adjustment 0 31 and
Reclining Seatbacks 0 32.
2. Remove the rear head
restraints. See “Head Restraint
Removal and Reinstallation”
under Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 63.
3. Pull up on the front edge of the
rear seat cushion to release it.
Tilt the seat cushion forward
toward the front of the vehicle.
4. Pull up the release knob on the
top of the seatback.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Seats and Restraints 35
5. Fold the seatback forward
and down.
6. Repeat Steps 1–5 for the other
seatback and seat cushion,
if desired.
Raising the Seatback
{
Warning
If either seatback is not locked, it
could move forward in a sudden
stop or crash. That could cause
injury to the person sitting there.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
Always push and pull on the
seatbacks to be sure they are
locked.
{
Warning
A seat belt that is improperly
routed, not properly attached,
or twisted will not provide the
protection needed in a crash. The
person wearing the belt could be
seriously injured. After raising the
rear seatback, always check to be
sure that the seat belts are
properly routed and attached, and
are not twisted.
{
Warning
With head restraints that are not
installed and adjusted properly,
there is a greater chance that
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
occupants will suffer a neck/
spinal injury in a crash. Do not
drive until the head restraints for
all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.
To return the rear seats to the
normal seating position:
1. Move the seat belt out of the
way by putting the seat belts
into the belt guide on the trim.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
36 Seats and Restraints
The seat belt should not cross
the seatback locking
mechanism when raising the
seatback.
2. Lift the seatback up slightly and
reinstall the head restraint. See
“Head Restraint Removal and
Reinstallation” under Lower
Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) 0 63.
3. Push the seatback rearward all
the way to lock it in place.
4. Push and pull the top of the
seatback to be sure it is locked
into position.
5. Return the seat cushion to its
original position and push
down on the front part of the
seat cushion until it latches.
6. Remove the seat belt from the
belt guide on the trim.
7. Repeat Steps 1–6 for the other
seatback and seat cushion,
if necessary.
If added cargo space is not needed,
the seatbacks should be kept in the
upright, locked position.
Seat Belts
This section describes how to use
seat belts properly, and some things
not to do.
{
Warning
Do not let anyone ride where a
seat belt cannot be worn properly.
In a crash, if you or your
passenger(s) are not wearing
seat belts, injuries can be much
worse than if you are wearing
seat belts. You can be seriously
injured or killed by hitting things
inside the vehicle harder or by
being ejected from the vehicle. In
addition, anyone who is not
buckled up can strike other
passengers in the vehicle.
It is extremely dangerous to ride
in a cargo area, inside or outside
of a vehicle. In a collision,
passengers riding in these areas
are more likely to be seriously
injured or killed. Do not allow
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
passengers to ride in any area of
the vehicle that is not equipped
with seats and seat belts.
Always wear a seat belt, and
check that all passenger(s) are
restrained properly too.
This vehicle has indicators as a
reminder to buckle the seat belts.
See Seat Belt Reminders 0 87.
Why Seat Belts Work
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Seats and Restraints 37
When riding in a vehicle, you travel
as fast as the vehicle does. If the
vehicle stops suddenly, you keep
going until something stops you.
It could be the windshield, the
instrument panel, or the seat belts!
When you wear a seat belt, you and
the vehicle slow down together.
There is more time to stop because
you stop over a longer distance and,
when worn properly, your strongest
bones take the forces from the seat
belts. That is why wearing seat belts
makes such good sense.
Questions and Answers About
Seat Belts
Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle
after a crash if I am wearing a
seat belt?
A: You could be — whether you are
wearing a seat belt or not. Your
chance of being conscious
during and after a crash, so you
can unbuckle and get out, is
much greater if you are belted.
Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why
should I have to wear seat
belts?
A: Airbags are supplemental
systems only. They work with
seat belts — not instead of them.
Whether or not an airbag is
provided, all occupants still have
to buckle up to get the most
protection.
Also, in nearly all states and in
all Canadian provinces, the law
requires wearing seat belts.
How to Wear Seat Belts
Properly
Follow these rules for everyone's
protection.
There are additional things to know
about seat belts and children,
including smaller children and
infants. If a child will be riding in the
vehicle, see Older Children 0 56 or
Infants and Young Children 0 57.
Review and follow the rules for
children in addition to the following
rules.
It is very important for all occupants
to buckle up. Statistics show that
unbelted people are hurt more often
in crashes than those who are
wearing seat belts.
There are important things to know
about wearing a seat belt properly.
.
Sit up straight and always keep
your feet on the floor in front of
you (if possible).
.
Always use the correct buckle
for your seating position.
.
Wear the lap part of the belt low
and snug on the hips, just
touching the thighs. In a crash,
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
38 Seats and Restraints
this applies force to the strong
pelvic bones and you would be
less likely to slide under the lap
belt. If you slid under it, the belt
would apply force on your
abdomen. This could cause
serious or even fatal injuries.
.
Wear the shoulder belt over the
shoulder and across the chest.
These parts of the body are best
able to take belt restraining
forces. The shoulder belt locks if
there is a sudden stop or crash.
{
Warning
You can be seriously injured,
or even killed, by not wearing
your seat belt properly.
Never allow the lap or shoulder belt
to become loose or twisted.
Never wear the shoulder belt under
both arms or behind your back.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Seats and Restraints 39
Always use the correct buckle for
your seating position.
Never route the lap or shoulder belt
over an armrest.
{
Warning
The seat belt can be pinched if it
is routed under plastic trim on the
seat, such as trim around the rear
seatback folding handle or side
airbag. In a crash, pinched seat
belts might not be able to provide
adequate protection. Never allow
seat belts to be routed under
plastic trim pieces.
Lap-Shoulder Belt
All seating positions in the vehicle
have a lap-shoulder belt.
The following instructions explain
how to wear a lap-shoulder belt
properly.
1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is
adjustable, so you can sit up
straight. To see how, see
“Seats” in the Index.
2. Pick up the latch plate and pull
the belt across you. Do not let
it get twisted.
The lap-shoulder belt may lock
if you pull the belt across you
very quickly. If this happens, let
the belt go back slightly to
unlock it. Then pull the belt
across you more slowly.
If the shoulder portion of a
passenger belt is pulled out all
the way, the child restraint
locking feature may be
engaged. See Child Restraint
Systems 0 60. If this occurs, let
the belt go back all the way
and start again. If the locking
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
40 Seats and Restraints
feature stays engaged after
letting the belt go back to
stowed position on the seat,
move the seat rearward or
recline the seat until the
shoulder belt retractor lock
releases.
Engaging the child restraint
locking feature in the front
outboard seating position may
affect the passenger sensing
system. See Passenger
Sensing System 0 49.
If the webbing locks in the latch
plate before it reaches the
buckle, tilt the latch plate to flat
to unlock.
3. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.
Pull up on the latch plate to
make sure it is secure. If the
belt is not long enough, see
Seat Belt Extender 0 42.
Position the release button on
the buckle so that the seat belt
could be quickly unbuckled if
necessary.
4. To make the lap part tight, pull
up on the shoulder belt.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Seats and Restraints 41
To unlatch the belt, push the button
on the buckle. The belt should
return to its stowed position.
Always stow the seat belt slowly.
If the seat belt webbing returns
quickly to the stowed position, the
retractor may lock and cannot be
pulled out. If this happens, pull the
seat belt straight out firmly to unlock
the webbing, and then release it.
If the webbing is still locked in the
retractor, see your dealer.
Before a door is closed, be sure the
belt is out of the way. If a door is
slammed against a seat belt,
damage can occur to both the seat
belt and the vehicle.
Seat Belt Pretensioners
This vehicle has seat belt
pretensioners for the front outboard
occupants. Although the seat belt
pretensioners cannot be seen, they
are part of the seat belt assembly.
They can help tighten the seat belts
during the early stages of a
moderate to severe frontal, near
frontal, or rear crash if the threshold
conditions for pretensioner
activation are met. Seat belt
pretensioners can also help tighten
the seat belts in a side crash or a
rollover event.
Pretensioners work only once. If the
pretensioners activate in a crash,
the pretensioners and probably
other parts of the vehicle's seat belt
system will need to be replaced.
See Replacing Seat Belt System
Parts after a Crash 0 43.
Do not sit on the outboard seat belt
while entering or exiting the vehicle
or at any time while sitting in the
seat. Sitting on the seat belt can
damage the webbing and hardware.
Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides
Rear seat belt comfort guides may
provide added seat belt comfort for
older children who have outgrown
booster seats and for some adults.
When installed on a shoulder belt,
the comfort guide positions the
shoulder belt away from the neck
and head.
Comfort guides are available
through your dealer for the rear
outboard seating positions.
Instructions are included with the
guides.
Seat Belt Use During
Pregnancy
Seat belts work for everyone,
including pregnant women. Like all
occupants, they are more likely to
be seriously injured if they do not
wear seat belts.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
42 Seats and Restraints
A pregnant woman should wear a
lap-shoulder belt, and the lap
portion should be worn as low as
possible, below the rounding,
throughout the pregnancy.
The best way to protect the fetus is
to protect the mother. When a seat
belt is worn properly, it is more likely
that the fetus will not be hurt in a
crash. For pregnant women, as for
anyone, the key to making seat
belts effective is wearing them
properly.
Seat Belt Extender
If the vehicle's seat belt will fasten
around you, you should use it.
But if a seat belt is not long enough,
your dealer will order you an
extender. When you go in to order it,
take the heaviest coat you will wear,
so the extender will be long enough
for you. To help avoid personal
injury, do not let someone else use
it, and use it only for the seat it is
made to fit. The extender has been
designed for adults. Never use it for
securing child restraints. For more
information on the proper use and fit
of seat belt extenders see the
instruction sheet that comes with
the extender.
Safety System Check
Periodically check the seat belt
reminder, seat belts, buckles, latch
plates, retractors, shoulder belt
height adjusters (if equipped), and
seat belt anchorages to make sure
they are all in working order. Look
for any other loose or damaged seat
belt system parts that might keep a
seat belt system from performing
properly. See your dealer to have it
repaired. Torn, frayed, or twisted
seat belts may not protect you in a
crash. Torn or frayed seat belts can
rip apart under impact forces. If a
belt is torn or frayed, have it
replaced immediately. If a belt is
twisted, it may be possible to
untwist by reversing the latch plate
on the webbing. If the twist cannot
be corrected, ask your dealer to
fix it.
Make sure the seat belt reminder
light is working. See Seat Belt
Reminders 0 87.
Keep seat belts clean and dry. See
Seat Belt Care 0 42.
Seat Belt Care
Keep belts clean and dry.
Seat belts should be properly cared
for and maintained.
Seat belt hardware should be kept
dry and free of dust or debris. As
necessary, exterior hard surfaces
and seat belt webbing may be lightly
cleaned with mild soap and water.
Ensure there is not excessive dust
or debris in the mechanism. If dust
or debris exists in the system please
see the dealer. Parts may need to
be replaced to ensure proper
functionality of the system.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Seats and Restraints 43
{
Warning
Do not bleach or dye seat belt
webbing. It may severely weaken
the webbing. In a crash, they
might not be able to provide
adequate protection. Clean and
rinse seat belt webbing only with
mild soap and lukewarm water.
Allow the webbing to dry.
Replacing Seat Belt
System Parts after a
Crash
{
Warning
A crash can damage the seat belt
system in the vehicle. A damaged
seat belt system may not properly
protect the person using it,
resulting in serious injury or even
death in a crash. To help make
sure the seat belt systems are
working properly after a crash,
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
have them inspected and any
necessary replacements made as
soon as possible.
After a minor crash, replacement of
seat belts may not be necessary.
But the seat belt assemblies that
were used during any crash may
have been stressed or damaged.
See your dealer to have the seat
belt assemblies inspected or
replaced.
New parts and repairs may be
necessary even if the seat belt
system was not being used at the
time of the crash.
Have the seat belt pretensioners
checked if the vehicle has been in a
crash, or if the airbag readiness light
stays on after you start the vehicle
or while you are driving. See Airbag
Readiness Light 0 87.
Airbag System
The vehicle has the following
airbags:
.
A frontal airbag for the driver
.
A frontal airbag for the front
outboard passenger
.
A knee airbag for the driver
.
A knee airbag for the front
outboard passenger
.
A seat-mounted side impact
airbag for the driver
.
A seat-mounted side impact
airbag for the front outboard
passenger
.
Seat-mounted side impact
airbags for the second row
outboard passengers
.
A roof-rail airbag for the driver
and the passenger seated
directly behind the driver
.
A roof-rail airbag for the front
outboard passenger and the
passenger seated directly
behind the front outboard
passenger
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
44 Seats and Restraints
All vehicle airbags have the word
AIRBAG on the trim or on a label
near the deployment opening.
For frontal airbags, the word
AIRBAG is on the center of the
steering wheel for the driver and on
the instrument panel for the front
outboard passenger.
For knee airbags, the word AIRBAG
is on the lower part of the
instrument panel.
For seat-mounted side impact
airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the
side of the seatback or side of the
seat closest to the door.
For roof-rail airbags, the word
AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim.
Airbags are designed to supplement
the protection provided by seat
belts. Even though today's airbags
are also designed to help reduce
the risk of injury from the force of an
inflating bag, all airbags must inflate
very quickly to do their job.
Here are the most important things
to know about the airbag system:
{
Warning
You can be severely injured or
killed in a crash if you are not
wearing your seat belt, even with
airbags. Airbags are designed to
work with seat belts, not replace
them. Also, airbags are not
designed to inflate in every crash.
In some crashes seat belts are
the only restraint. See When
Should an Airbag Inflate? 0 46.
Wearing your seat belt during a
crash helps reduce your chance
of hitting things inside the vehicle
or being ejected from it. Airbags
are “supplemental restraints” to
the seat belts. Everyone in the
vehicle should wear a seat belt
properly, whether or not there is
an airbag for that person.
{
Warning
Because airbags inflate with great
force and faster than the blink of
an eye, anyone who is up
against, or very close to, any
airbag when it inflates can be
seriously injured or killed. Do not
sit unnecessarily close to any
airbag, as you would be if sitting
on the edge of the seat or leaning
forward. Seat belts help keep you
in position before and during a
crash. Always wear a seat belt,
even with airbags. The driver
should sit as far back as possible
while still maintaining control of
the vehicle. The seat belts and
the front outboard passenger
airbags are most effective when
you are sitting well back and
upright in the seat with both feet
on the floor.
(Continued)
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Seats and Restraints 45
Warning (Continued)
Occupants should not lean on or
sleep against the door or side
windows in seating positions with
seat-mounted side impact airbags
and/or roof-rail airbags.
{
Warning
Children who are up against,
or very close to, any airbag when
it inflates can be seriously injured
or killed. Always secure children
properly in the vehicle. To read
how, see Older Children 0 56 or
Infants and Young Children 0 57.
There is an airbag readiness light
on the instrument cluster, which
shows the airbag symbol. The
system checks the airbag electrical
system for malfunctions. The light
tells you if there is an electrical
problem. See Airbag Readiness
Light 0 87.
Where Are the Airbags?
The driver frontal airbag is in the
center of the steering wheel.
The front outboard passenger
frontal airbag is in the passenger
side instrument panel.
The driver knee airbag is below the
steering column. The front outboard
passenger knee airbag is below the
glove box.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
46 Seats and Restraints
Driver Side Shown, Passenger
Side Similar
The driver and front outboard
passenger seat-mounted side
impact airbags are in the side of the
seatbacks closest to the door.
The roof-rail airbags for the driver,
front passenger, and second row
outboard passengers are in the
ceiling above the side windows.
Rear Seat Driver Side Shown,
Passenger Side Similar
On vehicles with second row
seat-mounted side impact airbags,
they are in the sides of the seatback
closest to the door.
{
Warning
If something is between an
occupant and an airbag, the
airbag might not inflate properly
or it might force the object into
that person causing severe injury
or even death. The path of an
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
inflating airbag must be kept
clear. Do not put anything
between an occupant and an
airbag, and do not attach or put
anything on the steering wheel
hub or on or near any other
airbag covering.
Do not use seat accessories that
block the inflation path of a
seat-mounted side impact airbag.
Never secure anything to the roof
of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags
by routing a rope or tie‐down
through any door or window
opening. If you do, the path of an
inflating roof-rail airbag will be
blocked.
When Should an Airbag
Inflate?
This vehicle is equipped with
airbags. See Airbag System 0 43.
Airbags are designed to inflate if the
impact exceeds the specific airbag
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Seats and Restraints 47
system's deployment threshold.
Deployment thresholds are used to
predict how severe a crash is likely
to be in time for the airbags to
inflate and help restrain the
occupants. The vehicle has
electronic sensors that help the
airbag system determine the
severity of the impact. Deployment
thresholds can vary with specific
vehicle design.
Frontal airbags are designed to
inflate in moderate to severe frontal
or near frontal crashes to help
reduce the potential for severe
injuries, mainly to the driver's or
front outboard passenger's head
and chest.
Whether the frontal airbags will or
should inflate is not based primarily
on how fast the vehicle is traveling.
It depends on what is hit, the
direction of the impact, and how
quickly the vehicle slows down.
Frontal airbags may inflate at
different crash speeds depending on
whether the vehicle hits an object
straight on or at an angle, and
whether the object is fixed or
moving, rigid or deformable, narrow
or wide.
Frontal airbags are not intended to
inflate during vehicle rollovers, in
rear impacts, or in many side
impacts.
In addition, the vehicle has
advanced technology frontal
airbags. Advanced technology
frontal airbags adjust the restraint
according to either crash severity or
occupant interaction.
Knee airbags are designed to inflate
in moderate to severe frontal or
near frontal impacts. Knee airbags
are not designed to inflate during
vehicle rollovers, in rear impacts,
or in many side impacts.
Seat-mounted side impact airbags
are designed to inflate in moderate
to severe side crashes depending
on the location of the impact.
Seat-mounted side impact airbags
are not designed to inflate in frontal
impacts, near frontal impacts,
rollovers, or rear impacts.
A seat-mounted side impact airbag
is designed to inflate on the side of
the vehicle that is struck.
Roof-rail airbags are designed to
inflate in moderate to severe side
crashes depending on the location
of the impact. In addition, these
roof-rail airbags are designed to
inflate during a rollover or in a
severe frontal impact. Roof-rail
airbags are not designed to inflate in
rear impacts. Both roof-rail airbags
will inflate when either side of the
vehicle is struck, if the sensing
system predicts that the vehicle is
about to roll over on its side, or in a
severe frontal impact.
In any particular crash, no one can
say whether an airbag should have
inflated simply because of the
vehicle damage or repair costs.
What Makes an Airbag
Inflate?
In a deployment event, the sensing
system sends an electrical signal
triggering a release of gas from the
inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
48 Seats and Restraints
airbag causing the bag to break out
of the cover. The inflator, the airbag,
and related hardware are all part of
the airbag module.
For airbag locations, see Where Are
the Airbags? 0 45.
How Does an Airbag
Restrain?
In moderate to severe frontal or
near frontal collisions, even belted
occupants can contact the steering
wheel or the instrument panel. In
moderate to severe side collisions,
even belted occupants can contact
the inside of the vehicle.
Airbags supplement the protection
provided by seat belts by
distributing the force of the impact
more evenly over the
occupant's body.
Rollover capable roof-rail airbags
are designed to help contain the
head and chest of occupants in the
outboard seating positions in the
first and second rows. The rollover
capable roof-rail airbags are
designed to help reduce the risk of
full or partial ejection in rollover
events, although no system can
prevent all such ejections.
But airbags would not help in many
types of collisions, primarily
because the occupant's motion is
not toward those airbags. See When
Should an Airbag Inflate? 0 46.
Airbags should never be regarded
as anything more than a supplement
to seat belts.
What Will You See after
an Airbag Inflates?
After frontal, knee, and
seat-mounted side impact airbags
inflate, they quickly deflate, so
quickly that some people may not
even realize the airbags inflated.
Roof-rail airbags may still be at least
partially inflated for some time after
they inflate. Some components of
the airbag module may be hot for
several minutes. For location of the
airbags, see Where Are the
Airbags? 0 45.
The parts of the airbag that come
into contact with you may be warm,
but not too hot to touch. There may
be some smoke and dust coming
from the vents in the deflated
airbags. Airbag inflation does not
prevent the driver from seeing out of
the windshield or being able to steer
the vehicle, nor does it prevent
people from leaving the vehicle.
{
Warning
When an airbag inflates, there
may be dust in the air. This dust
could cause breathing problems
for people with a history of
asthma or other breathing trouble.
To avoid this, everyone in the
vehicle should get out as soon as
it is safe to do so. If you have
breathing problems but cannot
get out of the vehicle after an
airbag inflates, then get fresh air
by opening a window or a door.
If you experience breathing
problems following an airbag
deployment, you should seek
medical attention.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Seats and Restraints 49
The vehicle has a feature that may
automatically unlock the doors, turn
on the interior lamps and hazard
warning flashers, and shut off the
fuel system after the airbags inflate.
The feature may also activate,
without airbag inflation, after an
event that exceeds a predetermined
threshold. After turning the ignition
off and then on again, the fuel
system will return to normal
operation; the doors can be locked,
the interior lamps can be turned off,
and the hazard warning flashers can
be turned off using the controls for
those features. If any of these
systems are damaged in the crash
they may not operate as normal.
{
Warning
A crash severe enough to inflate
the airbags may have also
damaged important functions in
the vehicle, such as the fuel
system, brake and steering
systems, etc. Even if the vehicle
appears to be drivable after a
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
moderate crash, there may be
concealed damage that could
make it difficult to safely operate
the vehicle.
Use caution if you should attempt
to restart the engine after a crash
has occurred.
In many crashes severe enough to
inflate the airbag, windshields are
broken by vehicle deformation.
Additional windshield breakage may
also occur from the front outboard
passenger airbag.
.
Airbags are designed to inflate
only once. After an airbag
inflates, you will need some new
parts for the airbag system.
If you do not get them, the
airbag system will not be there
to help protect you in another
crash. A new system will include
airbag modules and possibly
other parts. The service manual
for the vehicle covers the need
to replace other parts.
.
The vehicle has a crash sensing
and diagnostic module which
records information after a
crash. See Vehicle Data
Recording and Privacy 0 303
and
Event Data Recorders 0 303.
.
Let only qualified technicians
work on the airbag systems.
Improper service can mean that
an airbag system will not work
properly. See your dealer for
service.
Passenger Sensing
System
The vehicle has a passenger
sensing system for the front
outboard passenger position. The
passenger airbag status indicator
will light on the overhead console
when the vehicle is started.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
50 Seats and Restraints
United States
Canada
The words ON and OFF, or the
symbols for on and off, will be
visible during the system check.
When the system check is
complete, either the word ON or
OFF, or the symbol for on or off, will
be visible. See Passenger Airbag
Status Indicator 0 88.
The passenger sensing system
turns off the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag and knee
airbag under certain conditions. No
other airbag is affected by the
passenger sensing system.
The passenger sensing system
works with sensors that are part of
the front outboard passenger seat
and seat belt. The sensors are
designed to detect the presence of
a properly seated occupant and
determine if the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag and knee
airbag should be allowed to inflate
or not.
According to accident statistics,
children are safer when properly
secured in a rear seat in the correct
child restraint for their weight
and size.
Whenever possible, children aged
12 and under should be secured in
a rear seating position.
Never put a rear-facing child seat in
the front. This is because the risk to
the rear-facing child is so great,
if the airbag inflates.
{
Warning
A child in a rear-facing child
restraint can be seriously injured
or killed if the passenger frontal
airbag inflates. This is because
the back of the rear-facing child
restraint would be very close to
the inflating airbag. A child in a
forward-facing child restraint can
be seriously injured or killed if the
passenger frontal airbag inflates
and the passenger seat is in a
forward position.
Even if the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
outboard passenger airbag(s), no
system is fail-safe. No one can
guarantee that an airbag will not
deploy under some unusual
circumstance, even though the
airbag(s) are off.
Never put a rear-facing child
restraint in the front seat, even if
the airbag is off. If securing a
forward-facing child restraint in
(Continued)
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Seats and Restraints 51
Warning (Continued)
the front outboard passenger
seat, always move the seat as far
back as it will go. It is better to
secure child restraints in the rear
seat. Consider using another
vehicle to transport the child
when a rear seat is not available.
The passenger sensing system is
designed to turn off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag
and knee airbag if:
.
The front outboard passenger
seat is unoccupied.
.
The system determines an infant
is present in a child restraint.
.
A front outboard passenger
takes his/her weight off of the
seat for a period of time.
.
There is a critical problem with
the airbag system or the
passenger sensing system.
When the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag
and knee airbag, the OFF indicator
will light and stay lit as a reminder
that the airbags are off. See
Passenger Airbag Status Indicator
0 88.
The passenger sensing system is
designed to turn on the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag
and knee airbag anytime the system
senses that a person of adult size is
sitting properly in the front outboard
passenger seat. When the
passenger sensing system has
allowed the airbags to be enabled,
the ON indicator will light and stay lit
as a reminder that the airbags are
active.
For some children, including
children in child restraints, and for
very small adults, the passenger
sensing system may or may not turn
off the front outboard passenger
frontal airbag and knee airbag,
depending upon the person's
seating posture and body build.
Everyone in the vehicle who has
outgrown child restraints should
wear a seat belt properly — whether
or not there is an airbag for that
person.
{
Warning
If the airbag readiness light ever
comes on and stays on, it means
that something may be wrong
with the airbag system. To help
avoid injury to yourself or others,
have the vehicle serviced right
away. See Airbag Readiness
Light 0 87 for more information,
including important safety
information.
If the On Indicator Is Lit for a
Child Restraint
The passenger sensing system is
designed to turn off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag
and knee airbag if the system
determines that an infant is present
in a child restraint. If a child restraint
has been installed and the ON
indicator is lit:
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
52 Seats and Restraints
1. Turn the vehicle off.
2. Remove the child restraint from
the vehicle.
3. Remove any additional items
from the seat such as blankets,
cushions, seat covers, seat
heaters, or seat massagers.
4. Reinstall the child restraint
following the directions
provided by the child restraint
manufacturer and refer to
Securing Child Restraints (With
the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat)
0 71 or
Securing Child Restraints (With
the Seat Belt in the Front Seat)
0 73.
5. If, after reinstalling the child
restraint and restarting the
vehicle, the ON indicator is still
lit, turn the vehicle off. Then
slightly recline the vehicle
seatback and adjust the seat
cushion, if adjustable, to make
sure that the vehicle seatback
is not pushing the child
restraint into the seat cushion.
Also make sure the child
restraint is not trapped under
the vehicle head restraint.
If this happens, adjust the head
restraint. See Head Restraints
0 30.
6. Restart the vehicle.
The passenger sensing system may
or may not turn off the airbags for a
child in a child restraint depending
upon the child’s size. It is better to
secure the child restraint in a rear
seat. Never put a rear-facing child
restraint in the front seat, even if the
ON indicator is not lit.
If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an
Adult-Sized Occupant
If a person of adult size is sitting in
the front outboard passenger seat,
but the OFF indicator is lit, it could
be because that person is not sitting
properly in the seat or that the child
restraint locking feature is engaged.
Use the following steps to allow the
system to detect that person and
enable the front outboard passenger
frontal airbag and knee airbag:
1. Turn the vehicle off.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Seats and Restraints 53
2. Remove any additional material
from the seat, such as
blankets, cushions, seat
covers, seat heaters, or seat
massagers.
3. Place the seatback in the fully
upright position.
4. Have the person sit upright in
the seat, centered on the seat
cushion, with legs comfortably
extended.
5. If the shoulder portion of the
belt is pulled out all the way,
the child restraint locking
feature will be engaged. This
may unintentionally cause the
passenger sensing system to
turn the airbag off for some
adult-sized occupants. If this
happens, unbuckle the belt and
let the belt go back all the way,
and then buckle the belt again
without pulling the belt out all
the way.
6. Restart the vehicle and have
the person remain in this
position for two to
three minutes after the ON
indicator is lit.
{
Warning
If the front outboard passenger
airbag is turned off for an
adult-sized occupant, the airbag
will not be able to inflate and help
protect that person in a crash,
resulting in an increased risk of
serious injury or even death. An
adult-sized occupant should not
ride in the front outboard
passenger seat, if the passenger
airbag OFF indicator is lit.
Additional Factors Affecting
System Operation
Seat belts help keep the passenger
in position on the seat during
vehicle maneuvers and braking,
which helps the passenger sensing
system maintain the passenger
airbag status. See “Seat Belts” and
“Child Restraints” in the Index for
additional information about the
importance of proper restraint use.
A thick layer of additional material,
such as a blanket or cushion,
or aftermarket equipment such as
seat covers, seat heaters, and seat
massagers can affect how well the
passenger sensing system
operates. We recommend that you
not use seat covers or other
aftermarket equipment except when
approved by GM for your specific
vehicle. See Adding Equipment to
the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 54
for more information about
modifications that can affect how
the system operates.
The ON indicator may be lit if an
object, such as a briefcase,
handbag, grocery bag, laptop,
or other electronic device, is put on
an unoccupied seat. If this is not
desired, remove the object from
the seat.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
54 Seats and Restraints
{
Warning
Stowing articles under the
passenger seat or between the
passenger seat cushion and
seatback may interfere with the
proper operation of the passenger
sensing system.
Servicing the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
Airbags affect how the vehicle
should be serviced. There are parts
of the airbag system in several
places around the vehicle. Your
dealer and the service manual have
information about servicing the
vehicle and the airbag system. To
purchase a service manual, see
Publication Ordering Information
0 300.
{
Warning
For up to 10 seconds after the
vehicle is turned off and the
battery is disconnected, an airbag
can still inflate during improper
service. You can be injured if you
are close to an airbag when it
inflates. Avoid yellow connectors.
They are probably part of the
airbag system. Be sure to follow
proper service procedures, and
make sure the person performing
work for you is qualified to do so.
Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
Adding accessories that change the
vehicle's frame, bumper system,
height, front end, or side sheet
metal may keep the airbag system
from working properly.
The operation of the airbag system
can also be affected by changing,
including improperly repairing or
replacing, any parts of the following:
.
Airbag system, including airbag
modules, front or side impact
sensors, sensing and diagnostic
module, or airbag wiring
.
Front seats, including stitching,
seams or zippers
.
Seat belts
.
Steering wheel, instrument
panel, overhead console, ceiling
trim, or pillar garnish trim
.
Inner door seals, including
speakers
Your dealer and the service manual
have information about the location
of the airbag modules and sensors,
sensing and diagnostic module, and
airbag wiring along with the proper
replacement procedures.
In addition, the vehicle has a
passenger sensing system for the
front outboard passenger position,
which includes sensors that are part
of the passenger seat. The
passenger sensing system may not
operate properly if the original seat
trim is replaced with non-GM
covers, upholstery, or trim; or with
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Seats and Restraints 55
GM covers, upholstery, or trim
designed for a different vehicle. Any
object, such as an aftermarket seat
heater or a comfort-enhancing pad
or device, installed under or on top
of the seat fabric, could also
interfere with the operation of the
passenger sensing system. This
could either prevent proper
deployment of the passenger
airbag(s) or prevent the passenger
sensing system from properly
turning off the passenger airbag(s).
See Passenger Sensing System
0 49.
If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail
airbags, see Different Size Tires
and Wheels 0 247 for additional
important information.
If the vehicle must be modified
because you have a disability and
have questions about whether the
modifications will affect the vehicle's
airbag system, or if you have
questions about whether the airbag
system will be affected if the vehicle
is modified for any other reason, call
Customer Assistance. See
Customer Assistance Offices 0 293.
Airbag System Check
The airbag system does not need
regularly scheduled maintenance or
replacement. Make sure the airbag
readiness light is working. See
Airbag Readiness Light 0 87.
Caution
If an airbag covering is damaged,
opened, or broken, the airbag
may not work properly. Do not
open or break the airbag
coverings. If there are any
opened or broken airbag
coverings, have the airbag
covering and/or airbag module
replaced. For the location of the
airbags, see Where Are the
Airbags? 0 45. See your dealer
for service.
Replacing Airbag System
Parts after a Crash
{
Warning
A crash can damage the airbag
systems in the vehicle.
A damaged airbag system may
not properly protect you and your
passenger(s) in a crash, resulting
in serious injury or even death. To
help make sure the airbag
systems are working properly
after a crash, have them
inspected and any necessary
replacements made as soon as
possible.
If an airbag inflates, you will need to
replace airbag system parts. See
your dealer for service.
If the airbag readiness light stays on
after the vehicle is started or comes
on when you are driving, the airbag
system may not work properly. Have
the vehicle serviced right away. See
Airbag Readiness Light 0 87.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
56 Seats and Restraints
Child Restraints
Older Children
Older children who have outgrown
booster seats should wear the
vehicle’s seat belts.
The manufacturer instructions that
come with the booster seat state the
weight and height limitations for that
booster. Use a booster seat with a
lap-shoulder belt until the child
passes the fit test below:
.
Sit all the way back on the seat.
Do the knees bend at the seat
edge? If yes, continue. If no,
return to the booster seat.
.
Buckle the lap-shoulder belt.
Does the shoulder belt rest on
the shoulder? If yes, continue.
If no, try using the rear seat belt
comfort guide, if available. See
“Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides”
under Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 39.
If a comfort guide is not
available, or if the shoulder belt
still does not rest on the
shoulder, then return to the
booster seat.
.
Does the lap belt fit low and
snug on the hips, touching the
thighs? If yes, continue. If no,
return to the booster seat.
.
Can proper seat belt fit be
maintained for the length of the
trip? If yes, continue. If no,
return to the booster seat.
Q: What is the proper way to
wear seat belts?
A: An older child should wear a
lap-shoulder belt and get the
additional restraint a shoulder
belt can provide. The shoulder
belt should not cross the face or
neck. The lap belt should fit
snugly below the hips, just
touching the top of the thighs.
This applies belt force to the
child's pelvic bones in a crash.
It should never be worn over the
abdomen, which could cause
severe or even fatal internal
injuries in a crash.
Also see “Rear Seat Belt Comfort
Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt
0 39.
According to accident statistics,
children are safer when properly
restrained in a rear seating position.
In a crash, children who are not
buckled up can strike other people
who are buckled up, or can be
thrown out of the vehicle. Older
children need to use seat belts
properly.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Seats and Restraints 57
{
Warning
Never allow more than one child
to wear the same seat belt. The
seat belt cannot properly spread
the impact forces. In a crash, they
can be crushed together and
seriously injured. A seat belt must
be used by only one person at
a time.
{
Warning
Never allow a child to wear the
seat belt with the shoulder belt
behind their back. A child can be
seriously injured by not wearing
the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a
crash, the child would not be
restrained by the shoulder belt.
The child could move too far
forward increasing the chance of
head and neck injury. The child
might also slide under the lap
belt. The belt force would then be
applied right on the abdomen.
That could cause serious or fatal
injuries. The shoulder belt should
go over the shoulder and across
the chest.
Infants and Young
Children
Everyone in a vehicle needs
protection! This includes infants and
all other children. Neither the
distance traveled nor the age and
size of the traveler changes the
need, for everyone, to use safety
restraints. In fact, the law in every
state in the United States and in
every Canadian province says
children up to some age must be
restrained while in a vehicle.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
58 Seats and Restraints
{
Warning
Children can be seriously injured
or strangled if a shoulder belt is
wrapped around their neck. The
shoulder belt can tighten but
cannot be loosened if it is locked.
The shoulder belt locks when it is
pulled all the way out of the
retractor. It unlocks when the
shoulder belt is allowed to go all
the way back into the retractor,
but it cannot do this if it is
wrapped around a child’s neck.
If the shoulder belt is locked and
tightened around a child’s neck,
the only way to loosen the belt is
to cut it.
Never leave children unattended
in a vehicle and never allow
children to play with the seat
belts.
Every time infants and young
children ride in vehicles, they should
have the protection provided by
appropriate child restraints. Neither
the vehicle's seat belt system nor its
airbag system is designed for them.
Children who are not restrained
properly can strike other people,
or can be thrown out of the vehicle.
{
Warning
Never hold an infant or a child
while riding in a vehicle. Due to
crash forces, an infant or a child
will become so heavy it is not
possible to hold it during a crash.
For example, in a crash at only
40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)
infant will suddenly become a
110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's
arms. An infant or child should be
secured in an appropriate child
restraint.
{
Warning
Children who are up against,
or very close to, any airbag when
it inflates can be seriously injured
or killed. Never put a rear-facing
child restraint in the front
outboard seat. Secure a
rear-facing child restraint in a rear
seat. It is also better to secure a
forward-facing child restraint in a
rear seat. If you must secure a
forward-facing child restraint in
the front outboard seat, always
move the front passenger seat as
far back as it will go.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Seats and Restraints 59
Child restraints are devices used to
restrain, seat, or position children in
the vehicle and are sometimes
called child seats or car seats.
There are three basic types of
child restraints:
.
Forward-facing child restraints
.
Rear-facing child restraints
.
Belt-positioning booster seats
The proper child restraint for your
child depends on their size, weight,
and age, and also on whether the
child restraint is compatible with the
vehicle in which it will be used.
For each type of child restraint,
there are many different models
available. When purchasing a child
restraint, be sure it is designed to be
used in a motor vehicle. If it is, the
child restraint will have a label
saying that it meets federal motor
vehicle safety standards.
The instruction manual that is
provided with the child restraint
states the weight and height
limitations for that particular child
restraint. In addition, there are many
kinds of child restraints available for
children with special needs.
{
Warning
To reduce the risk of neck and
head injury in a crash, infants and
toddlers should be secured in a
rear-facing child restraint until age
two, or until they reach the
maximum height and weight limits
of their child restraint.
{
Warning
A young child's hip bones are still
so small that the vehicle seat belt
may not remain low on the hip
bones, as it should. Instead, it
may settle up around the child's
abdomen. In a crash, the belt
would apply force on a body area
that is unprotected by any bony
structure. This alone could cause
serious or fatal injuries. To reduce
the risk of serious or fatal injuries
during a crash, young children
should always be secured in an
appropriate child restraint.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
60 Seats and Restraints
Child Restraint Systems
Rear-Facing Infant Restraint
A rear-facing child restraint provides
restraint with the seating surface
against the back of the infant.
The harness system holds the infant
in place and, in a crash, acts to
keep the infant positioned in the
restraint.
Forward-Facing Child Restraint
A forward-facing child restraint
provides restraint for the child's
body with the harness.
Booster Seats
A belt-positioning booster seat is
used for children who have
outgrown their forward-facing child
restraint. Boosters are designed to
improve the fit of the vehicle's seat
belt system until the child is large
enough for the vehicle seat belts to
fit properly without a booster seat.
See the seat belt fit test in Older
Children 0 56.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Seats and Restraints 61
Securing an Add-On Child
Restraint in the Vehicle
{
Warning
A child can be seriously injured or
killed in a crash if the child
restraint is not properly secured in
the vehicle. Secure the child
restraint properly in the vehicle
using the vehicle seat belt or
LATCH system, following the
instructions that came with that
child restraint and the instructions
in this manual.
To help reduce the chance of injury,
the child restraint must be secured
in the vehicle. Child restraints must
be secured in vehicle seats by lap
belts or the lap belt portion of a
lap-shoulder belt, or by the LATCH
system. See Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 63 for more information.
Children can be endangered in a
crash if the child restraint is not
properly secured in the vehicle.
When securing an add-on child
restraint, refer to the following:
1. Instruction labels provided on
the child restraint
2. Instruction manual provided
with the child restraint
3. This vehicle owner's manual
The child restraint instructions are
important, so if they are not
available, obtain a replacement
copy from the manufacturer.
Keep in mind that an unsecured
child restraint can move around in a
collision or sudden stop and injure
people in the vehicle. Be sure to
properly secure any child restraint in
the vehicle — even when no child is
in it.
In some areas Certified Child
Passenger Safety Technicians
(CPSTs) are available to inspect
and demonstrate how to correctly
use and install child restraints. In
the U.S., refer to the National
Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA) website to
locate the nearest child safety seat
inspection station. For CPST
availability in Canada, check with
Transport Canada or the Provincial
Ministry of Transportation office.
Securing the Child Within the
Child Restraint
{
Warning
A child can be seriously injured or
killed in a crash if the child is not
properly secured in the child
restraint. Secure the child
properly following the instructions
that came with that child restraint.
Where to Put the
Restraint
According to accident statistics,
children and infants are safer when
properly restrained in an appropriate
child restraint secured in a rear
seating position.
Whenever possible, children aged
12 and under should be secured in
a rear seating position.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
62 Seats and Restraints
Never put a rear-facing child
restraint in the front. This is because
the risk to the rear-facing child is so
great if the airbag deploys.
{
Warning
A child in a rear-facing child
restraint can be seriously injured
or killed if the front passenger
airbag inflates. This is because
the back of the rear-facing child
restraint would be very close to
the inflating airbag. A child in a
forward-facing child restraint can
be seriously injured or killed if the
front passenger airbag inflates
and the passenger seat is in a
forward position.
Even if the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
passenger frontal airbag, no
system is fail-safe. No one can
guarantee that an airbag will not
deploy under some unusual
circumstance, even though it is
turned off.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
Secure rear-facing child restraints
in a rear seat, even if the airbag
is off. If you secure a
forward-facing child restraint in
the front seat, always move the
front passenger seat as far back
as it will go. It is better to secure
the child restraint in a rear seat.
See Passenger Sensing System
0 49 for additional information.
When securing a child restraint with
the seat belts in a rear seat position,
study the instructions that came with
the child restraint to make sure it is
compatible with this vehicle.
Child restraints and booster seats
vary considerably in size, and some
may fit in certain seating positions
better than others.
Depending on where you place the
child restraint and the size of the
child restraint, you may not be able
to access adjacent seat belts or
LATCH anchors for additional
passengers or child restraints.
Adjacent seating positions should
not be used if the child restraint
prevents access to or interferes with
the routing of the seat belt.
Wherever a child restraint is
installed, be sure to follow the
instructions that came with the child
restraint and secure the child
restraint properly.
Keep in mind that an unsecured
child restraint can move around in a
collision or sudden stop and injure
people in the vehicle. Be sure to
properly secure any child restraint in
the vehicle — even when no child is
in it.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Seats and Restraints 63
Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children
(LATCH System)
The LATCH system secures a child
restraint during driving or in a crash.
LATCH attachments on the child
restraint are used to attach the child
restraint to the anchors in the
vehicle. The LATCH system is
designed to make installation of a
child restraint easier.
In order to use the LATCH system in
your vehicle, you need a child
restraint that has LATCH
attachments. LATCH-compatible
rear-facing and forward-facing child
seats can be properly installed
using either the LATCH anchors or
the vehicle’s seat belts. Do not use
both the seat belts and the LATCH
anchorage system to secure a
rear-facing or forward-facing
child seat.
Booster seats use the vehicle’s seat
belts to secure the child in the
booster seat. If the manufacturer
recommends that the booster seat
be secured with the LATCH system,
this can be done as long as the
booster seat can be positioned
properly and there is no interference
with the proper positioning of the
lap-shoulder belt on the child.
Make sure to follow the instructions
that came with the child restraint,
and also the instructions in this
manual.
When installing a child restraint with
a top tether, you must also use
either the lower anchors or the seat
belts to properly secure the child
restraint. A child restraint must
never be installed using only the top
tether and anchor.
For a forward-facing 5-pt harness
child restraint where the combined
weight of the child and restraint are
up to 29.5 kg (65 lb), use either the
lower LATCH anchorages with the
top tether anchorage, or the seat
belt with the top tether anchorage.
Where the combined weight of the
child and restraint are greater than
29.5 kg (65 lb), use the seat belt with
the top tether anchorage only.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
64 Seats and Restraints
Recommended Methods for Attaching Child Restraints
Restraint Type Combined
Weight of the
Child + Child
Restraint
Use Only Approved Attachment Methods Shown with an X
LATCH – Lower
Anchors Only
Seat Belt Only LATCH – Lower
Anchors and Top
Tether Anchor
Seat Belt and
Top Tether
Anchor
Rear-Facing
Child Restraint
Up to
29.5 kg (65 lb)
X X
Rear-Facing
Child Restraint
Greater than
29.5 kg (65 lb)
X
Forward-Facing
Child Restraint
Up to
29.5 kg (65 lb)
X X
Forward-Facing
Child Restraint
Greater than
29.5 kg (65 lb)
X
See Securing Child Restraints (With
the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 71
or
Securing Child Restraints (With the
Seat Belt in the Front Seat) 0 73.
Child restraints built after March
2014 will be labeled with the
specific child weight up to which the
LATCH system can be used to
install the restraint.
The following explains how to attach
a child restraint with these
attachments in the vehicle.
Not all vehicle seating positions or
child restraints have lower anchors
and attachments or top tether
anchors and attachments. In this
case, the seat belt must be used
(with top tether where available) to
secure the child restraint. See
Securing Child Restraints (With the
Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 71 or
Securing Child Restraints (With the
Seat Belt in the Front Seat) 0 73.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Seats and Restraints 65
Lower Anchors
Lower anchors (1) are metal bars
built into the vehicle. There are two
lower anchors for each LATCH
seating position that will
accommodate a child restraint with
lower attachments (2).
Top Tether Anchor
A top tether (3, 4) is used to secure
the top of the child restraint to the
vehicle. A top tether anchor is built
into the vehicle. The top tether
attachment hook (2) on the child
restraint connects to the top tether
anchor in the vehicle in order to
reduce the forward movement and
rotation of the child restraint during
driving or in a crash.
The child restraint may have a
single tether (3) or a dual tether (4).
Either will have a single attachment
hook (2) to secure the top tether to
the anchor.
Some child restraints that have a
top tether are designed for use with
or without the top tether being
attached. Others require the top
tether always to be attached. In
Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached. Be sure to read and follow
the instructions for your child
restraint.
Lower Anchor and Top Tether
Anchor Locations
I : Seating positions with
top tether anchors.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
66 Seats and Restraints
H : Seating positions with two lower
anchors.
To assist in locating the lower
anchors, each seating position with
lower anchors has two labels, near
the crease between the seatback
and the seat cushion.
To assist in locating the top tether
anchors, the top tether anchor
symbol is near the trim opening
used to access the anchor.
The top tether anchors are located
on the rear seatbacks. Be sure to
use an anchor located directly
behind the seating position where
the child restraint will be placed.
Do not secure a child restraint in a
position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be attached, or if
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top tether
must be attached.
According to accident statistics,
children and infants are safer when
properly restrained in a child
restraint system or infant restraint
system secured in a rear seating
position. See Where to Put the
Restraint 0 61 for additional
information.
Securing a Child Restraint
Designed for the LATCH
System
{
Warning
A child could be seriously injured
or killed in a crash if the child
restraint is not properly attached
to the vehicle using either the
LATCH anchors or the vehicle
seat belt. Follow the instructions
that came with the child restraint
and the instructions in this
manual.
{
Warning
To reduce the risk of serious or
fatal injuries during a crash, do
not attach more than one child
restraint to a single anchor.
(Continued)
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Seats and Restraints 67
Warning (Continued)
Attaching more than one child
restraint to a single anchor could
cause the anchor or attachment
to come loose or even break
during a crash. A child or others
could be injured.
{
Warning
Children can be seriously injured
or strangled if a shoulder belt is
wrapped around their neck. The
shoulder belt can tighten but
cannot be loosened if it is locked.
The shoulder belt locks when it is
pulled all the way out of the
retractor. It unlocks when the
shoulder belt is allowed to go all
the way back into the retractor,
but it cannot do this if it is
wrapped around a child’s neck.
If the shoulder belt is locked and
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
tightened around a child’s neck,
the only way to loosen the belt is
to cut it.
Buckle any unused seat belts
behind the child restraint so
children cannot reach them. Pull
the shoulder belt all the way out
of the retractor to set the lock,
and tighten the belt behind the
child restraint after the child
restraint has been installed.
Caution
Do not let the LATCH
attachments rub against the
vehicle’s seat belts. This may
damage these parts. If necessary,
move buckled seat belts to avoid
rubbing the LATCH attachments.
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
Do not fold the rear seatback
when the seat is occupied. Do not
fold the empty rear seat with a
seat belt buckled. This could
damage the seat belt or the seat.
Unbuckle and return the seat belt
to its stowed position, before
folding the seat.
If you need to secure more than one
child restraint in the rear seat, see
Where to Put the Restraint 0 61.
1. Attach and tighten the lower
attachments to the lower
anchors. If the child restraint
does not have lower
attachments or the desired
seating position does not have
lower anchors, secure the child
restraint with the top tether and
the seat belt. Refer to the child
restraint manufacturer
instructions and the
instructions in this manual.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
68 Seats and Restraints
1.1. Find the lower anchors
for the desired seating
position.
1.2. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
For rear outboard seating
positions, if the head
restraint interferes with
the proper installation of
the child restraint, the
head restraint may be
removed. See “Head
Restraint Removal and
Reinstallation” at the end
of this section.
When installing a
rear-facing child restraint,
it may be necessary to
move the front seat
forward to properly install
the child restraint per the
child restraint
manufacturer instructions.
See Seat Adjustment
0 31.
1.3. Attach and tighten the
lower attachments on the
child restraint to the lower
anchors.
2. If the child restraint
manufacturer recommends that
the top tether be attached,
attach and tighten the top
tether to the top tether anchor,
if equipped. Refer to the child
restraint instructions and the
following steps:
2.1. Find the top tether
anchor.
2.2. Attach the top tether to
the top tether anchor. The
cargo cover can be
removed and placed in a
secure area if it interferes
with the attachment of the
top tether to the top
tether anchor.
2.3. Route, attach, and tighten
the top tether according
to your child restraint
instructions and the
following instructions:
If you are using a single
tether in an outboard
seating position and the
head restraint has been
removed, route the tether
over the seatback.
If you are using a dual
tether in an outboard
seating position and the
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Seats and Restraints 69
head restraint has been
removed, route the tether
over the seatback.
If the rear outboard
seating position you are
using has an adjustable
head restraint and you
are using a single tether,
raise the head restraint
and route the tether
under the head restraint
and in between the head
restraint posts.
If the rear outboard
seating position you are
using has an adjustable
head restraint and you
are using a dual tether,
raise the head restraint
and route the tether
under the head restraint
and around the head
restraint posts.
3. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To
check, grasp the child restraint
at the LATCH path and attempt
to move it side to side and
back and forth. There should
be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement for proper
installation.
Head Restraint Removal and
Reinstallation
The rear outboard head restraints
can be removed if they interfere with
the proper installation of the child
restraint, see “Securing a Child
Restraint Designed for the LATCH
System” previously in this section.
Store the head restraints in a secure
place.
To remove the head restraint:
1. Partially fold the seatback
forward. See Rear Seats 0 34
for more information.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
70 Seats and Restraints
2. Press both buttons on the head
restraint posts at the same time
and pull up on the head
restraint.
3. Store the head restraints in a
secure place.
4. When the child restraint is
removed, reinstall the head
restraint before the seating
position is used.
{
Warning
With head restraints that are not
installed and adjusted properly,
there is a greater chance that
occupants will suffer a neck/
spinal injury in a crash. Do not
drive until the head restraints for
all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.
To reinstall the head restraint:
1. Insert the head restraint posts
into the holes in the top of the
seatback. The notches on the
posts must face the driver side
of the vehicle.
2. Push the head restraint down.
If necessary, press the height
adjustment release button to
further lower the head restraint.
See Head Restraints 0 30.
3. Try to move the head restraint
to make sure that it is locked in
place.
Replacing LATCH System
Parts After a Crash
{
Warning
A crash can damage the LATCH
system in the vehicle. A damaged
LATCH system may not properly
secure the child restraint,
resulting in serious injury or even
death in a crash. To help make
sure the LATCH system is
working properly after a crash,
see your dealer to have the
system inspected and any
necessary replacements made as
soon as possible.
If the vehicle has the LATCH system
and it was being used during a
crash, new LATCH system parts
may be needed.
New parts and repairs may be
necessary even if the LATCH
system was not being used at the
time of the crash.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Seats and Restraints 71
Securing Child Restraints
(With the Seat Belt in the
Rear Seat)
When securing a child restraint in a
rear seating position, study the
instructions that came with the child
restraint to make sure it is
compatible with this vehicle.
If the child restraint has the LATCH
system, see Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 63 for how and where to
install the child restraint using
LATCH. If a child restraint is
secured in the vehicle using a seat
belt and it uses a top tether, see
Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) 0 63 for
top tether anchor locations.
Do not secure a child seat in a
position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be anchored, or if
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top tether
must be anchored.
In Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached.
If the child restraint or vehicle seat
position does not have the LATCH
system, you will be using the seat
belt to secure the child restraint.
Be sure to follow the instructions
that came with the child restraint.
If more than one child restraint
needs to be installed in the rear
seat, be sure to read Where to Put
the Restraint 0 61.
1. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
If the head restraint interferes
with the proper installation of
the child restraint, the head
restraint may be removed. See
“Head Restraint Removal and
Reinstallation” under Lower
Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) 0 63.
2. Pick up the latch plate, and run
the lap and shoulder portions
of the vehicle seat belt through
or around the child restraint.
The child restraint instructions
will show you how.
3. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.
Position the release button on
the buckle, away from the child
restraint, so that the seat belt
could be quickly unbuckled if
necessary.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
72 Seats and Restraints
4. Pull the shoulder belt all the
way out of the retractor to set
the lock. When the retractor
lock is set, the belt can be
tightened but not pulled out of
the retractor.
5. To tighten the belt, push down
on the child restraint, pull the
shoulder portion of the belt to
tighten the lap portion of the
belt, and feed the shoulder belt
back into the retractor. When
installing a forward-facing child
restraint, it may be helpful to
use your knee to push down on
the child restraint as you
tighten the belt.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 4 and 5.
6. If the child restraint has a top
tether, follow the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions
regarding the use of the top
tether. See Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 63.
7. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To
check, grasp the child restraint
at the seat belt path and
attempt to move it side to side
and back and forth. When the
child restraint is properly
installed, there should be no
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement.
To remove the child restraint,
unbuckle the vehicle seat belt and
let it return to the stowed position.
If the top tether is attached to a top
tether anchor, disconnect it. If the
head restraint was removed,
reinstall it before the seating
position is used. See “Head
Restraint Removal and
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Seats and Restraints 73
Reinstallation” under Lower Anchors
and Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 63 for additional
information on installing the head
restraint properly.
Securing Child Restraints
(With the Seat Belt in the
Front Seat)
This vehicle has airbags. A rear
seat is a safer place to secure a
forward-facing child restraint. See
Where to Put the Restraint 0 61.
In addition, the vehicle has a
passenger sensing system which is
designed to turn off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag
and knee airbag under certain
conditions. See Passenger Sensing
System 0 49 and
Passenger Airbag Status Indicator
0 88 for more information, including
important safety information.
Never put a rear-facing child seat in
the front. This is because the risk to
the rear-facing child is so great if the
airbag deploys.
{
Warning
A child in a rear-facing child
restraint can be seriously injured
or killed if the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag inflates.
This is because the back of the
rear-facing child restraint would
be very close to the inflating
airbag. A child in a forward-facing
child restraint can be seriously
injured or killed if the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag
inflates and the passenger seat is
in a forward position.
Even if the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
outboard passenger airbag(s), no
system is fail-safe. No one can
guarantee that an airbag will not
deploy under some unusual
circumstance, even though the
airbag(s) are off.
Secure rear-facing child restraints
in a rear seat, even if the
airbag(s) are off. If you secure a
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
forward-facing child restraint in
the front outboard passenger
seat, always move the seat as far
back as it will go. It is better to
secure the child restraint in a
rear seat.
See Passenger Sensing System
0 49 for additional information.
If the child restraint uses a top
tether, see Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 63 for top tether anchor
locations.
Do not secure a child seat in a
position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be anchored, or if
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top tether
must be anchored.
In Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
74 Seats and Restraints
When using the lap-shoulder belt to
secure the child restraint in this
position, follow the instructions that
came with the child restraint and the
following instructions:
1. Move the seat as far back as it
will go before securing the
forward-facing child restraint.
Move the seat upward or the
seatback to an upright position,
if needed, to get a tight
installation of the child
restraint.
When the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
outboard passenger frontal
airbag and knee airbag, the
OFF indicator on the
passenger airbag status
indicator should light and stay
lit when you start the vehicle.
See Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator 0 88.
2. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
3. Pick up the latch plate, and run
the lap and shoulder portions
of the vehicle seat belt through
or around the restraint. The
child restraint instructions will
show you how.
Tilt the latch plate to adjust the
belt if needed.
4. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.
Position the release button on
the buckle, away from the child
restraint, so that the seat belt
could be quickly unbuckled if
necessary.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Seats and Restraints 75
5. Pull the shoulder belt all the
way out of the retractor to set
the lock. When the retractor
lock is set, the belt can be
tightened but not pulled out of
the retractor.
6. To tighten the belt, push down
on the child restraint, pull the
shoulder portion of the belt to
tighten the lap portion of the
belt, and feed the shoulder belt
back into the retractor. When
installing a forward-facing child
restraint, it may be helpful to
use your knee to push down on
the child restraint as you
tighten the belt.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 5 and 6.
7. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To
check, grasp the child restraint
at the seat belt path and
attempt to move it side to side
and back and forth. When the
child restraint is properly
installed, there should be no
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement.
If the airbags are off, the OFF
indicator in the passenger airbag
status indicator will come on and
stay on when the vehicle is started.
If a child restraint has been installed
and the ON indicator is lit, see “If
the On Indicator Is Lit for a Child
Restraint” under Passenger Sensing
System 0 49.
To remove the child restraint,
unbuckle the vehicle seat belt and
let it return to the stowed position.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
76 Storage
Storage
Storage Compartments
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . 76
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Additional Storage Features
Cargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Cargo Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Roof Rack System
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Storage
Compartments
{
Warning
Do not store heavy or sharp
objects in storage compartments.
In a crash, these objects may
cause the cover to open and
could result in injury.
Glove Box
Lift up on the glove box lever to
open it.
Additional Storage
Features
Cargo Cover
{
Warning
An unsecured cargo cover could
strike people in a sudden stop or
turn, or in a crash. Store the
cargo cover securely or remove it
from the vehicle.
{
Warning
Do not place objects on the cargo
cover. Sudden stops or turns can
cause objects to be thrown in the
vehicle. You or others could be
injured.
The cargo cover can be used to
cover items in the rear of the
vehicle. The cargo cover is larger
than the tailgate opening. Turn it for
easy removal or installation.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Storage 77
To remove, pull the cargo cover
upward.
To reinstall, align the cover with the
hooks on the trim panel edge and
push downward.
Cargo Tie-Downs
The cargo tie-downs can be used to
secure small loads.
Roof Rack System
{
Warning
If something is carried on top of
the vehicle that is longer or wider
than the roof rack — like paneling,
plywood, or a mattress — the
wind can catch it while the vehicle
is being driven. The item being
carried could be violently torn off,
and this could cause a collision
and damage the vehicle. Never
carry something longer or wider
than the roof rack on top of the
vehicle unless using a GM
certified accessory carrier.
If equipped, the roof rack can be
used to load items. For roof racks
that do not have crossrails included,
GM certified crossrails can be
purchased as an accessory. See
your dealer.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
78 Storage
Caution
Loading cargo on the roof rack
that weighs more than 50 kg
(110 lb) or hangs over the rear or
sides of the vehicle may damage
the vehicle. Do not load cargo
exceeding 50 kg (110 lbs) and
always load cargo so that it rests
evenly between the crossrails and
does not block the vehicle lamps
or windows. Fasten the cargo
securely.
To prevent damage or loss of cargo
when driving, check to make sure
crossrails and cargo are securely
fastened. Loading cargo on the roof
rack will make the vehicle’s center
of gravity higher. Avoid high speeds,
sudden starts, sharp turns, sudden
braking, or abrupt maneuvers;
otherwise it may result in loss of
control. If driving for a long distance,
on rough roads, or at high speeds,
occasionally stop the vehicle to
make sure the cargo remains in its
place. Do not exceed the maximum
vehicle capacity when loading the
vehicle. For more information on
vehicle capacity and loading, see
Vehicle Load Limits 0 156.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Instruments and Controls 79
Instruments and
Controls
Controls
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 80
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 80
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 80
Rear Window Wiper/Washer . . . 81
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . . 87
Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . 89
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(Check Engine Light) . . . . . . . . . 89
Service Vehicle Soon Light . . . . 91
Owner Manual Indicator . . . . . . . . 91
Brake System Warning Light . . . 91
Antilock Brake System (ABS)
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Operate Pedal Light . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Up-Shift Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Power Steering Warning
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . 93
Ultrasonic Parking Sensor
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
StabiliTrak OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . 94
Traction Control System (TCS)/
StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Engine Coolant Temperature
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . 96
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . 96
Immobilizer Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Reduced Engine Power
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . . . 97
Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Hood Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Information Displays
Driver Information
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Vehicle Messages
Vehicle Messages (Base Level
Cluster) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Vehicle Messages (Uplevel
Cluster) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Engine Power Messages . . . . . 104
Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . 105
Vehicle Personalization
Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 105
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
80 Instruments and Controls
Controls
Steering Wheel
Adjustment
To adjust the steering wheel:
1. Pull the lever down.
2. Move the steering wheel up
or down.
3. Pull the lever up to lock the
steering wheel in place.
Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving.
Steering Wheel Controls
For vehicles with audio steering
wheel controls, some audio controls
can be adjusted at the steering
wheel.
b / g : For vehicles with Bluetooth
or OnStar, press to interact with
those systems. See Bluetooth
(Overview) 0 130 or
Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a
Phone) 0 131 or
OnStar Overview 0 305.
$ / i : Press to silence the
vehicle speakers only. Press again
to turn the sound on. For vehicles
with Bluetooth or OnStar systems,
press to reject an incoming call,
or to end a current call.
_ SRC ^ : Press to select a source
or toggle to change favorite stations.
+
x − : Press + to increase the
volume. Press − to decrease the
volume.
Horn
Press a on the steering wheel pad
to sound the horn.
Windshield Wiper/Washer
The windshield wiper/washer lever
is on the right side of the steering
column.
Move the lever to one of the
following positions:
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Instruments and Controls 81
HI : Use for fast wipes.
LO : Use for slow wipes.
INT : Move the lever up to INT for
intermittent wipes, then turn
the
x INT band up for more
frequent wipes or down for less
frequent wipes.
OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.
1X : For a single wipe, briefly move
the wiper lever down. For several
wipes, hold the wiper lever down.
{
Warning
In freezing weather, do not use
the washer until the windshield is
warmed. Otherwise the washer
fluid can form ice on the
windshield, blocking your vision.
{
Warning
Before driving the vehicle, always
clear snow and ice from the hood,
windshield, roof, and rear of the
vehicle, including all lamps and
windows. Reduced visibility from
snow and ice buildup could lead
to a crash.
Wiper Parking
If the ignition is turned off while the
wipers are on LO, HI, or INT, they
will immediately stop.
If the windshield wiper lever is then
moved to OFF before the driver
door is opened or within 10 minutes,
the wipers will restart and move to
the base of the windshield.
If the ignition is turned off while the
wipers are performing wipes due to
windshield washing, the wipers
continue to run until they reach the
base of the windshield.
b : Pull the windshield wiper lever
toward you to spray windshield
washer fluid and activate the wipers.
The wipers will continue until the
lever is released or the maximum
wash time is reached. When the
windshield wiper lever is released,
additional wipes may occur
depending on how long the
windshield washer had been
activated. See Washer Fluid 0 212
for information on filling the
windshield washer fluid reservoir.
Clear snow and ice from the wiper
blades before using them. If frozen
to the windshield, carefully loosen or
thaw them. Damaged wiper blades
should be replaced. See Wiper
Blade Replacement 0 218.
Heavy snow or ice can overload the
wiper motor. A circuit breaker will
stop the motor until it cools down.
Rear Window Wiper/
Washer
If equipped with the rear wiper/
washer, the controls are on the end
of the windshield wiper lever.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
82 Instruments and Controls
ON : Press the upper portion of the
button for continuous rear window
wipes.
OFF : The rear wiper turns off when
the button is returned to the middle
position.
INT : Press the lower portion of the
button to set a delay between
wipes.
a : Push the windshield wiper lever
forward to spray washer fluid on the
rear window. The lever returns to its
starting position when released.
Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear
If the rear wiper control is off, the
rear wiper will automatically operate
continuously when the shift lever is
in R (Reverse), and the front
windshield wiper is performing low
or high speed wipes. If the rear
wiper control is off, the shift lever is
in R (Reverse), and the front
windshield wiper is performing
interval wipes, then the rear wiper
automatically performs interval
wipes.
This feature can be changed. See
Vehicle Personalization 0 105.
The windshield washer reservoir is
used for the windshield and the rear
window. Check the fluid level in the
reservoir if either washer is not
working. See Washer Fluid 0 212.
Compass
The vehicle may have a compass
display on the Driver Information
Center (DIC). The compass receives
its heading and other information
from the Global Positioning
System (GPS) antenna, StabiliTrak/
Electronic Stability Control (ESC),
and vehicle speed information.
The compass system is designed to
operate for a certain number of
miles or degrees of turn before
needing a signal from the GPS
satellites. When the compass
display shows CAL, drive the
vehicle for a short distance in an
open area where it can receive a
GPS signal. The compass system
will automatically determine when a
GPS signal is restored and provide
a heading again.
Clock
The clock can be set using the
infotainment system. See “System”
under Settings 0 137.
Power Outlets
The accessory power outlets can be
used to plug in electrical equipment,
such as a cell phone or MP3 player.
The vehicle has an accessory
power outlet on the center stack.
Open the cover to access and
replace when not in use.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Instruments and Controls 83
{
Warning
Power is always supplied to the
outlets. Do not leave electrical
equipment plugged in when the
vehicle is not in use because the
vehicle could catch fire and cause
injury or death.
Caution
Leaving electrical equipment
plugged in for an extended period
of time while the vehicle is off will
drain the battery. Always unplug
electrical equipment when not in
use and do not plug in equipment
that exceeds the maximum
20 amp rating.
Certain accessory power plugs may
not be compatible with the
accessory power outlet and could
overload vehicle or adapter fuses.
If a problem is experienced, see
your dealer.
When adding electrical equipment,
be sure to follow the proper
installation instructions included with
the equipment. See Add-On
Electrical Equipment 0 195.
Caution
Hanging heavy equipment from
the power outlet can cause
damage not covered by the
vehicle warranty. The power
outlets are designed for
accessory power plugs only, such
as cell phone charge cords.
Warning Lights,
Gauges, and
Indicators
Warning lights and gauges can
signal that something is wrong
before it becomes serious enough
to cause an expensive repair or
replacement. Paying attention to the
warning lights and gauges could
prevent injury.
Some warning lights come on briefly
when the engine is started to
indicate they are working. When
one of the warning lights comes on
and stays on while driving, or when
one of the gauges shows there may
be a problem, check the section that
explains what to do. Waiting to do
repairs can be costly and even
dangerous.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
84 Instruments and Controls
Instrument Cluster
Cluster with Base Level DIC (English Shown, Metric Similar)
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Instruments and Controls 85
Cluster with Uplevel DIC (English Shown, Metric Similar)
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
86 Instruments and Controls
Speedometer
The speedometer shows the vehicle
speed in kilometers per hour (km/h)
and miles per hour (mph).
Odometer
The odometer shows how far the
vehicle has been driven, in either
kilometers or miles.
Trip Odometer
The trip odometer shows how far
the vehicle has been driven since
the trip odometer was last reset.
The trip odometer is accessed and
reset through the Driver Information
Center (DIC). See Driver
Information Center (DIC) 0 98.
Tachometer
The tachometer displays the engine
speed in revolutions per
minute (rpm).
Caution
If the engine is operated with the
rpm’s in the warning area at the
high end of the tachometer, the
vehicle could be damaged, and
the damage would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty. Do not
operate the engine with the rpm’s
in the warning area.
Fuel Gauge
When the ignition is on, the fuel
gauge shows how much fuel is left
in the fuel tank. When the indicator
nears empty, a message in the
Driver Information Center (DIC)
displays. The vehicle still has a little
fuel left, but the vehicle should be
fueled soon. An arrow on the fuel
gauge indicates the side of the
vehicle the fuel door is on.
Here are four things that some
owners ask about. These are
normal and do not indicate a
problem with the fuel gauge:
.
At the service station, the gas
pump shuts off before the gauge
reads full.
.
It takes a little more or less fuel
to fill up than the gauge
indicated. For example, the
gauge may have indicated the
fuel tank was half full, but it
actually took a little more or less
than half the fuel tank's capacity
to fill it.
.
The indicator moves a little while
turning a corner or speeding up.
.
The gauge goes back to empty
when the ignition is turned off.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Instruments and Controls 87
Seat Belt Reminders
Driver Seat Belt Reminder
Light
There is a driver seat belt reminder
light on the instrument cluster.
When the vehicle is started, this
light flashes and a chime may come
on to remind the driver to fasten
their seat belt. Then the light stays
on solid until the belt is buckled.
This cycle may continue several
times if the driver remains or
becomes unbuckled while the
vehicle is moving.
If the driver seat belt is buckled,
neither the light nor the chime
comes on.
Passenger Seat Belt Reminder
Light
The vehicle may also have a
passenger seat belt reminder light.
When the vehicle is started, this
light flashes and a chime may come
on to remind passengers to fasten
their seat belt. Then the light stays
on solid until the belt is buckled.
This cycle continues several times if
the front passenger remains or
becomes unbuckled while the
vehicle is moving.
If the front passenger seat belt is
buckled, neither the chime nor the
light comes on.
The front passenger seat belt
reminder light and chime may turn
on if an object is put on the seat
such as a briefcase, handbag,
grocery bag, laptop, or other
electronic device. To turn off the
reminder light and/or chime, remove
the object from the seat or buckle
the seat belt.
Airbag Readiness Light
This light shows if there is an
electrical problem with the airbag
system. The system check includes
the airbag sensor(s), the
pretensioners, the airbag modules,
the wiring, and the crash sensing
and diagnostic module. For more
information on the airbag system,
see Airbag System 0 43.
The airbag readiness light comes on
for several seconds when the
vehicle is started. If the light does
not come on then, have it fixed
immediately.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
88 Instruments and Controls
{
Warning
If the airbag readiness light stays
on after the vehicle is started or
comes on while driving, it means
the airbag system might not be
working properly. The airbags in
the vehicle might not inflate in a
crash, or they could even inflate
without a crash. To help avoid
injury, have the vehicle serviced
right away.
Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator
The vehicle has a passenger
sensing system. See Passenger
Sensing System 0 49 for important
safety information. The overhead
console has a passenger airbag
status indicator.
United States
Canada
When the vehicle is started, the
passenger airbag status indicator
will light ON and OFF, or the
symbols for on and off, for several
seconds as a system check. Then,
after several seconds, the status
indicator will light either ON or OFF,
or the on or off symbol to let you
know the status of the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag
and knee airbag.
If the word ON or the on symbol is
lit on the passenger airbag status
indicator, it means that the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag
and knee airbag are allowed to
inflate.
If the word OFF or the off symbol is
lit on the passenger airbag status
indicator, it means that the
passenger sensing system has
turned off the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag and knee
airbag.
If, after several seconds, both status
indicator lights remain on, or if there
are no lights at all, there may be a
problem with the lights or the
passenger sensing system. See
your dealer for service.
{
Warning
If the airbag readiness light ever
comes on and stays on, it means
that something may be wrong
with the airbag system. To help
avoid injury to yourself or others,
have the vehicle serviced right
(Continued)
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Instruments and Controls 89
Warning (Continued)
away. See Airbag Readiness
Light 0 87 for more information,
including important safety
information.
Charging System Light
This light comes on briefly when the
ignition key is turned to START, but
the engine is not running, as a
check to show it is working.
If it does not, have the vehicle
serviced by your dealer.
The light should go out once the
engine starts. If it stays on,
or comes on while driving, there
could be a problem with the
charging system. This light could
indicate that there are problems with
a generator drive belt, or that there
is an electrical problem. Have it
checked right away. If the vehicle
must be driven a short distance with
the light on, turn off accessories,
such as the radio and air
conditioner.
Malfunction Indicator
Lamp (Check Engine
Light)
This light is part of the vehicle’s
emission control on-board
diagnostic system. If this light is on
while the engine is running, a
malfunction has been detected and
the vehicle may require service. The
light should come on to show that it
is working when the ignition is on
with the engine not running for Key
Access or in Service Mode for
Keyless Access. See Ignition
Positions (Keyless Access) 0 160 or
Ignition Positions (Key Access)
0 162.
Malfunctions are often indicated by
the system before any problem is
noticeable. Being aware of the light
and seeking service promptly when
it comes on may prevent damage.
Caution
If the vehicle is driven continually
with this light on, the emission
control system may not work as
well, the fuel economy may be
lower, and the vehicle may not
run smoothly. This could lead to
costly repairs that might not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
90 Instruments and Controls
Caution
Modifications to the engine,
transmission, exhaust, intake,
or fuel system, or the use of
replacement tires that do not
meet the original tire
specifications, can cause this light
to come on. This could lead to
costly repairs not covered by the
vehicle warranty. This could also
affect the vehicle’s ability to pass
an Emissions Inspection/
Maintenance test. See
Accessories and Modifications
0 198.
If the light is flashing : A
malfunction has been detected that
could damage the emission control
system and increase vehicle
emissions. Diagnosis and service
may be required.
To help prevent damage, reduce
vehicle speed and avoid hard
accelerations and uphill grades.
If the light continues to flash, find a
safe place to park. Turn the vehicle
off and wait at least 10 seconds
before restarting the engine. If the
light is still flashing, follow the
previous guidelines and see your
dealer for service as soon as
possible.
If the light is on steady : A
malfunction has been detected.
Diagnosis and service may be
required.
Check the following:
.
A loose or missing fuel cap may
cause the light to come on. See
Filling the Tank 0 192. A few
driving trips with the cap
properly installed may turn the
light off.
.
Poor fuel quality can cause
inefficient engine operation and
poor driveability, which may go
away once the engine is warmed
up. If this occurs, change the
fuel brand. It may require at
least one full tank of the proper
fuel to turn the light off. See
Recommended Fuel 0 191.
If the light remains on, see your
dealer.
Emissions Inspection and
Maintenance Programs
If the vehicle requires an Emissions
Inspection/Maintenance test, the
test equipment will likely connect to
the vehicle's Data Link
Connector (DLC).
The DLC is under the instrument
panel to the left of the steering
wheel. Connecting devices that are
not used to perform an Emissions
Inspection/Maintenance test or to
service the vehicle may affect
vehicle operation. See Add-On
Electrical Equipment 0 195. See
your dealer if assistance is needed.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Instruments and Controls 91
The vehicle may not pass
inspection if:
.
The light is on when the engine
is running.
.
The light does not come on
when the ignition is on with the
engine not running for Key
Access or in Service Mode for
Keyless Access.
.
Critical emission control systems
have not been completely
diagnosed. If this happens, the
vehicle would not be ready for
inspection and might require
several days of routine driving
before the system is ready for
inspection. This can happen if
the 12-volt battery has recently
been replaced or run down, or if
the vehicle has been recently
serviced.
See your dealer if the vehicle will
not pass or cannot be made ready
for the test.
Service Vehicle Soon
Light
For vehicles with this light, it comes
on if a condition exists that may
require the vehicle to be taken in for
service.
If the light comes on, take the
vehicle to your dealer for service as
soon as possible.
Owner Manual Indicator
This symbol is shown when you
need to see the owner’s manual for
additional instructions or
information.
Brake System Warning
Light
Metric English
This light should come on briefly
when the vehicle is turned on. If it
does not come on then, have it fixed
so it will be ready to warn you if
there is a problem.
When the vehicle is on, the brake
system warning light also comes on
when the parking brake is set. The
light stays on if the parking brake
does not fully release. If it stays on
after the parking brake is fully
released, there is a brake problem.
Have the brake system inspected
right away.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
92 Instruments and Controls
If the light comes on while driving,
pull off the road and stop carefully.
The brake pedal might be harder to
push, or the brake pedal may go
closer to the floor. It could take
longer to stop. If the light is still on,
have the vehicle towed for service.
See Towing the Vehicle 0 260.
{
Warning
The brake system might not be
working properly if the brake
system warning light is on.
Driving with the brake system
warning light on can lead to a
crash. If the light is still on after
the vehicle has been pulled off
the road and carefully stopped,
have the vehicle towed for
service.
Antilock Brake System
(ABS) Warning Light
This light comes on briefly when the
engine is started.
If it does not, have the vehicle
serviced by your dealer. If the
system is working normally, the
indicator light then goes off.
If the ABS light stays on, turn the
ignition off. If the light comes on
while driving, stop as soon as it is
safely possible and turn the ignition
off. Then start the engine again to
reset the system. If the ABS light
stays on, or comes on again while
driving, the vehicle needs service.
If the regular brake system warning
light is not on, the vehicle still has
brakes, but not antilock brakes.
If the regular brake system warning
light is also on, the vehicle does not
have antilock brakes and there is a
problem with the regular brakes.
See Brake System Warning Light
0 91.
Operate Pedal Light
This light comes on when the clutch
or brake pedal needs to be applied
to start the vehicle.
Up-Shift Light
The vehicle may have an up-shift
light.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Instruments and Controls 93
When this light comes on, shift to
the next higher gear if weather,
road, and traffic conditions allow.
Power Steering Warning
Light
This light comes on briefly when the
ignition is turned on as a check to
show it is working.
If it does not come on have the
vehicle serviced by your dealer.
If this light stays on, or comes on
while driving, the system may not be
working. If this happens, see your
dealer for service.
Lane Departure Warning
(LDW) Light
This light is green if LDW is on and
ready to operate.
This light changes to amber and
flashes to indicate that the lane
marking has been crossed without
using a turn signal in that direction.
See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
0 189.
Vehicle Ahead Indicator
If equipped, this indicator will
display green when a vehicle is
detected ahead and amber when
you are following a vehicle ahead
much too closely.
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System 0 186.
Ultrasonic Parking
Sensor Light
If equipped, this light comes on
briefly while starting the vehicle. If it
does not come on, have the vehicle
serviced.
This light indicates a malfunction in
the system. See your dealer for
service.
See Park Assist 0 185.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
94 Instruments and Controls
Traction Off Light
This light comes on briefly while
starting the engine. If it does not,
have the vehicle serviced by your
dealer. If the system is working
normally, the indicator light then
turns off.
The traction off light comes on when
the Traction Control System (TCS)
has been turned off by pressing and
releasing the TCS/StabiliTrak/ESC
button.
This light and the StabiliTrak/ESC
OFF light come on when StabiliTrak/
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) is
turned off.
If the TCS is off, wheel spin is not
limited. Adjust driving accordingly.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 177.
StabiliTrak OFF Light
This light comes on briefly while
starting the engine. If it does not,
have the vehicle serviced by your
dealer.
This light comes on when the
StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) system is turned off.
If StabiliTrak/ESC is off, the Traction
Control System (TCS) is also off.
If StabiliTrak/ESC and TCS are off,
the system does not assist in
controlling the vehicle. Turn on the
TCS and the StabiliTrak/ESC
systems, and the warning light
turns off.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 177.
Traction Control System
(TCS)/StabiliTrak Light
This light comes on briefly when the
engine is started.
If the light does not come on, have
the vehicle serviced by your dealer.
If the system is working normally,
the indicator light turns off.
If the light is on and not flashing, the
TCS and potentially the StabiliTrak/
ESC system have been disabled.
A Driver Information Center (DIC)
message may display. Check the
DIC messages to determine which
feature(s) is no longer functioning
and whether the vehicle requires
service.
If the light is on and flashing, the
TCS and/or the StabiliTrak/ESC
system is actively working.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Instruments and Controls 95
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 177.
Engine Coolant
Temperature Warning
Light
This light comes on briefly while
starting the vehicle.
If it does not, have the vehicle
serviced by your dealer. If the
system is working normally the
indicator light goes off.
Caution
The engine coolant temperature
warning light indicates that the
vehicle has overheated. Driving
with this light on can damage the
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
engine and it may not be covered
by the vehicle warranty. See
Engine Overheating 0 211.
The engine coolant temperature
warning light comes on when the
engine has overheated.
If this happens, pull over and turn
off the engine as soon as possible.
See Engine Overheating 0 211.
Tire Pressure Light
For vehicles with the Tire Pressure
Monitor System (TPMS), this light
comes on briefly when the engine is
started. It provides information
about tire pressures and the TPMS.
When the Light Is On Steady
This indicates that one or more of
the tires are significantly
underinflated.
A Driver Information Center (DIC)
tire pressure message may also
display. Stop as soon as possible,
and inflate the tires to the pressure
value shown on the Tire and
Loading Information label. See Tire
Pressure 0 238.
When the Light Flashes First and
Then Is On Steady
If the light flashes for about a minute
and then stays on, there may be a
problem with the TPMS. If the
problem is not corrected, the light
will come on at every ignition cycle.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation 0 240.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
96 Instruments and Controls
Engine Oil Pressure Light
Caution
Lack of proper engine oil
maintenance can damage the
engine. Driving with the engine oil
low can also damage the engine.
The repairs would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty. Check
the oil level as soon as possible.
Add oil if required, but if the oil
level is within the operating range
and the oil pressure is still low,
have the vehicle serviced. Always
follow the maintenance schedule
for changing engine oil.
This light should come on briefly as
the engine is started. If it does not
come on, have the vehicle serviced
by your dealer.
If the light comes on and stays on, it
means that oil is not flowing through
the engine properly. The vehicle
could be low on oil and might have
some other system problem. See
your dealer.
Low Fuel Warning Light
This light comes on briefly when the
engine is started.
If it does not come on have the
vehicle serviced by your dealer.
If the system is working normally,
the indicator light then goes off.
This light also comes on when the
fuel tank is low on fuel. When fuel is
added the light should go off. If it
does not, have your vehicle
serviced.
Immobilizer Light
The immobilizer light should come
on briefly as the engine is started.
If it does not come on, have the
vehicle serviced by your dealer.
If the system is working normally,
the indicator light turns off.
If the light stays on and the engine
does not start, there could be a
problem with the immobilizer
system. See Immobilizer Operation
(Key Access) 0 22 or
Immobilizer Operation (Keyless
Access) 0 23.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Instruments and Controls 97
Reduced Engine Power
Light
The reduced engine power light
should come on briefly as the
engine is started. If it does not come
on, have the vehicle serviced by
your dealer.
This light, along with the malfunction
indicator lamp, displays when a
noticeable reduction in the vehicle's
performance occurs.
The vehicle can be driven at a
reduced speed when the reduced
engine power light is on but
acceleration and speed might be
reduced. If this light stays on, see
your dealer as soon as possible for
diagnosis and repair.
High-Beam On Light
This light comes on when the
high-beam headlamps are in use.
See Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer 0 110.
Front Fog Lamp Light
The fog lamp light comes on when
the fog lamps are in use.
The light goes out when the fog
lamps are turned off. See Fog
Lamps 0 112 for more information.
Lamps On Reminder
This light comes on when the
exterior lamps are in use, except
when only the Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) are active. See
Exterior Lamp Controls 0 109.
Cruise Control Light
The cruise control light is white
when the cruise control is on and
ready, and turns green when the
cruise control is set and active.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
98 Instruments and Controls
The light goes out when the cruise
control is turned off. See Cruise
Control 0 179.
Hood Ajar Light
This light comes on when the hood
is open or not securely latched.
Before driving, check that the hood
is properly closed.
Door Ajar Light
This light comes on when a door is
open or not securely latched. Before
driving, check that all doors are
properly closed.
Information Displays
Driver Information
Center (DIC)
The DIC displays information about
the vehicle. It also displays warning
messages if a system problem is
detected. All messages appear in
the DIC display in the instrument
cluster.
DIC Operation and Displays
On some models, the trip odometer
reset stem is used to operate the
DIC. On other models, the controls
for the DIC are on the turn signal
lever.
DIC Buttons
1. SET/CLR: Press to set or clear
the menu item displayed.
2.
w / x: Turn the band to
scroll through the menus.
3. MENU: Press to display the
Trip/Fuel menu and the Vehicle
Information menu. This button
is also used to return to or exit
the last screen displayed on
the DIC.
Vehicle Information Menu
Items (Base Level DIC)
Press MENU to view the DIC menu.
Some items display in the upper
display area, some in the lower
display area, and others use both
the upper and lower display areas.
Use
w / x to scroll through the
menu items. Not all items are
available on every vehicle. The
following is a list of possible menu
items:
.
Remaining Oil Life
.
Units
.
Tire Learn
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Instruments and Controls 99
Remaining Oil Life
This menu is not available while the
vehicle is moving. This display
shows an estimate of the oil's
remaining useful life. If 99
: % is
displayed, that means 99% of the
current oil life remains.
When the remaining oil life is low,
the
: % CHANGE message will
appear on the display. The oil
should changed as soon as
possible. See Engine Oil 0 202. In
addition to the engine oil life system
monitoring the oil life, additional
maintenance is recommended. See
Maintenance Schedule 0 275.
Remember, the Oil Life display must
be reset after each oil change. It will
not reset itself. Also, be careful not
to reset the Oil Life display
accidentally at any time other than
when the oil has just been changed.
It cannot be reset accurately until
the next oil change. To reset the
engine oil life system, press SET/
CLR while the Oil Life display is
active. See Engine Oil Life System
0 204.
Units
This menu is not available while the
vehicle is moving. Press SET/CLR
while the unit display is active and
move
w / x to change units when
UNIT SET is displayed. Press SET/
CLR to confirm the setting. Select 1,
2, or 3 for the unit display. 1 is
metric units, 2 is Imperial units, and
3 is US units. This will change the
displays on the cluster and DIC to
the type of measurements selected.
Tire Learn
This display allows for matching of
the TPMS sensors. The display will
show a vehicle with the approximate
pressures of all four tires. Tire
pressure is displayed in either
kilopascal (kPa) or pounds per
square inch (psi). See Tire Pressure
Monitor System 0 239 and
Tire Pressure Monitor Operation
0 240.
Trip/Fuel Menu Items (Base
Level DIC)
Press MENU until the Trip/Fuel
menu is displayed. Use
w / x to
scroll through the menu items. On
some models, use the trip odometer
reset stem to scroll through the
menu. Not all items are available on
every vehicle. The following is a list
of possible menu items:
.
Trip Odometer
.
Fuel Range
.
Average Vehicle Speed
.
Instantaneous Fuel Economy
.
Average Fuel Economy
.
Timer
Trip Odometer
This display shows the current
distance traveled, in either
kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since
the last reset for the trip odometer.
The trip odometer can be reset to
zero by pressing SET/CLR or
pressing and holding the trip
odometer reset stem while the trip
odometer display is showing.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
100 Instruments and Controls
Fuel Range
This display shows the approximate
distance the vehicle can be driven
without refueling. The fuel range
estimate is based on an average of
the vehicle's fuel economy over
recent driving history and the
amount of fuel remaining in the fuel
tank. Fuel range cannot be reset.
Average Vehicle Speed
This display shows the average
speed of the vehicle in kilometers
per hour (km/h) or miles per
hour (mph). This average is
calculated based on the various
vehicle speeds recorded since the
last reset of this value. The average
speed can be reset by pressing
SET/CLR or pressing and holding
the trip odometer reset stem while
the Average Vehicle Speed display
is showing.
Instantaneous Fuel Economy
The instantaneous fuel economy
display shows the current fuel
economy in liters per 100 kilometers
(L/100 km) or miles per
gallon (mpg). This number reflects
only the approximate fuel economy
that the vehicle has right now and
changes frequently as driving
conditions change. This display
cannot be reset.
Average Fuel Economy
This display shows the approximate
average liters per 100 kilometers (L/
100 km) or miles per gallon (mpg).
This number is calculated based on
the number of L/100 km (mpg)
recorded since the last time this
menu item was reset. This number
reflects only the approximate
average fuel economy that the
vehicle has right now, and will
change as driving conditions
change. The fuel economy can be
reset by pressing SET/CLR or
pressing and holding the trip
odometer reset stem while the
Average Fuel Economy display is
showing.
Timer
Available on some vehicles, this
display can be used as a timer. To
start the timer, press SET/CLR while
Timer is displayed. The display will
show the amount of time that has
passed since the timer was last
reset, not including time the ignition
is off. Time will continue to be
counted as long as the ignition is
on, even if another display is being
shown on the DIC. The timer will
record up to 9 hours, 59 minutes,
and 59 seconds (9:59:59) after
which the display will return to zero.
To stop the timer, press SET/CLR
briefly while Timer is displayed. To
reset the timer to zero, press and
hold SET/CLR.
Trip/Fuel Menu Items
(Uplevel DIC)
Press MENU until the Trip/Fuel
menu is displayed. Use
w / x to
scroll through the menu items. Not
all items are available on every
vehicle. The following is a list of
possible menu items:
.
Digital Speedometer
.
Trip 1
.
Trip 2
.
Fuel Range
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Instruments and Controls 101
.
Instantaneous Fuel Economy
.
Average Fuel Economy
.
Average Vehicle Speed
.
Timer
Digital Speedometer
The digital speedometer, available
on some vehicles, shows how fast
the vehicle is moving in either
kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles
per hour (mph). The speedometer
cannot be reset.
Trip 1 and Trip 2
This display shows the current
distance traveled, in either
kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since
the last reset for the trip odometer.
The trip odometer can be reset to
zero by pressing SET/CLR while the
trip odometer display is showing.
Fuel Range
This display shows the approximate
distance the vehicle can be driven
without refueling. The fuel range
estimate is based on an average of
the vehicle's fuel economy over
recent driving history and the
amount of fuel remaining in the fuel
tank. Fuel range cannot be reset.
Instantaneous Fuel Economy
The instantaneous fuel economy
display shows the current fuel
economy in liters per 100 kilometers
(L/100 km) or miles per
gallon (mpg). This number reflects
only the approximate fuel economy
that the vehicle has right now and
changes frequently as driving
conditions change. Unlike average
economy, this display cannot be
reset.
Average Fuel Economy
This display shows the approximate
average liters per 100 kilometers
(L/100 km) or miles per
gallon (mpg). This number is
calculated based on the number of
L/100 km (mpg) recorded since the
last time this menu item was reset.
This number reflects only the
approximate average fuel economy
that the vehicle has right now, and
will change as driving conditions
change. The fuel economy can be
reset by pressing SET/CLR while
the Average Fuel Economy display
is showing.
Average Vehicle Speed
This display shows the average
speed of the vehicle in kilometers
per hour (km/h) or miles per
hour (mph). This average is
calculated based on the various
vehicle speeds recorded since the
last reset of this value. The average
speed can be reset by pressing
SET/CLR while the Average Vehicle
Speed display is showing.
Timer
Available on some vehicles, this
display can be used as a timer. To
start the timer, press SET/CLR while
Timer is displayed. The display will
show the amount of time that has
passed since the timer was last
reset, not including time the ignition
is off. Time will continue to be
counted as long as the ignition is
on, even if another display is being
shown on the DIC. The timer will
record up to 99 hours, 59 minutes,
and 59 seconds (99:59:59) after
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
102 Instruments and Controls
which the display will return to zero.
To stop the timer, press SET/CLR
briefly while Timer is displayed. To
reset the timer to zero, press and
hold SET/CLR.
Vehicle Information Menu
Items (Uplevel DIC)
Press MENU on the turn signal
lever until Vehicle Information menu
is displayed. Use
w / x to scroll
through the following possible menu
items:
.
Display Units
.
Tire Pressure
.
Remaining Oil Life
Display Units
Move
w / x to switch between
metric or US when the Unit display
is active. Press SET/CLR to confirm
the setting. This will change the
displays on the cluster and DIC to
either metric or English (US)
measurements.
Tire Pressure
The display will show a vehicle with
the approximate pressures of all
four tires. Tire pressure is displayed
in either kilopascal (kPa) or pounds
per square inch (psi). See Tire
Pressure Monitor System 0 239 and
Tire Pressure Monitor Operation
0 240.
Remaining Oil Life
This menu is not available while the
vehicle is moving. This display
shows an estimate of the oil's
remaining useful life. If REMAINING
OIL LIFE 99 % is displayed, that
means 99% of the current oil life
remains.
When the remaining oil life is low,
the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
message will appear on the display.
The oil should changed as soon as
possible. See Engine Oil 0 202. In
addition to the engine oil life system
monitoring the oil life, additional
maintenance is recommended. See
Maintenance Schedule 0 275.
Remember, the Oil Life display must
be reset after each oil change. It will
not reset itself. Also, be careful not
to reset the Oil Life display
accidentally at any time other than
when the oil has just been changed.
It cannot be reset accurately until
the next oil change. To reset the
engine oil life system, press SET/
CLR while the Oil Life display is
active. See Engine Oil Life System
0 204.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Instruments and Controls 103
Vehicle Messages
Vehicle Messages (Base
Level Cluster)
DIC messages display when the
status of the vehicle has changed
and action may be needed to
correct the condition. Multiple
messages appear one after another.
All messages should be taken
seriously.
On the base level cluster, vehicle
messages appear as code numbers.
Some of these codes may appear
along with the service vehicle soon
light and the owner’s manual
symbol in the DIC display.
2 : No Remote Detected, Press
Clutch To Restart
4 : A/C Off Due to High
Engine Temp
5 : Steering Column Is Locked
7 : Turn Steering Wheel, Turn Key
Off, Then On
9 : Turn Steering Wheel, Start
Vehicle Again
10 : Brakes Overheated
15 : Check High Mounted
Brake Lamp
16 : Check Brake Lamps
17 : Headlamp Leveling Malfunction
— Contact Service
18 : Left Low Beam Failure
20 : Right Low Beam Failure
21 : Check Left Position Lamp
22 : Check Right Position Lamp
23 : Reversing Lamp Failure
24 : License Plate Lamp Failure
25 : Left Front Turn Indicator Failure
26 : Left Rear Turn Indicator Failure
27 : Right Front Turn Indicator
Failure
28 : Right Rear Turn Indicator
Failure
35 : Replace Battery In Remote Key
49 : Lane Departure Warning
Unavailable
52 : Change Timing Belt – See
Owner ’s Manual
53 : Tighten Gas Cap
59 : Open, Then Close Driver
Window
65 : Theft Attempted
66 : Service Theft Alarm
67 : Service Steering Column Lock
68 : Service Power Steering, Drive
with Care
77 : Service Front Camera
79 : Engine Oil Low – Add Oil
81 : Service Transmission
84 : Engine Power Is Reduced
88 : Use Transmitter Pocket to Start
89 : Service Vehicle Soon
91 : No Remote Detected
92 : No Remote Detected, Press
Brake To Restart
93 : Press Button Again To Turn
Engine Off
94 : Shift to Park
95 : Service Airbag
174 : Low Battery
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
104 Instruments and Controls
258 : Park Assist Off
Engine Oil Messages
: % CHANGE
This message displays when the
engine oil needs to be changed.
When changing the engine oil, be
sure to reset the Oil Life System.
See Engine Oil Life System 0 204,
Engine Oil 0 202, and Maintenance
Schedule 0 275.
Vehicle Messages
(Uplevel Cluster)
Messages displayed on the DIC
indicate the status of the vehicle or
some action that may be needed to
correct a condition. Multiple
messages may appear one after
another.
The messages that do not require
immediate action can be
acknowledged and cleared by
pressing SET/CLR. The messages
that require immediate action cannot
be cleared until that action is
performed.
All messages should be taken
seriously; clearing the message
does not correct the problem.
If a SERVICE message appears,
see your dealer.
Follow the instructions given in the
messages. The system displays
messages regarding the following
topics:
.
Service Messages
.
Fluid Levels
.
Vehicle Security
.
Brakes
.
Steering
.
Ride Control Systems
.
Driver Assistance Systems
.
Cruise Control
.
Lighting and Bulb Replacement
.
Wiper/Washer Systems
.
Doors and Windows
.
Seat Belts
.
Airbag Systems
.
Engine and Transmission
.
Tire Pressure
.
Battery
Engine Power Messages
ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED
This message displays when the
vehicle's propulsion power is
reduced. A reduction in propulsion
power can affect the vehicle's ability
to accelerate. If this message is on,
but there is no observed reduction
in performance, proceed to your
destination. The performance may
be reduced the next time the vehicle
is driven. The vehicle may be driven
while this message is on, but
maximum acceleration and speed
may be reduced. Anytime this
message stays on, or displays
repeatedly, the vehicle should be
taken to your dealer for service as
soon as possible.
Under certain operating conditions,
propulsion will be disabled. Try
restarting after the vehicle has been
off for 30 seconds.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Instruments and Controls 105
Vehicle Speed Messages
SPEED LIMITED TO
XXX KM/H (MPH)
This message shows that the
vehicle speed has been limited to
the speed displayed. The limited
speed is a protection for various
propulsion and vehicle systems,
such as lubrication, thermal, brakes,
suspension, Teen Driver if
equipped, or tires.
Vehicle
Personalization
The following are all possible
vehicle personalization features.
Depending on the vehicle, some
may not be available.
For System and Apps features and
functions, see Settings 0 137.
To access the vehicle
personalization menu:
1. Touch the Settings icon on the
Home Page of the infotainment
display.
2. Touch Vehicle to display a list
of available options.
3. Touch to select the desired
feature setting.
4. Touch
9 or R to turn a feature
off or on.
5. Touch
z to go to the top level
of the Settings menu.
The menu may contain the
following:
Vehicle
The menu may contain the
following:
Rear Seat Reminder
This allows for a chime and a
message when the rear door has
been opened before or during
operation of the vehicle.
Touch Off or On.
Collision / Detection Systems
Touch and the following may
display:
.
Park Assist
.
Forward Collision System
Park Assist
This feature can assist in backing
up and parking the vehicle. See
Park Assist 0 185.
Touch Off or On.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
106 Instruments and Controls
Forward Collision System
This setting controls the vehicle
response when detecting a vehicle
ahead of you. The Off setting
disables all FCA and AEB functions.
With the Alert and Brake setting,
both FCA and AEB are available.
The Alert setting disables AEB. See
Automatic Emergency Braking
(AEB) 0 188.
Touch Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake.
Comfort and Convenience
Touch and the following may
display:
.
Chime Volume
.
Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear
Chime Volume
This allows the selection of the
chime volume level.
Touch the controls on the
infotainment display to adjust the
volume.
Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear
When on and the front wiper is on,
the rear wiper will automatically
activate when the vehicle is shifted
to R (Reverse).
Touch Off or On.
Lighting
Touch and the following may
display:
.
Vehicle Locator Lights
.
Exit Lighting
Vehicle Locator Lights
This feature will flash the exterior
lamps and allows some exterior
lamps and most interior lamps to
turn on briefly when
K on the
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter is pressed to locate the
vehicle.
Touch Off or On.
Exit Lighting
This allows the selection of how
long the exterior lamps stay on
when leaving the vehicle when it is
dark outside.
Touch Off, 30 Seconds, 60 Seconds,
or 120 Seconds.
Power Door Locks
Touch and the following may
display:
.
Open Door Anti Lock Out
.
Auto Door Unlock
.
Delayed Door Lock
Open Door Anti Lock Out
When on, this feature will keep the
driver door from locking until the
door is closed. If this feature is
turned on, the Delayed Door Lock
menu will not be available.
Touch Off or On.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Instruments and Controls 107
Auto Door Unlock
This allows selection of which of the
doors will automatically unlock when
the vehicle is shifted into P (Park)
with an automatic transmission or
when the vehicle is turned off with a
manual transmission.
Touch Off, All Doors, or Driver Door.
Delayed Door Lock
When on, this feature will delay the
locking of the doors. To override the
delay, press the power door lock
switch on the door.
Touch Off or On.
Remote Lock, Unlock, Start
Touch and the following may
display:
.
Remote Unlock Light Feedback
.
Remote Lock Feedback
.
Remote Door Unlock
.
Passive Door Unlock
.
Passive Door Lock
.
Remote Left in Vehicle Alert
Remote Unlock Light Feedback
When on, the exterior lamps will
flash when unlocking the vehicle
with the RKE transmitter
Touch Off or Flash Lights.
Remote Lock Feedback
This allows selection of what type of
feedback is given when locking the
vehicle with the RKE transmitter.
Touch Off, Lights and Horn, Lights
Only, or Horn Only.
Remote Door Unlock
This allows selection of which doors
will unlock when pressing
K on the
RKE transmitter.
Touch All Doors or Driver Door.
Passive Door Unlock
This allows the selection of what
doors will unlock when using the
button on the driver door to unlock
the vehicle.
Touch All Doors or Driver Door.
Passive Door Lock
This feature specifies if the vehicle
will automatically lock, or lock and
alert you after all the doors are
closed, and you walk away from the
vehicle with RKE transmitter. See
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation (Key Access)
0 10 or
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation (Keyless Access)
0 13.
Touch Off, On with Horn
Chirp, or On.
Remote Left in Vehicle Alert
This feature sounds an alert when
the RKE transmitter is left in the
vehicle. This menu also enables
Remote No Longer in Vehicle Alert.
Touch Off or On.
Valet Mode
This will lock the infotainment
system and steering wheel controls.
It may also limit access to vehicle
storage locations, if equipped.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
108 Instruments and Controls
To enable valet mode:
1. Enter a four-digit code on the
keypad.
2. Touch Enter to go to the
confirmation screen.
3. Re-enter the four-digit code.
Touch Lock or Unlock to lock or
unlock the system. Touch Back to
go back to the previous menu.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Lighting 109
Lighting
Exterior Lighting
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . 109
Exterior Lamps Off
Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Automatic Headlamp
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 112
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Interior Lighting
Instrument Panel Illumination
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Lighting Features
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Battery Power Protection . . . . . 114
Exterior Lighting Battery
Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Exterior Lighting
Exterior Lamp Controls
The exterior lamp control is on the
instrument panel to the outboard
side of the steering column.
There are four positions:
O : Turns the exterior lamps off and
deactivates the AUTO mode. Turn
to
O again to reactivate the
AUTO mode.
In Canada, the headlamps will
automatically reactivate when the
vehicle is shifted out of P (Park).
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
110 Lighting
AUTO : If equipped, turns the
exterior lamps on and off
automatically depending on outside
lighting.
; : Turns on the parking lamps
including all lamps except the
headlamps.
5 : Turns the headlamps on
together with the parking lamps and
instrument panel lights. A warning
chime sounds if the driver door is
opened when the ignition switch is
off and the headlamps are on.
# : If equipped, press to turn the
fog lamps on or off.
See Fog Lamps 0 112.
When the lights are on,
; will be
lit. See Lamps On Reminder 0 97.
Exterior Lamps Off
Reminder
A reminder chime will sound when
the headlamps or parking lamps are
manually turned on when the
ignition is off and a door is open. To
disable the chime, turn the light off.
Headlamp High/
Low-Beam Changer
The headlamps must be on for this
feature to work.
Push the turn signal lever away
from you to turn the high beams on.
The
3 light comes on in the
instrument cluster while the high
beams are on and the ignition is on.
To return to low beams, push the
lever again or pull the lever toward
you and release.
Flash-to-Pass
This feature is used to signal to the
vehicle ahead that you want
to pass.
Pull the turn signal lever toward you
until the high-beam headlamps
come on, then release the lever to
turn them off.
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL)
DRL can make it easier for others to
see the front of your vehicle during
the day. Fully functional DRL are
required on all vehicles first sold in
Canada.
The DRL system makes the
headlamps come on when the
following conditions are met:
.
The ignition is on.
.
The exterior lamp control is in
the AUTO.
.
The vehicle is not parked.
.
The light sensor determines it is
daytime.
When the DRL system is on, the
taillamps, sidemarker lamps,
parking lamps, and instrument panel
lights do not come on unless the
exterior lamp control is turned to the
parking lamp or headlamp position.
The DRL system turns off when one
of the following conditions is met:
.
The ignition is off.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Lighting 111
.
The vehicle is parked.
.
The high-beam headlamps
are on.
.
The low-beam headlamps
are on.
.
The light sensor determines it is
nighttime.
For vehicles first sold in Canada,
the DRL can only be turned off
when the vehicle is parked.
The regular headlamp system
should be used when needed.
Automatic Headlamp
System
When it is dark enough outside and
the exterior lamp control is in the
automatic position, the headlamps
come on automatically. See Exterior
Lamp Controls 0 109.
The vehicle has a light sensor on
top of the instrument panel. Make
sure it is not covered, or the
headlamps will be on when they are
not needed.
The system may also turn on the
headlamps when driving through a
parking garage or tunnel.
If the vehicle is started in a dark
garage, the automatic headlamp
system comes on immediately. If it
is light outside when the vehicle
leaves the garage, there is a slight
delay before the automatic
headlamp system changes to the
Daytime Running Lamp (DRL).
During that delay, the instrument
cluster may not be as bright as
usual. Make sure the instrument
panel brightness control is in the full
bright position. See Instrument
Panel Illumination Control 0 113.
When it is bright enough outside,
the headlamps will turn off or may
change to DRL.
The automatic headlamp system
turns off when the exterior lamp
control or the ignition is off.
Lights On with Wipers
If the windshield wipers are
activated in daylight with the vehicle
on, and the exterior lamp control is
in AUTO, the headlamps, parking
lamps, and other exterior lamps
come on. The transition time for the
lamps coming on varies based on
wiper speed. When the wipers are
not operating, these lamps turn off.
Move the exterior lamp control to
P
or ; to disable this feature.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
112 Lighting
Hazard Warning Flashers
The hazard warning flasher button
is on the center stack.
| : Press to make the front and
rear turn signal lamps flash on and
off. This warns others that you are
having trouble. Press the button
again to turn the flashers off.
When the hazard warning flashers
are on, the turn signals will
not work.
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals
Move the lever all the way up or
down to signal a turn.
An arrow on the instrument cluster
flashes in the direction of the turn or
lane change.
Raise or lower the lever until the
arrow starts to flash to signal a lane
change. Hold it there until the lane
change is completed.
If the lever is moved momentarily to
the lane change position, the arrow
will flash three times.
The lever returns to its starting
position whenever it is released.
If after signaling a turn or a lane
change the arrow flashes rapidly or
does not come on, a signal bulb
may be burned out.
Replace any burned out bulbs. If a
bulb is not burned out, check the
fuse. See Fuses and Circuit
Breakers 0 226.
Fog Lamps
If equipped with front fog lamps, the
button is on the outboard side of the
instrument panel.
# : Press to turn the front fog
lamps on or off. An indicator light on
the instrument cluster comes on
when the fog lamps are on.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Lighting 113
The fog lamps come on together
with the parking lamps.
If the high-beam headlamps are
turned on, the fog lamps will turn off.
If the high-beam headlamps are
turned off, the fog lamps will turn
back on again.
Some localities have laws that
require the headlamps to be on
along with the fog lamps.
Interior Lighting
Instrument Panel
Illumination Control
This feature controls the brightness
of the instrument panel controls and
infotainment display screen. The
thumbwheel is to the left of the
steering column on the instrument
panel.
D : Move the thumbwheel up or
down to brighten or dim the
instrument panel controls and
infotainment display screen.
Courtesy Lamps
The courtesy lamps come on when
any door is opened and the dome
lamp is in the
1 position.
Dome Lamps
The dome lamp controls are in the
headliner above the front seats.
* : Press to turn the lamps off,
even when a door is open.
1 : When the button is returned to
the middle position, the lamps turn
on automatically when a door is
opened.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
114 Lighting
+ : Press to turn on the dome
lamps.
Reading Lamps
The reading lamps are in the
overhead console.
Press the lamp lenses to turn the
reading lamps on or off.
Lighting Features
Entry Lighting
Some exterior lamps and most of
the interior lights turn on briefly at
night, or in areas of limited lighting
when
K is pressed on the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.
See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation (Key Access)
0 10 or
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation (Keyless Access)
0 13. When the driver door is
opened, all control lights, Driver
Information Center (DIC) lights, and
door pocket lights turn on. After
about 30 seconds the exterior lamps
turn off, then the remaining interior
lights dim to off. Entry lighting can
be disabled manually by turning the
ignition on or to ACC/ACCESSORY,
or by pressing
Q on the RKE
transmitter.
This feature can be changed. See
“Vehicle Locator Lights” under
Vehicle Personalization 0 105.
Exit Lighting
Some exterior lamps and interior
lights come on at night, or in areas
with limited lighting, when the driver
door is opened after the ignition is
turned off. The dome lamp comes
on after the ignition is turned off.
The exterior lamps and dome lamp
remain on for a set amount of time,
then automatically turn off.
The exterior lamps turn off
immediately by turning the exterior
lamp control off.
This feature can be changed. See
Vehicle Personalization 0 105.
Battery Power Protection
The battery saver feature is
designed to protect the vehicle's
battery.
If some interior lamps and/or
headlamps are left on and the
ignition is turned off, the battery
rundown protection system
automatically turns the lamp off after
some time.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Lighting 115
Exterior Lighting Battery
Saver
The exterior lamps turn off about
10 minutes after the ignition is
turned off, if the parking lamps or
headlamps have been manually left
on. This protects against draining
the battery. To restart the 10-minute
timer, turn the exterior lamp control
to the
O position and then back to
the
; or 2 position.
To keep the lamps on for more than
10 minutes, the ignition must be on
or in ACC/ACCESSORY.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
116 Infotainment System
Infotainment
System
Introduction
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Using the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Radio
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Multi-Band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . 124
Audio Players
Avoiding Untrusted Media
Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Auxiliary Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Bluetooth Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
OnStar System
OnStar System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Phone
Bluetooth (Overview) . . . . . . . . . 130
Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a
Phone) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Apple CarPlay and
Android Auto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Settings
Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Trademarks and License
Agreements
Trademarks and License
Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Introduction
Read the following pages to
become familiar with the features.
{
Warning
Taking your eyes off the road for
too long or too often while using
any infotainment feature can
cause a crash. You or others
could be injured or killed. Do not
give extended attention to
infotainment tasks while driving.
Limit your glances at the vehicle
displays and focus your attention
on driving. Use voice commands
whenever possible.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Infotainment System 117
The infotainment system has built-in
features intended to help avoid
distraction by disabling some
functions when driving. These
functions may gray out when they
are unavailable. Many infotainment
features are also available through
the instrument cluster and steering
wheel controls.
Before driving:
.
Become familiar with the
operation, center stack controls,
and infotainment display
controls.
.
Set up the audio by presetting
favorite stations, setting the
tone, and adjusting the
speakers.
.
Set up phone numbers in
advance so they can be called
easily by pressing a single
control or by using a single voice
command if equipped with
Bluetooth phone capability.
See Defensive Driving 0 150.
To play the infotainment system with
the ignition off, see Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 167.
Active Noise Cancellation (ANC)
If equipped, ANC reduces engine
noise in the vehicle’s interior. ANC
requires the factory-installed audio
system, radio, speakers, amplifier (if
equipped), induction system, and
exhaust system to work properly.
Deactivation is required by your
dealer if related aftermarket
equipment is installed.
Overview
Customer Assistance
Assistance is available to help with
Bluetooth pairing, other mobile
device interface, and operation
support of the infotainment system.
See Customer Assistance Offices
0 293.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
118 Infotainment System
Infotainment System
The infotainment system is controlled by using the infotainment display, the
controls on the center stack, and the steering wheel controls.
1. {
.
Press to go to the Home
Page. See “Home Page”
following.
2.
g
.
Radio: Press and release to
go to the previous station or
channel. Press and hold to
fast seek the previous
strongest station.
.
USB/Music/Pictures: Press
to go to the previous
content. Press and hold to
fast rewind.
3.
O
.
When off, press
O to turn
the system on. Press and
hold to turn off.
.
When on, press
O to mute
the system and display a
status pane. Press
O again
to unmute the system.
.
Turn to decrease or
increase the volume.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Infotainment System 119
4. d
.
Radio: Press and release to
go to the next strongest
station or channel. Press
and hold to fast seek the
next strongest station.
.
USB/Music/Pictures: Press
to go to the next content.
Press and hold to fast
forward.
5.
5
.
Press and release to
access the phone screen,
answer an incoming call,
or access the device home
screen.
Home Page
The Home Page is where
application icons are accessed.
Some features are disabled when
the vehicle is moving.
Slide a finger left/right across the
screen to access the pages of
icons.
Managing Home Page Icons
1. Touch and hold any of the
Home Page icons to edit
that icon.
2. Drag the icon to a new location
on the Home Page.
Using the System
Infotainment Display Icons
Infotainment display icons show
when available. When a function is
unavailable, the icon may gray out.
When a function is selected, the
icon may highlight.
Audio
Touch the Audio icon to display the
active audio source page. Examples
of available sources are AM, FM,
SXM, MyMedia, USB, AUX, and
Bluetooth.
Phone
Touch the Phone icon to display the
Phone main page. See Bluetooth
(Overview) 0 130 or
Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a
Phone) 0 131.
Settings
Touch the Settings icon to display
the Settings menu. See Settings
0 137.
Apple CarPlay
Touch the Apple CarPlay icon to
activate Apple CarPlay (if equipped)
after a supported device is
connected. See Apple CarPlay and
Android Auto 0 135.
Android Auto
Touch the Android Auto icon to
activate Android Auto (if equipped)
after a supported device is
connected. See Apple CarPlay and
Android Auto 0 135.
OnStar Services
If equipped, touch the OnStar icon
to display the OnStar Services and
Account pages. See OnStar
Overview 0 305.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
120 Infotainment System
Camera
If equipped, touch the Camera icon
to access the camera application.
See Rear Vision Camera (RVC)
0 183.
Shortcut Tray
The shortcut tray is at the bottom of
the display. It shows up to four
applications.
Infotainment Gestures
Use the following finger gestures to
control the infotainment system.
Touch/Tap
Touch/Tap is used to select an icon
or option, or activate an application.
Touch and Hold
Touch and hold can be used to start
another gesture, or to move or
delete an application.
Drag
Drag is used to move applications
on the Home Page. To drag the
item, it must be held and moved
along the screen to the new
location. This can be done up,
down, right, or left.
Nudge
Nudge is used to move items a
short distance on a list. To nudge,
hold and move the selected item up
or down to a new location.
Fling or Swipe
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Infotainment System 121
Fling or swipe is used to scroll
through a list, or change page
views. Do this by placing a finger on
the screen then moving it rapidly up
and down or right and left.
Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces
and Vehicle Information and
Radio Displays
For vehicles with high gloss
surfaces or vehicle displays, use a
microfiber cloth to wipe surfaces.
Before wiping the surface with the
microfiber cloth, use a soft bristle
brush to remove dirt that could
scratch the surface. Then use the
microfiber cloth by gently rubbing to
clean. Never use window cleaners
or solvents. Periodically hand wash
the microfiber cloth separately,
using mild soap. Do not use bleach
or fabric softener. Rinse thoroughly
and air dry before next use.
Radio
AM-FM Radio
Playing the Radio
From the Home Page, touch the
Audio icon to display the active
audio source page. Choose from a
list of the three most recently used
sources listed at the left side of the
screen. Choose More to display a
list of available resources.
Examples of available sources are
AM, FM, SXM, MyMedia, USB,
AUX, and Bluetooth.
Infotainment System
Sound Menu
From any of the audio source main
pages, touch Sound to display the
following:
Equalizer : Touch to adjust Bass,
Midrange, and Treble using the
controls on the infotainment display.
Fade/Balance : Touch to adjust
using the controls on the
infotainment display or by tapping/
dragging the crosshair.
Finding a Station
Seeking a Station
From the AM, FM, or SXM screen,
touch
© or ¨ to search for the
previous or next strong station.
Browsing Stations
From the AM, FM, or SXM screen,
touch Browse to list all available
stations. Navigate up and down
through all stations by scrolling the
list. Touch the station you want to
listen to. Touch
H to save the
station or channel as a favorite.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
122 Infotainment System
If equipped, touch Update Station
List to update the active stations in
your area.
Direct Tune
Access Direct Tune by touching the
Tune icon on the AM, FM, or SXM
screen to bring up the keypad.
Navigate up and down through all
frequencies using
7 or 6. Directly
enter a station or channel using the
keypad. When a new station or
channel is entered, the information
about that station or channel
displays on the right side. This
information will update with each
new valid frequency tuned to.
The keypad will gray out entries that
do not contribute to a valid
frequency and will automatically
place a decimal point within the
frequency number.
Touch (X) to delete one character at
a time. Touch and hold (X) to delete
all numbers.
A valid AM or FM station will
automatically tune to the new
frequency but will not close the
direct tune display. When listening
to SXM, touch Go after entering the
channel. Touch
S or z to exit out of
Direct Tune.
The tune arrows on the right side of
the Direct Tune display tune through
the complete station list one station
step at a time per touch. A touch
and hold advances through stations
quickly.
FM and SXM Categories
From the FM or SXM display, touch
Categories at the top of the Browse
menu to access the categories list.
The list contains names associated
with the FM stations or SXM
channels. Touch a category name to
display a list of stations or channels
for that category. Selecting a station
from the list tunes the radio to that
channel.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Infotainment System 123
Storing Radio Station
Favorites
Favorites are displayed in the area
at the top of the display.
AM, FM, and SXM Radio
Stations : Touch and hold a preset
to store the current station or
channel as a favorite. Touch a
saved favorite to recall a favorite
station or channel.
Favorites can also be stored by
touching
H in a station or channel
list. This will highlight indicating that
it is now stored as a favorite.
The number of favorites displayed is
automatically adjusted by default,
but can be manually adjusted in
Settings in the System tab under
Favorites and then Set Number of
Audio Favorites. It can also be
adjusted in Settings in the Apps tab
under Audio and then Set Number
of Audio Favorites.
Satellite Radio
If equipped, vehicles with a valid
SiriusXM satellite radio subscription
can receive SXM programming.
SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide
variety of programming and
commercial-free music, coast to
coast, and in digital-quality sound.
In the U.S., see www.siriusxm.com
or call 1-888-601-6296. In Canada,
see www.siriusxm.ca or call
1-877-438-9677.
When SXM is active, the channel
name, number, song title, and artist
display on the screen.
Radio Reception
Unplug electronic devices from the
accessory power outlets if there is
interference or static in the radio.
FM
FM signals only reach about 16 to
65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although the
radio has a built-in electronic circuit
that automatically works to reduce
interference, some static can occur,
especially around tall buildings or
hills, causing the sound to fade in
and out.
AM
The range for most AM stations is
greater than for FM, especially at
night. The longer range can cause
station frequencies to interfere with
each other. Static can also occur
when things like storms and power
lines interfere with radio reception.
When this happens, try reducing the
treble on the radio.
SiriusXM Satellite Radio
Service
If equipped, SiriusXM Satellite
Radio Service provides digital radio
reception. Tall buildings or hills can
interfere with satellite radio signals,
causing the sound to fade in and
out. In addition, traveling or standing
under heavy foliage, bridges,
garages, or tunnels may cause loss
of the SiriusXM signal for a period
of time.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
124 Infotainment System
Cell Phone Usage
Cell phone usage, such as making
or receiving phone calls, charging,
or just having the phone on may
cause static interference in the
radio. Unplug the phone or turn it off
if this happens.
Multi-Band Antenna
The roof antenna is for SXM, AM,
FM, OnStar and GPS (Global
Positioning System). Keep clear of
obstructions for clear reception.
If the vehicle has a sunroof, and it is
open, reception can also be
affected.
Audio Players
Avoiding Untrusted Media
Devices
When using media devices such as
CDs, DVDs, Blu-ray Discs, SD
cards, USB devices, and mobile
devices, consider the source.
Untrusted media devices could
contain files that affect system
operation or performance. Avoid use
if the content or origin cannot be
trusted.
USB Port
Audio stored on a USB device may
be listened to.
This vehicle has two USB ports in
the center stack. These ports are for
data and charging.
Playing from a USB
A USB mass storage device can be
connected to the USB port.
Audio extensions supported by
the USB:
.
FLAC
.
MP3
.
WMA
.
AAC
.
OGG
.
3GPP
My Media Library
My Media is only available when
more than one indexed device is
connected. It allows access to
content from all indexed media
sources. My Media will show as an
available source in the
Source page.
USB MP3 Player and USB Drives
The USB MP3 players and USB
drives connected must comply with
the USB Mass Storage Class
specification (USB MSC).
To play a USB device:
1. Connect the USB.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Infotainment System 125
2. Touch Audio from the
Home Page.
3. Touch More and select the
USB device.
Use the following when playing an
active USB source:
p : Touch to play the current media
source.
j : Touch to pause playback of the
current media source.
7 :
.
Touch to seek to the beginning
of the current or previous track.
.
Touch and hold to reverse
quickly through playback.
Release to return to playing
speed. Elapsed time displays.
6 :
.
Touch to seek to the next track.
.
Touch and hold to advance
quickly through playback.
Release to return to playing
speed. Elapsed time displays.
Shuffle : Touch the shuffle icon to
play music in random order.
USB Sound Menu
See “Infotainment System Sound
Menu” under AM-FM Radio 0 121.
USB Browse Menu
When a list of songs, albums,
artists, or other types of media
displays, the up and down arrows
and A-Z appear on the left side.
Select A-Z to view a screen that will
show all letters of the alphabet and
select the letter to go to.
Touch the up and down arrows to
move the list up and down.
Touch Browse and the following
may display:
Playlists:
1. Touch to view the playlists
stored on the USB.
2. Select a playlist to view the list
of all songs in that playlist.
3. Select a song from the list to
begin playback.
Supported Playlist extensions are:
m3u and pls.
Artists:
1. Touch to view the list of artists
stored on the USB.
2. Select an artist name to view a
list of all albums by the artist.
3. To select a song, touch All
Songs or touch an album and
then select a song from the list.
Songs:
1. Touch to display a list of all
songs on the USB.
2. To begin playback, select a
song from the list.
Albums:
1. Touch to view the albums on
the USB.
2. Select the album to view a list
of all songs on the album.
3. Select a song from the list to
begin playback.
Genres:
1. Touch to view the genres on
the USB.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
126 Infotainment System
2. Select a genre to view a list of
artists.
3. Select an artist to view albums
by that artist.
4. Select an album to view songs
on the album.
5. Select a song to start playback.
iTunes Radio: Touch to view iTunes
Radio on the iPhone to get a list of
stations.
Compilations: Touch to view the
Compilations on the USB.
Composers:
1. Touch to view the composers
on the USB.
2. Select a Composer to view a
list of albums by that
composer.
3. Select an album or all songs to
view a list of songs.
4. Select a song from the list to
begin playback.
Folders:
1. Touch to view the directories
on the USB.
2. Select a folder to view a list of
all files.
3. Select a file from the list to
begin playback.
Podcasts: Touch to view the
podcasts on the USB and get a list
of podcast episodes.
Audiobooks:
1. Touch to view the audiobooks
stored on the device.
2. Select an audiobook to get a
list of chapters.
3. Select the chapter from the list
to begin playback.
File System and Naming
File systems supported by the USB:
.
FAT32
.
HFS+
The songs, artists, albums, and
genres are taken from the file’s
song information and are only
displayed if present. The radio
displays the file name as the track
name if the song information is not
available.
Supported Apple Devices
To view supported devices, see
my.chevrolet.com/learn.
Storing and Recalling Media
Favorites
To store media favorites, touch
Browse to display a list of media
types.
Select from one of the following
Browse options to save a favorite:
Playlists : Touch
H next to any
playlist to store the playlist as a
favorite. Touch a saved favorite to
recall a favorite playlist. The first
song in the playlist begins to play.
Artists : Touch
H next to any artist
to store the artist as a favorite.
Touch a saved favorite to recall a
favorite artist. The first song in the
artist list begins to play.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Infotainment System 127
Songs : Touch H next to any song
to store the song as a favorite.
Touch a saved favorite to recall a
favorite song.
Albums : Touch
H next to any
album to store the album as a
favorite. Touch a saved favorite to
recall a favorite album. The first
song in the album list begins to play.
Genres : Touch
H next to any
genre to store the genre as a
favorite. Touch a saved favorite to
recall a favorite genre. The first
song of the genre begins to play.
Podcasts : Touch
H next to any
podcast to store the podcast as a
favorite. Touch a saved favorite to
recall a favorite podcast. The
podcast begins to play.
Audiobooks : Touch
H next to
any audiobook to store the
audiobook as a favorite. Touch a
saved favorite to recall a favorite
audiobook. The first chapter in the
audiobook begins to play.
Media Playback and Mute
USB playback will be paused if the
system is muted. If the steering
wheel mute control is pressed
again, playback will resume.
If the source is changed while in
mute, playback resumes and audio
will unmute.
Auxiliary Jack
This vehicle has an auxiliary input
jack in the center stack. Possible
auxiliary audio sources include:
.
Laptop computer
.
Audio music player
This jack is not an audio output. Do
not plug headphones into the
auxiliary input jack. Set up an
auxiliary device while the vehicle is
parked.
Connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable
from the auxiliary device to the
auxiliary input jack. When a device
is connected, the system can play
audio from the device over the
vehicle speakers.
If an auxiliary device has already
been connected, but a different
source is currently active, touch
More and select AUX to make the
source active.
Shuffle and Browse are not
available in the AUX source menu.
Bluetooth Audio
Music may be played from a paired
Bluetooth device. See Bluetooth
(Overview) 0 130 or
Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a
Phone) 0 131.
Volume and song selection may be
controlled by using the infotainment
controls or the phone/device.
If Bluetooth is selected and no
volume is present, check the
volume setting on both your phone/
device and the infotainment system.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
128 Infotainment System
Music can be launched by touching
Bluetooth from the recent sources
list on the left of the screen or by
touching More and then selecting
the Bluetooth device.
To play music via Bluetooth:
1. Power on the device, and pair
to connect the device.
2. Once paired, touch Audio from
the Home Page, then touch
Bluetooth from the recent
sources list on the left of the
display.
Bluetooth Sound Menu
See “Infotainment System Sound
Menu” under AM-FM Radio 0 121.
Manage Bluetooth Devices
From the Home Page:
1. Touch Audio.
2. Touch More.
3. Touch Bluetooth.
4. Touch Devices to add or delete
devices.
When selecting Bluetooth, the radio
may not be able to launch the audio
player on the connected device to
start playing. When the vehicle is
not moving, use the phone to begin
playback.
All devices launch audio differently.
When selecting Bluetooth as a
source, the radio may show as
paused on the screen. Press play
on the device or touch
p on the
display to begin playback.
Browse functionality will be provided
where supported by the Bluetooth
device. This media content will not
be part of the MyMedia
source mode.
Some phones support sending
Bluetooth music information to
display on the radio. When the radio
receives this information, it will
check to see if any is available and
display it. For more information
about supported Bluetooth features,
see my.chevrolet.com/learn.
OnStar System
4G LTE
If equipped with 4G LTE, up to
seven devices, such as
smartphones, tablets, and laptops,
can be connected to high-speed
Internet through the vehicle’s built-in
Wi-Fi hotspot.
Call 1-888-4ONSTAR
(1-888-466-7827) to connect to an
OnStar Advisor for assistance. See
www.onstar.com for vehicle
availability, details, and system
limitations. Service and connectivity
may vary by make, model, year,
carrier, availability, and conditions.
4G LTE service is available in select
markets. 4G LTE performance is
based on industry averages and
vehicle systems design. Some
services require a data plan.
The OnStar App
If equipped, the infotainment system
has OnStar controls in the
embedded OnStar app on the Home
Page. All OnStar functions that can
be performed with the buttons can
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Infotainment System 129
be done using the app. To open the
app, select the OnStar icon on the
Home Page. Features vary by
region and model. Features are
subject to change. For more
information on this feature, see
my.chevrolet.com/learn.
Services
The Services tab displays the
default view for the app. Use this
page to launch the available OnStar
services. Select a service to open
its display. Touch Wi-Fi to launch
the connections manager.
Account
The Account tab displays a
snapshot of the account linked with
the vehicle. If there is no such
account, this tab will show all values
as ——. The
# will be active even if
there is no active account.
Advisor Call
Selecting Advisor Call is the same
as pressing
Q or calling 1-888-
4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827). The X
option in the upper right corner of
the screen does not end the call, but
returns to the previous display.
Turn-by-Turn Directions
With a connected plan, an OnStar
Advisor can download a destination
to the vehicle or its embedded
navigation system, if equipped.
Touch Turn-by-Turn Directions from
the main page of the OnStar app
and follow the display prompts.
A destination transfer from OnStar
will show the detail view of the
destination when it is transferred
from OnStar to the Navigation
application. Touch OK to go back to
the previous menu. An ABS and
Guidance or Navigation Add-On
Plan is required. See
www.onstar.com for a coverage
map. Services vary by model. Map
coverage is available in the United
States, Puerto Rico, and Canada.
Wi-Fi Hotspot
Touch to display the Settings page,
which shows the configurations for
the vehicle hotspot and allows them
to be changed.
For more information, see
www.onstar.com.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
130 Infotainment System
Phone
Bluetooth (Overview)
The Bluetooth-capable system can
interact with many cell phones,
allowing:
.
Placement and receipt of calls in
a hands-free mode.
.
Sharing of the cell phone’s
address book or contact list with
the vehicle.
To minimize driver distraction,
before driving, and with the vehicle
parked:
.
Become familiar with the
features of the cell phone.
Organize the phone book and
contact lists clearly and delete
duplicate or rarely used entries.
If possible, program speed dial
or other shortcuts.
.
Review the controls and
operation of the infotainment
system.
.
Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle.
The system may not work with
all cell phones. See “Pairing”
later in this section.
Vehicles with a Bluetooth system
can use a Bluetooth-capable cell
phone with a Hands-Free Profile to
make and receive phone calls. The
infotainment system and voice
recognition are used to control the
system. The system can be used
when the ignition is on or in ACC/
ACCESSORY. The range of the
Bluetooth system can be up to 9.1 m
(30 ft). Not all phones support all
functions and not all phones work
with the Bluetooth system. See
my.chevrolet.com for more
information about compatible
phones.
Controls
Use the controls on the center stack
and the steering wheel to operate
the Bluetooth system.
Steering Wheel Controls
b / g : Press to answer incoming
calls. Hold to start voice recognition
on your connected Bluetooth phone,
for example Siri and Google.
$ / i : Press to end a call,
decline a call, or cancel an
operation. Press to mute or unmute
the infotainment system when not
on a call.
Infotainment System Controls
For information about how to
navigate the menu system using the
infotainment controls, see
Introduction 0 116.
Phone
Touch the Phone icon on the Home
Page to enter the phone
main menu.
Audio System
When using the Bluetooth phone
system, sound comes through the
vehicle's front audio system
speakers and overrides the audio
system. The volume level while on a
phone call can be adjusted by
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Infotainment System 131
pressing the steering wheel controls
or by touching the volume control on
the center stack. The adjusted
volume level remains in memory for
later calls. The volume cannot be
lowered beyond a certain level.
Bluetooth (Pairing and
Using a Phone)
Pairing
A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone
must be paired to the Bluetooth
system and then connected to the
vehicle before it can be used. See
the cell phone manufacturer's user
guide for Bluetooth functions before
pairing the cell phone.
Pairing Information
.
If no mobile device has been
connected, the Phone main
page on the infotainment display
will show the Connect Phone
option. Touch this option to
connect. Another way to connect
is to touch the Phones tab at the
top right of the display and then
touch Add Phone.
.
A Bluetooth phone with music
capability can be paired to the
vehicle as a phone and a music
player at the same time.
.
Up to 10 devices can be paired
to the Bluetooth system.
.
The pairing process is disabled
when the vehicle is moving.
.
Pairing only needs to be
completed once, unless the
pairing information on the cell
phone changes or the cell phone
is deleted from the system.
.
If multiple paired cell phones are
within range of the system, the
system connects to the paired
cell phone that is set to First to
Connect. If there is no phone set
to First to Connect, it will link to
the device which was used last.
To link to a different paired
phone, see “Linking to a
Different Phone” later in this
section.
Pairing a Phone
1. Make sure Bluetooth has been
enabled on the cell phone
before pairing is started.
2. Touch the Phone icon on the
Home Page or the phone
shortcut on the applications
tray at the bottom of the
display.
3. Touch Phone at the top of the
infotainment display. There is
also an Add option in the
middle of the Phone screen.
Touching this Add Phone
option will shortcut to the
Phone List menu.
4. Touch Add Phone.
5. Select the vehicle name shown
on the infotainment display
from your phone’s Bluetooth
Settings list.
6. Follow the instructions on the
cell phone to confirm the
six-digit code shown on the
infotainment display and touch
Pair. The code on the cell
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
132 Infotainment System
phone and infotainment display
will need to be acknowledged
for a successful pair.
7. Start the pairing process on the
cell phone to be paired to the
vehicle. See the cell phone
manufacturer's user guide for
information on this process.
Once the cell phone is paired,
it will show under Connected.
8. If the vehicle does not appear
on your phone, there are a few
ways to start the pairing
process over.
.
Turn the phone off and then
back on.
.
Go back to the beginning of
the Phone menus on the
infotainment display and
restart the pairing process.
.
Reset the phone, but this
step should be done as a
last-effort.
9. If the phone prompts to accept
connection or allow phone
book download, select Always
Accept and Allow. The phone
book may not be available if
not accepted.
10. Repeat Steps 1−8 to pair
additional phones.
First to Connect Paired Phones
If multiple paired cell phones are
within the range of the system, the
system connects to the paired cell
phone that is set as First to
Connect. To enable a paired phone
as the First to Connect phone:
1. Make sure the cell phone is
turned on.
2. Touch Settings, then touch
System.
3. Touch Phones to access all
paired and all connected cell
phones and mobile devices.
4. Touch the information icon to
the right of the cell phone to
open the cell phone’s
settings menu.
5. Touch the First to Connect
option, to enable the setting for
that device.
Cell phones and mobile devices can
be added, removed, connected, and
disconnected. A sub-menu will
display whenever a request is made
to add or manage cell phones and
mobile devices.
Secondary Phone
A phone can be enabled as a
Secondary Phone by touching the
information icon to the right of the
paired phone name to open the
phone’s settings menu. If a phone is
enabled as a Secondary Phone, it
can connect simultaneously
alongside another Bluetooth device.
In doing so, the Secondary Phone
will be labeled as Incoming Calls.
This means the device can only
receive calls. The Address Book of
a Secondary Phone will not be
available and hands-free outgoing
calls cannot be placed using this
phone.
If needed, touch the Secondary
Phone while in the Devices list, to
swap it into the Outgoing and
Incoming role, making it possible to
place outgoing calls from the
Contacts and Recents list. This
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Infotainment System 133
action of swapping roles will
disconnect what was labeled as
only receiving calls until another
Secondary Phone is enabled.
Listing All Paired and Connected
Phones
1. Touch the Phone icon on the
Home Page or the phone
shortcut on the applications
tray at the bottom of the
display.
2. Select Phones.
Disconnecting a Connected Phone
1. Touch the Phone icon on the
Home Page.
2. Select Phones.
3. Touch the information icon next
to the connected cell phone or
mobile device to show the cell
phone’s or mobile device’s
information display.
4. Touch Disconnect.
Deleting a Paired Phone
1. Touch the Phone icon on the
Home Page or the phone
shortcut on the applications
tray at the bottom of the
display.
2. Select Phones.
3. Touch the information icon next
to the connected cell phone to
display the cell phone’s or
mobile device’s information
display.
4. Touch Forget Device.
Linking to a Different Phone
To link to a different phone, the new
phone must be in the vehicle and
paired to the Bluetooth system.
1. Touch the Phone icon on the
Home Page or the phone
shortcut on the applications
tray at the bottom of the
display.
2. Select Phones.
3. Select the new phone to link to
from the not connected
phone list.
Switching to Handset or
Handsfree Mode
To switch between handset or
handsfree mode:
.
While the active call is
hands-free, touch the Handset
option to switch to the
handset mode.
The mute icon will not be
available nor functional while
Handset mode is active.
.
While the active call is on the
handset, touch the Handset
option to switch to the
hands-free mode.
Making a Call Using Contacts
and Recent Calls
Calls can be made through the
Bluetooth system using personal
cell phone contact information for all
phones that support the Phone
Book feature. Become familiar with
the phone settings and operation.
Verify the cell phone supports this
feature.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
134 Infotainment System
The Contacts menu accesses the
phone book stored in the cell phone.
The Recents menu accesses the
recent call list(s) from your cell
phone.
To make a call using the
Contacts menu:
1. Touch the Phone icon on the
Home Page.
2. Touch Contacts.
3. The Contacts list can be
searched by using the first
character. Touch A-Z on the
infotainment display to scroll
through the list of names.
Select the name to call.
4. Select the desired contact
number to call.
To make a call using the Recent
Calls menu:
1. Touch the Phone icon on the
Home Page.
2. Touch Recents.
3. Select the name or number
to call.
Making a Call Using the
Keypad
To make a call by dialing the
numbers:
1. Touch the Phone icon on the
Home Page.
2. Touch Keypad and enter a
phone number.
3. Touch
# on the infotainment
display to start dialing the
number.
Searching Contacts Using the
Keypad
To search for contacts using the
keypad:
1. Touch the Phone icon on the
Home Page.
2. Touch Keypad and enter partial
phone numbers or contact
names using the digits on the
keypad to search.
Results will show on the right
side of the display. Select one
to place a call.
Accepting or Declining a Call
When an incoming call is received,
the infotainment system mutes and
a ring tone is heard in the vehicle.
Accepting a Call
There are three ways to accept
a call:
.
Press
b / g on the steering
wheel controls.
.
Touch Answer on the
infotainment display.
.
Select Answer on the instrument
cluster using the select control.
Declining a Call
There are three ways to decline
a call:
.
Press
$ / i on the steering
wheel controls.
.
Touch Ignore on the infotainment
display.
.
Select Ignore on the instrument
cluster using the select control.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Infotainment System 135
Call Waiting
Call waiting must be supported on
the Bluetooth phone and enabled by
the wireless service carrier to work.
Accepting a Call
There are three ways to accept a
call-waiting call:
.
Press
b / g on the steering
wheel controls.
.
Touch Switch on the
infotainment display.
.
Select Switch on the instrument
cluster using the select control.
Declining a Call
There are three ways to decline a
call-waiting call:
.
Press
$ / i on the steering
wheel controls.
.
Touch Ignore on the infotainment
display.
.
Select Ignore on the instrument
cluster using the select control.
Switching Between Calls (Call
Waiting Calls Only)
To switch between calls, press the
Phone icon on the Home Page to
display Call View. While in Call
View, touch the call information of
the call on hold to change calls.
Three-Way Calling
Three-way calling must be
supported on the Bluetooth phone
and enabled by the wireless service
carrier to work.
To start a three-way call while in a
current call:
1. In the Call View, touch Add Call
to add another call.
2. Initiate the second call by
selecting from Recents,
Contacts, or Keypad.
3. When the second call is active,
touch the merge icon to
conference the three-way call
together.
Ending a Call
.
Press
$ / i on the steering
wheel controls.
.
Touch
# on the infotainment
display, next to a call to end only
that call.
.
Select End on the instrument
cluster using the select control.
Dual Tone Multi-Frequency
(DTMF) Tones
The in-vehicle Bluetooth system can
send numbers during a call. This is
used when calling a menu-driven
phone system. Use the Keypad to
enter the number.
Apple CarPlay and
Android Auto
If equipped, Android Auto and/or
Apple CarPlay capability may be
available through a compatible
smartphone. If available, the
Android Auto and Apple CarPlay
icons will appear on the Home Page
of the infotainment display.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
136 Infotainment System
To use Android Auto and/or Apple
CarPlay:
1. Download the Android Auto
app to your smartphone from
the Google Play store. There is
no app required for Apple
CarPlay.
2. Connect your Android
smartphone or Apple iPhone
by using the compatible phone
USB cable and plugging into a
USB data port. For best
performance, use the device’s
factory-provided USB cable.
Aftermarket or third-party
cables may not work.
3. When the phone is first
connected to activate Apple
CarPlay or Android Auto, the
message “Device Projection
Privacy Consent” will appear.
.
Touch Continue to launch
Apple CarPlay or
Android Auto.
.
Touch Disable to remove
Apple CarPlay and Android
Auto capability from the
vehicle Settings menu.
Other functions may
still work.
The Android Auto and Apple
CarPlay icons on the Home Page
will illuminate depending on the
smartphone. Android Auto and/or
Apple CarPlay may automatically
launch upon USB connection. If not,
touch the Android Auto or Apple
CarPlay icon on the Home Page to
launch.
Press
{ on the center stack to
return to the Home Page.
For further information on how to set
up Android Auto and Apple CarPlay
in the vehicle, see my.chevrolet.com
or see Customer Assistance Offices
0 293.
Android Auto is provided by Google
and is subject to Google’s terms
and privacy policy. Apple CarPlay
is provided by Apple and is subject
to Apple’s terms and privacy
policy. Data plan rates apply. For
Android Auto support see https://
support.google.com/androidauto.
For Apple CarPlay support see
www.apple.com/ios/carplay/. Apple
or Google may change or suspend
availability at any time. Android
Auto, Android, Google, Google Play,
and other marks are trademarks of
Google Inc.; Apple CarPlay is a
trademark of Apple Inc.
Press
{ on the center stack to exit
Android Auto or Apple CarPlay. To
enter back into Android Auto or
Apple CarPlay, press and hold {on
the center stack.
Apple CarPlay and Android Auto
can be disabled from the
Infotainment system. To do this,
touch Home, Settings, and then
touch the Apps tab along the top of
the display. Use the On/Off toggled
to turn off Apple CarPlay or
Android Auto.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Infotainment System 137
Settings
The Settings menu may be
organized into three categories.
Select the desired category by
touching System, Apps, or Vehicle.
To access the menus:
1. Touch the Settings icon on the
Home Page on the
infotainment display.
2. Touch the desired category to
display a list of available
options.
3. Touch to select the desired
feature setting.
4. Touch
9 or R to turn off or on a
feature.
5. Touch
z to go to the top level
of the Settings menu.
The menu may contain the
following:
System
The menu may contain the
following:
Time / Date
Use the following features to set the
clock:
.
Automatic Time and Date: Touch
On to have the time and date
automatically set. When this
feature is off, the time and date
can be manually set.
.
Set Time: Touch to manually set
the time using the controls on
the infotainment display.
.
Set Date: Touch to manually set
the date using the controls on
the infotainment display.
.
Use 24-hour Format: Touch to
specify the clock format shown.
Touch Off or On.
Language
This will set the display language
used on the infotainment display.
Touch Language and select the
appropriate language.
Phones
Touch to connect to a different cell
phone or mobile device source,
disconnect a cell phone or media
device, or delete a cell phone or
media device.
Wi-Fi Networks
This will show connected and
available Wi-Fi networks.
If a 4G LTE data package is not
active on the vehicle, the
infotainment system can be
connected to an external protected
Wi-Fi network, such as a mobile
device or home hotspot, to utilize
connected services.
Wi-Fi Hotspot
Touch and the following may
display:
.
Wi-Fi Services: This allows
devices to use the vehicle
hotspot.
Touch the controls on the
infotainment display to disable or
enable.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
138 Infotainment System
.
Wi-Fi Name: Touch to change
the vehicle Wi-Fi name.
.
Wi-Fi Password: Touch to
change the vehicle Wi-Fi
password.
.
Connected Devices: Touch to
show connected devices.
.
Share Hotspot Data: Touch
Enable to allow devices to use
the vehicle hotspot and its data,
or touch Disable to allow devices
to only use the vehicle hotspot.
Privacy
Touch and the following may
display:
.
Location Services: The Off
setting disables sharing of the
vehicle location. Emergency
services will not be affected
when Off is selected.
Display
Touch and Turn Display Off
displays.
Touch to turn the display off. Touch
anywhere on the infotainment
display or any infotainment control
on the center stack again to turn the
display on.
Sounds
Touch and the following may
display:
.
Maximum Startup Volume: This
feature adjusts the maximum
volume of the infotainment
system when you start the
vehicle. Use the controls on the
infotainment display to set the
desired startup volume.
.
Audible Touch Feedback: This
setting determines if a sound
plays when you touch the
infotainment display or press
any infotainment control on the
center stack. This feature can be
turned off or on.
Favorites
Touch and the following may
display:
.
Manage Favorites: Touch to
display a list of Audio or Mobile
Devices favorites.
Favorites can be moved,
renamed, or deleted.
To move, touch and hold the
favorite, and then drag up or
down to rearrange the position.
.
Set Number of Audio Favorites:
Touch to select how many
favorites pages can be viewed
from the audio application.
Select Auto for the system to
automatically adjust this number
based on the number of favorites
saved. Touch Auto, 5, 10, 15,
20, 25, 30, 35, or 40.
Updates
If equipped, the infotainment system
can download and install select
software updates over a wireless
connection. The system will prompt
for certain updates to be
downloaded and installed. There is
also an option to check for updates
manually.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Infotainment System 139
To manually check for updates,
touch Settings on the Home Page,
followed by Software Information,
and then System Update. Follow the
on-screen prompts. The steps to
check for, download and install
updates may vary by vehicle.
Downloading Over-the-Air vehicle
software updates requires internet
connectivity, which can be accessed
through the vehicle’s built-in 4G LTE
connection, if equipped and active.
If required, data plans are provided
by a third party. Optionally, a secure
Wi-Fi hotspot such as a compatible
mobile device hotspot, home
hotspot or public hotspot can be
used. Applicable data rates may
apply.
To connect the infotainment system
to a secured mobile device hotspot,
home hotspot, or a public hotspot,
touch Settings on the Home Page,
select the System tab, followed by
Wi-Fi Networks. Select the
appropriate Wi-Fi network, and
follow the on-screen prompts.
Download speeds may vary.
On most compatible mobile devices,
activation of the Wi-Fi hotspot is in
the Settings menu under Mobile
Network Sharing, Personal Hotspot,
Mobile Hotspot or similar.
Availability of Over-the-Air software
updates varies by vehicle and
country. For more information on
this feature, see my.chevrolet.com/
learn.
Preferences
Touch the controls on the
infotainment display to disable or
enable the download of new
updates in the background.
About
Touch to view the infotainment
system software information.
Return to Factory Settings
Touch and the following may
display:
.
Reset Vehicle Settings: Resets
all vehicle settings for the
current user.
Touch Cancel or Reset.
.
Erase Settings and Personal
Data: Erases app data settings,
user profiles, and personal data
including mobile device data.
Touch Cancel or Erase.
Apps
The menu may contain the
following:
Android Auto
This feature allows you to interact
directly with your phone on the
infotainment display. See Apple
CarPlay and Android Auto 0 135.
Touch Off or On.
Apple CarPlay
This feature allows you to interact
directly with your phone on the
infotainment display. See Apple
CarPlay and Android Auto 0 135.
Touch Off or On.
Audio
Depending on the current audio
source, different options will be
available.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
140 Infotainment System
Touch and the following may
display:
.
Tone Settings: Touch to adjust
Equalizer, Fade/Balance,
or Sound Mode. See
“Infotainment System Sound
Menu” in AM-FM Radio 0 121.
.
Auto Volume: This feature
adjusts the volume based on the
vehicle speed.
Touch Off, Low, Medium-Low,
Medium, Medium-High, or High.
.
Manage Favorites: Touch to
display a list of Audio or Mobile
Devices favorites.
Favorites can be moved,
renamed, or deleted.
To move, touch and hold the
favorite, and then drag up or
down to rearrange the position.
.
Set Number of Audio Favorites:
Touch to select how many
favorites pages can be viewed
from the audio application. The
Auto setting will automatically
adjust this number based on the
number of favorites saved.
Touch Auto, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25,
30, 35, or 40.
.
RDS: This allows RDS to be
turned off or on.
Touch Off or On.
.
Explicit Content Filter: This
allows Explicit Content Filter to
be turned off or on.
Touch Off or On.
.
Manage Phones: Select to
connect to a different phone
source, disconnect a phone,
or delete a phone.
.
Reset Music Index: This allows
the music index to be reset if
you are having difficulty
accessing all of the media
content on your device.
Touch YES or NO.
Phone
Touch and the following may
display:
.
My Number: Displays the cell
phone number of the Bluetooth
connected device.
.
Active Call View: Shows active
call display when answering
a call.
Touch Off or On.
.
Privacy: Only shows call alerts in
the instrument cluster.
Touch Off or On.
.
Sort Contacts: Touch to sort by
first or last name.
.
Re-sync Device Contacts:
This allows the device contacts
to re-sync if you are having
difficulty accessing all of the
contacts on your cell phone.
.
Delete All Vehicle Contacts:
Touch to delete all vehicle stored
contacts.
.
OnStar Phone TTY Mode: This
enables OnStar cell phone
TTY mode.
Touch Disable or Enable.
Vehicle
This menu allows adjustment of
different vehicle features. See
Vehicle Personalization 0 105.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Infotainment System 141
Trademarks and
License Agreements
FCC Information
See Radio Frequency Statement
0 301.
Bluetooth
The Bluetooth word mark and logos
are owned by the Bluetooth
®
SIG,
Inc. and any use of such marks by
General Motors is under license.
Other trademarks and trade names
are those of their respective owners.
"Made for iPod," and "Made for
iPhone," mean that an electronic
accessory has been designed to
connect specifically to iPod or
iPhone, respectively, and has been
certified by the developer to meet
Apple performance standards.
Apple is not responsible for the
operation of this device or its
compliance with safety and
regulatory standards. Please note
that the use of this accessory with
iPod or iPhone may affect wireless
performance. iPhone, iPod, iPod
classic, iPod nano, iPod shuffle, and
iPod touch are trademarks of Apple
Inc., registered in the U.S. and other
countries.
Fees and Taxes: Subscription fee,
taxes, one time activation fee, and
other fees may apply. Subscription
fee is consumer only. All fees and
programming subject to change.
Subscriptions subject to Customer
Agreement available at
www.siriusxm.com or
www.siriusxm.ca. SiriusXM service
only available in the 48 contiguous
United States and Canada.
In Canada: Some deterioration of
service may occur in extreme
northern latitudes. This is beyond
the control of SiriusXM Satellite
Radio.
Explicit Language Notice: Channels
with frequent explicit language are
indicated with an “XL” preceding the
channel name. Channel blocking is
available for SiriusXM Satellite
Radio receivers by notifying
SiriusXM:
.
USA Customers — See
www.siriusxm.com or call
1-888-601–6296.
.
Canada Customers — See
www.siriusxm.ca or call
1-877-438-9677.
It is prohibited to copy, decompile,
disassemble, reverse engineer,
hack, manipulate, or otherwise
make available any technology or
software incorporated in receivers
compatible with the SiriusXM
Satellite Radio System or that
support the SiriusXM website, the
Online Service or any of its content.
Furthermore, the AMBER voice
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
142 Infotainment System
compression software included in
this product is protected by
intellectual property rights including
patent rights, copyrights, and trade
secrets of Digital Voice
Systems, Inc.
General Requirements:
1. A License Agreement from
SiriusXM is required for any
product that incorporates
SiriusXM Technology and/or for
use of any of the SiriusXM
marks to be manufactured,
distributed, or marketed in the
SiriusXM Service Area.
2. For products to be distributed,
marketed, and/or sold in
Canada, a separate agreement
is required with Canadian
Satellite Radio Inc. (operating
as SiriusXM Canada).
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Climate Controls 143
Climate Controls
Climate Control Systems
Climate Control Systems . . . . . 143
Air Vents
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Maintenance
Air Intake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Passenger Compartment Air
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Air Conditioning Regular
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Climate Control
Systems
These climate control systems
control the heating, cooling, and
ventilation for the vehicle.
Climate Control System with
Heater and Air Conditioning
1. Temperature Control
2. Fan Control
3. Air Delivery Mode Control
4. Rear Window Defogger
5. Recirculation
6. Air Conditioning
Climate Control System with
Heater Only
1. Temperature Control
2. Fan Control
3. Air Delivery Mode Control
4. Rear Window Defogger
5. Recirculation
Temperature Control : Turn
clockwise or counterclockwise to
increase or decrease the
temperature.
A : Turn clockwise or
counterclockwise to increase or
decrease the fan speed. Turning the
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
144 Climate Controls
fan control to 0 turns the fan off. The
fan must be turned on to run the air
conditioning compressor.
Air Delivery Mode Control : Turn
clockwise or counterclockwise to
change the current airflow mode.
Select from the following air delivery
modes:
Y : Air is directed to the instrument
panel outlets.
\ : Air is divided between the
instrument panel and floor outlets.
[ : Air is directed to the floor
outlets.
W : This mode clears the windows
of fog or moisture. Air is directed to
the floor, windshield, and side
window outlets.
1 : This mode clears the
windshield of fog or frost more
quickly. Air is directed to the
windshield and side window outlets.
Do not drive the vehicle until all
windows are clear.
In defrost or defog mode, excessive
air conditioning use can cause the
windows to fog. If this happens,
change the air delivery mode to
Y
and reduce the fan speed.
A/C : If equipped with air
conditioning, follow these steps to
use the system. Turn
A to the
desired speed. The air conditioning
does not operate when the fan
control knob is in the off position.
Press A/C to turn the air
conditioning on and off. When A/C
is pressed, an indicator light comes
on to show that the air conditioning
is on.
For quick cool down on hot days:
1. Open the windows to let hot air
escape.
2. Press
M.
3. Press A/C.
4. Select the coolest temperature.
5. Select the highest
A speed.
Using these settings together for
long periods of time may cause the
air inside the vehicle to become too
dry. To prevent this from happening,
after the air in the vehicle has
cooled, turn the recirculation
mode off.
M : This mode recirculates and
helps to quickly cool the air inside
the vehicle. It can be used to reduce
the entry of outside air and odors.
Press
M to turn the recirculation
mode on. An indicator light comes
on to show that the recirculation is
on. Press
M again to return to
outside air mode.
Using the recirculation mode for
extended periods may cause the
windows to fog. If this happens,
select the defrost mode.
If the air delivery mode is set to
W
or 1, A/C operation and outside air
mode will be fixed to defog or
defrost as quickly as possible
regardless of indicator status.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Climate Controls 145
Rear Window and Outside
Mirror Defogger
1 : Press to turn the rear window
and outside mirror defogger on or
off. An indicator light comes on to
show that the feature is on.
The rear window defogger can
be turned off by pressing
1 again
or by turning the ignition off or to
ACC/ACCESSORY.
If equipped with heated outside
mirrors, they turn on with the rear
window defogger and help to clear
fog or frost from the surface of the
mirror. See Heated Mirrors 0 25.
Caution
Using a razor blade or sharp
object to clear the inside rear
window can damage the rear
window defogger. Repairs would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Do not clear the inside
rear window with sharp objects.
Air Vents
Adjustable air vents are in the
center and on the side of the
instrument panel.
Move the slats to change the
direction of the airflow. The center
air vent does not close completely.
Additional air vents are located
beneath the windshield and the
driver and passenger side door
windows, and in the footwells.
These are fixed and cannot be
adjusted.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
146 Climate Controls
Operation Tips
.
Clear away any ice, snow,
or leaves from air inlets at the
base of the windshield that could
block the flow of air into the
vehicle.
.
Clear snow off the hood to
improve visibility and help
decrease moisture drawn into
the vehicle.
.
Keep the path under the front
seats clear of objects to help
circulate the air inside of the
vehicle more effectively.
.
Use of non-GM approved hood
deflectors can adversely affect
the performance of the system.
Check with your dealer before
adding equipment to the outside
of the vehicle.
Maintenance
Air Intake
The air intake at the base of the
windshield under the hood must be
kept clear to allow the flow of air
into the vehicle. Clear away any ice,
snow, or leaves.
Passenger Compartment
Air Filter
The filter reduces the dust, pollen,
and other airborne irritants from
outside air that is pulled into the
vehicle.
The filter should be replaced as part
of routine scheduled maintenance.
See Maintenance Schedule 0 275.
To find out what type of filter to use,
see Maintenance Replacement
Parts 0 285.
1. Open the glove box completely
and loosen the bolts on the
outboard side.
2. Push in both sides of the glove
box and pull to remove.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Climate Controls 147
3. Open the filter cover by
releasing the tabs on both
sides and pulling up the cover.
4. Replace the air filter.
5. Close the air filter cover
and tabs.
6. Reinstall the glove box.
See your dealer if additional
assistance is needed.
Air Conditioning Regular
Operation
To ensure continuous efficient
performance, operate the air
conditioning for a few minutes once
a month. The air conditioning will
not operate if the outside
temperature is too low.
Caution
Damage caused by improper
refrigerant usage could lead to
costly repairs and may not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Refrigerant systems should only
be serviced by qualified
personnel. Always use the correct
refrigerant.
{
Warning
Performing service work to the
climate control system could
cause personal injury or damage
to the vehicle. Climate control
systems are serviced by qualified
personnel only.
Service
All vehicles have a label underhood
that identifies the refrigerant used in
the vehicle. The refrigerant system
should only be serviced by trained
and certified technicians. The air
conditioning evaporator should
never be repaired or replaced by
one from a salvage vehicle.
It should only be replaced by a new
evaporator to ensure proper and
safe operation.
During service, all refrigerants
should be reclaimed with proper
equipment. Venting refrigerants
directly to the atmosphere is harmful
to the environment and may also
create unsafe conditions based on
inhalation, combustion, frostbite,
or other health-based concerns.
The air conditioning system requires
periodic maintenance. See
Maintenance Schedule 0 275.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
148 Driving and Operating
Driving and
Operating
Driving Information
Driving for Better Fuel
Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . 153
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 153
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 155
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Starting and Operating
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . 160
Ignition Positions (Keyless
Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Ignition Positions (Key
Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Parking (Manual
Transmission) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Parking over Things
That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Engine Exhaust
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Running the Vehicle While
Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Automatic Transmission
Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 171
Manual Transmission
Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . 173
Brakes
Antilock Brake
System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . 177
Ride Control Systems
Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Cruise Control
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Driver Assistance Systems
Driver Assistance Systems . . . 182
Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . 183
Park Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Automatic Emergency
Braking (AEB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Lane Departure
Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Fuel
Top Tier Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Recommended Fuel . . . . . . . . . . 191
Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 192
Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Filling a Portable Fuel
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Trailer Towing
General Towing
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Conversions and Add-Ons
Add-On Electrical
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Driving and Operating 149
Driving Information
Driving for Better Fuel
Economy
Driving habits can affect fuel
mileage. Here are some driving tips
to get the best fuel economy
possible:
.
Set the climate controls to the
desired temperature after the
engine is started, or turn them
off when not required.
.
Avoid fast starts and accelerate
smoothly.
.
Brake gradually and avoid
abrupt stops.
.
Avoid idling the engine for long
periods of time.
.
When road and weather
conditions are appropriate, use
cruise control.
.
Always follow posted speed
limits or drive more slowly when
conditions require.
.
Keep vehicle tires properly
inflated.
.
Combine several trips into a
single trip.
.
Replace the vehicle's tires with
the same TPC Spec number
molded into the tire's sidewall
near the size.
.
Follow recommended scheduled
maintenance.
Distracted Driving
Distraction comes in many forms
and can take your focus from the
task of driving. Exercise good
judgment and do not let other
activities divert your attention away
from the road. Many local
governments have enacted laws
regarding driver distraction. Become
familiar with the local laws in
your area.
To avoid distracted driving, keep
your eyes on the road, keep your
hands on the steering wheel, and
focus your attention on driving.
.
Do not use a phone in
demanding driving situations.
Use a hands-free method to
place or receive necessary
phone calls.
.
Watch the road. Do not read,
take notes, or look up
information on phones or other
electronic devices.
.
Designate a front seat
passenger to handle potential
distractions.
.
Become familiar with vehicle
features before driving, such as
programming favorite radio
stations and adjusting climate
control and seat settings.
Program all trip information into
any navigation device prior to
driving.
.
Wait until the vehicle is parked
to retrieve items that have fallen
to the floor.
.
Stop or park the vehicle to tend
to children.
.
Keep pets in an appropriate
carrier or restraint.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
150 Driving and Operating
.
Avoid stressful conversations
while driving, whether with a
passenger or on a cell phone.
{
Warning
Taking your eyes off the road too
long or too often could cause a
crash resulting in injury or death.
Focus your attention on driving.
Refer to the infotainment section for
more information on using that
system and the navigation system,
if equipped, including pairing and
using a cell phone.
Defensive Driving
Defensive driving means “always
expect the unexpected.” The first
step in driving defensively is to wear
the seat belt. See Seat Belts 0 36.
.
Assume that other road users
(pedestrians, bicyclists, and
other drivers) are going to be
careless and make mistakes.
Anticipate what they might do
and be ready.
.
Allow enough following distance
between you and the driver in
front of you.
.
Focus on the task of driving.
Drunk Driving
Death and injury associated with
drinking and driving is a global
tragedy.
{
Warning
Drinking and then driving is very
dangerous. Your reflexes,
perceptions, attentiveness, and
judgment can be affected by even
a small amount of alcohol. You
can have a serious — or even
fatal — collision if you drive after
drinking.
Do not drink and drive or ride with
a driver who has been drinking.
Ride home in a cab; or if you are
with a group, designate a driver
who will not drink.
Control of a Vehicle
Braking, steering, and accelerating
are important factors in helping to
control a vehicle while driving.
Braking
Braking action involves perception
time and reaction time. Deciding to
push the brake pedal is perception
time. Actually doing it is
reaction time.
Average driver reaction time is
about three-quarters of a second. In
that time, a vehicle moving at
100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m
(66 ft), which could be a lot of
distance in an emergency.
Helpful braking tips to keep in mind
include:
.
Keep enough distance between
you and the vehicle in front
of you.
.
Avoid needless heavy braking.
.
Keep pace with traffic.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Driving and Operating 151
If the engine ever stops while the
vehicle is being driven, brake
normally but do not pump the
brakes. Doing so could make the
pedal harder to push down. If the
engine stops, there will be some
power brake assist but it will be
used when the brake is applied.
Once the power assist is used up, it
can take longer to stop and the
brake pedal will be harder to push.
Steering
Caution
To avoid damage to the steering
system, do not drive over curbs,
parking barriers, or similar objects
at speeds greater than 3 km/h
(1 mph). Use care when driving
over other objects such as lane
dividers and speed bumps.
Damage caused by misuse of the
vehicle is not covered by the
vehicle warranty.
Electric Power Steering
The vehicle has electric power
steering. It does not have power
steering fluid. Regular maintenance
is not required.
If power steering assist is lost due
to a system malfunction, the vehicle
can be steered, but may require
increased effort. See your dealer if
there is a problem.
If the steering wheel is turned until it
reaches the end of its travel and is
held against that position for an
extended period of time, power
steering assist may be reduced.
If the steering assist is used for an
extended period of time while the
vehicle is not moving, power assist
may be reduced.
Normal use of the power steering
assist should return when the
system cools down.
See your dealer if there is a
problem.
Curve Tips
.
Take curves at a reasonable
speed.
.
Reduce speed before entering a
curve.
.
Maintain a reasonable steady
speed through the curve.
.
Wait until the vehicle is out of
the curve before accelerating
gently into the straightaway.
Steering in Emergencies
.
There are some situations when
steering around a problem may
be more effective than braking.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
152 Driving and Operating
.
Holding both sides of the
steering wheel allows you to turn
180 degrees without removing
a hand.
.
The Antilock Brake System
(ABS) allows steering while
braking.
Off-Road Recovery
The vehicle's right wheels can drop
off the edge of a road onto the
shoulder while driving. Follow
these tips:
1. Ease off the accelerator and
then, if there is nothing in the
way, steer the vehicle so that it
straddles the edge of the
pavement.
2. Turn the steering wheel about
one-eighth of a turn, until the
right front tire contacts the
pavement edge.
3. Turn the steering wheel to go
straight down the roadway.
Loss of Control
Skidding
There are three types of skids that
correspond to the vehicle's three
control systems:
.
Braking Skid — wheels are not
rolling.
.
Steering or Cornering Skid —
too much speed or steering in a
curve causes tires to slip and
lose cornering force.
.
Acceleration Skid — too much
throttle causes the driving
wheels to spin.
Defensive drivers avoid most skids
by taking reasonable care suited to
existing conditions, and by not
overdriving those conditions. But
skids are always possible.
If the vehicle starts to slide, follow
these suggestions:
.
Ease your foot off the
accelerator pedal and steer the
way you want the vehicle to go.
The vehicle may straighten out.
Be ready for a second skid if it
occurs.
.
Slow down and adjust your
driving according to weather
conditions. Stopping distance
can be longer and vehicle
control can be affected when
traction is reduced by water,
snow, ice, gravel, or other
material on the road. Learn to
recognize warning clues — such
as enough water, ice, or packed
snow on the road to make a
mirrored surface — and slow
down when you have any doubt.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Driving and Operating 153
.
Try to avoid sudden steering,
acceleration, or braking,
including reducing vehicle speed
by shifting to a lower gear. Any
sudden changes could cause
the tires to slide.
Remember: Antilock brakes help
avoid only the braking skid.
Driving on Wet Roads
Rain and wet roads can reduce
vehicle traction and affect your
ability to stop and accelerate.
Always drive slower in these types
of driving conditions and avoid
driving through large puddles and
deep-standing or flowing water.
{
Warning
Wet brakes can cause crashes.
They might not work as well in a
quick stop and could cause
pulling to one side. You could
lose control of the vehicle.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
After driving through a large
puddle of water or a car/vehicle
wash, lightly apply the brake
pedal until the brakes work
normally.
Flowing or rushing water creates
strong forces. Driving through
flowing water could cause the
vehicle to be carried away. If this
happens, you and other vehicle
occupants could drown. Do not
ignore police warnings and be
very cautious about trying to drive
through flowing water.
Hydroplaning
Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water
can build up under the vehicle's
tires so they actually ride on the
water. This can happen if the road is
wet enough and you are going fast
enough. When the vehicle is
hydroplaning, it has little or no
contact with the road.
There is no hard and fast rule about
hydroplaning. The best advice is to
slow down when the road is wet.
Other Rainy Weather Tips
Besides slowing down, other wet
weather driving tips include:
.
Allow extra following distance.
.
Pass with caution.
.
Keep windshield wiping
equipment in good shape.
.
Keep the windshield washer fluid
reservoir filled.
.
Have good tires with proper
tread depth. See Tires 0 231.
.
Turn off cruise control.
Hill and Mountain Roads
Driving on steep hills or through
mountains is different than driving
on flat or rolling terrain. Tips include:
.
Keep the vehicle serviced and in
good shape.
.
Check all fluid levels and brakes,
tires, cooling system, and
transmission.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
154 Driving and Operating
.
Shift to a lower gear when going
down steep or long hills.
{
Warning
Using the brakes to slow the
vehicle on a long downhill slope
can cause brake overheating, can
reduce brake performance, and
could result in a loss of braking.
Shift the transmission to a lower
gear to let the engine assist the
brakes on a steep downhill slope.
{
Warning
Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)
or with the ignition off is
dangerous. This can cause
overheating of the brakes and
loss of steering assist. Always
have the engine running and the
vehicle in gear.
.
Drive at speeds that keep the
vehicle in its own lane. Do not
swing wide or cross the
center line.
.
Be alert on top of hills;
something could be in your lane
(e.g., stalled car, crash).
.
Pay attention to special road
signs (e.g., falling rocks area,
winding roads, long grades,
passing or no-passing zones)
and take appropriate action.
Winter Driving
Driving on Snow or Ice
Snow or ice between the tires and
the road creates less traction or
grip, so drive carefully. Wet ice can
occur at about 0 °C (32 °F) when
freezing rain begins to fall. Avoid
driving on wet ice or in freezing rain
until roads can be treated.
For Slippery Road Driving:
.
Accelerate gently. Accelerating
too quickly causes the wheels to
spin and makes the surface
under the tires slick.
.
Turn on Traction Control. See
Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 177.
.
The Antilock Brake System
(ABS) improves vehicle stability
during hard stops, but the
brakes should be applied sooner
than when on dry pavement.
See Antilock Brake System
(ABS) 0 175.
.
Allow greater following distance
and watch for slippery spots. Icy
patches can occur on otherwise
clear roads in shaded areas.
The surface of a curve or an
overpass can remain icy when
the surrounding roads are clear.
Avoid sudden steering
maneuvers and braking while
on ice.
.
Turn off cruise control.
Blizzard Conditions
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and
signal for help. Stay with the vehicle
unless there is help nearby.
If possible, use Roadside
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Driving and Operating 155
Assistance. See Roadside
Assistance Program 0 295. To get
help and keep everyone in the
vehicle safe:
.
Turn on the hazard warning
flashers.
.
Tie a red cloth to an outside
mirror.
{
Warning
Snow can trap engine exhaust
under the vehicle. This may
cause exhaust gases to get
inside. Engine exhaust contains
carbon monoxide (CO), which
cannot be seen or smelled. It can
cause unconsciousness and even
death.
If the vehicle is stuck in snow:
.
Clear snow from the base of
the vehicle, especially any
blocking the exhaust pipe.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
.
Open a window about 5 cm
(2 in) on the vehicle side
that is away from the wind,
to bring in fresh air.
.
Fully open the air outlets on
or under the instrument
panel.
.
Adjust the climate control
system to circulate the air
inside the vehicle and set
the fan speed to the highest
setting. See “Climate
Control Systems.”
For more information about CO,
see Engine Exhaust 0 170.
To save fuel, run the engine for
short periods to warm the vehicle
and then shut the engine off and
partially close the window. Moving
about to keep warm also helps.
If it takes time for help to arrive,
when running the engine, push the
accelerator pedal slightly so the
engine runs faster than the idle
speed. This keeps the battery
charged to restart the vehicle and to
signal for help with the headlamps.
Do this as little as possible, to
save fuel.
If the Vehicle Is Stuck
Slowly and cautiously spin the
wheels to free the vehicle when
stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.
If stuck too severely for the traction
system to free the vehicle, turn the
traction system off and use the
rocking method. See Traction
Control/Electronic Stability Control
0 177.
{
Warning
If the vehicle's tires spin at high
speed, they can explode, and you
or others could be injured. The
vehicle can overheat, causing an
engine compartment fire or other
damage. Spin the wheels as little
as possible and avoid going
above 56 km/h (35 mph).
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
156 Driving and Operating
Rocking the Vehicle to Get
it Out
Turn the steering wheel left and
right to clear the area around the
front wheels. Turn off any traction
system. Shift back and forth
between R (Reverse) and a low
forward gear, spinning the wheels
as little as possible. To prevent
transmission wear, wait until the
wheels stop spinning before shifting
gears. Release the accelerator
pedal while shifting, and press
lightly on the accelerator pedal
when the transmission is in gear.
Slowly spinning the wheels in the
forward and reverse directions
causes a rocking motion that could
free the vehicle. If that does not get
the vehicle out after a few tries, it
might need to be towed out. If the
vehicle does need to be towed out,
see Towing the Vehicle 0 260.
Vehicle Load Limits
It is very important to know how
much weight the vehicle can
carry. This weight is called the
vehicle capacity weight and
includes the weight of all
occupants, cargo, and all
nonfactory-installed options.
Two labels on the vehicle may
show how much weight it may
properly carry: the Tire and
Loading Information label and
the Certification label.
{
Warning
Do not load the vehicle any
heavier than the Gross
Vehicle Weight Rating
(GVWR), or either the
maximum front or rear Gross
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
This can cause systems to
break and change the way the
vehicle handles. This could
cause loss of control and a
crash. Overloading can also
reduce stopping distance,
damage the tires, and shorten
the life of the vehicle.
Tire and Loading Information
Label
Label Example
A vehicle-specific Tire and
Loading Information label is
attached to the vehicle's center
pillar (B-pillar). The Tire and
Loading Information label shows
the number of occupant seating
positions (1), and the maximum
vehicle capacity weight (2) in
kilograms and pounds.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Driving and Operating 157
The Tire and Loading
Information label also shows the
tire size of the original
equipment tires (3) and the
recommended cold tire inflation
pressures (4). For more
information on tires and inflation
see Tires 0 231 and
Tire Pressure 0 238.
There is also important loading
information on the Certification
label. It may show the Gross
Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)
and the Gross Axle Weight
Rating (GAWR) for the front and
rear axle. See “Certification
Label” later in this section.
“Steps for Determining Correct
Load Limit–
1. Locate the statement "The
combined weight of
occupants and cargo should
never exceed XXX kg or
XXX lbs." on your vehicle’s
placard.
2. Determine the combined
weight of the driver and
passengers that will be
riding in your vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined
weight of the driver and
passengers from XXX kg or
XXX lbs.
4. The resulting figure equals
the available amount of
cargo and luggage load
capacity. For example, if the
"XXX" amount equals
1400 lbs. and there will be
five 150 lb passengers in
your vehicle, the amount of
available cargo and luggage
load capacity is 650 lbs.
(1400-750 (5 x 150) =
650 lbs.)
5. Determine the combined
weight of luggage and cargo
being loaded on the vehicle.
That weight may not safely
exceed the available cargo
and luggage load capacity
calculated in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing
a trailer, load from your
trailer will be transferred to
your vehicle. Consult this
manual to determine how
this reduces the available
cargo and luggage load
capacity of your vehicle.”
This vehicle is neither designed
nor intended to tow a trailer.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
158 Driving and Operating
Example 1
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight
for Example 1 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs).
2. Subtract Occupant
Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs)
× 2 = 136 kg (300 lbs).
3. Available Occupant and
Cargo Weight = 317 kg
(700 lbs).
Example 2
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight
for Example 2 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs).
2. Subtract Occupant
Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs)
× 5 = 340 kg (750 lbs).
3. Available Cargo Weight
= 113 kg (250 lbs).
Example 3
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight
for Example 3 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs).
2. Subtract Occupant
Weight @ 91 kg
(200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs).
3. Available Cargo Weight
= 0 kg (0 lbs).
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Driving and Operating 159
Refer to the vehicle's Tire and
Loading Information label for
specific information about the
vehicle's capacity weight and
seating positions. The combined
weight of the driver, passengers,
and cargo should never exceed
the vehicle's capacity weight.
Certification Label
Label Example
A vehicle-specific Certification
label is attached to the vehicle's
center pillar (B-pillar). The label
may show the gross weight
capacity of the vehicle, called
the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
(GVWR). The GVWR includes
the weight of the vehicle, all
occupants, fuel, and cargo.
{
Warning
Things inside the vehicle can
strike and injure people in a
sudden stop or turn, or in a
crash.
.
Put things in the cargo
area of the vehicle. In the
cargo area, put them as
far forward as possible.
Try to spread the weight
evenly.
.
Never stack heavier
things, like suitcases,
inside the vehicle so that
some of them are above
the tops of the seats.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
.
Do not leave an
unsecured child restraint
in the vehicle.
.
Secure loose items in the
vehicle.
.
Do not leave a seat
folded down unless
needed.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
160 Driving and Operating
Starting and
Operating
New Vehicle Break-In
Caution
The vehicle does not need an
elaborate break-in. But it will
perform better in the long run if
you follow these guidelines:
.
Do not drive at any one
constant speed, fast or slow,
for the first 805 km (500 mi).
Do not make full-throttle
starts. Avoid downshifting to
brake or slow the vehicle.
.
Avoid making hard stops for
the first 322 km (200 mi) or
so. During this time the new
brake linings are not yet
broken in. Hard stops with
new linings can mean
premature wear and earlier
replacement. Follow this
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
breaking-in guideline every
time you get new brake
linings.
Following break-in, engine speed
and load can be gradually
increased.
Ignition Positions
(Keyless Access)
The vehicle may be equipped with
an electronic keyless ignition with
pushbutton start.
The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter must be in the vehicle for
the system to operate. If the
pushbutton start is not working, the
vehicle may be near a strong radio
antenna signal causing interference
to the Keyless Access system. See
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation (Key Access)
0 10 or
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation (Keyless Access)
0 13.
To shift out of P (Park), the vehicle
must be in ACC/ACCESSORY or
ON/RUN and the brake pedal must
be applied.
Stopping the Engine/OFF (No
Indicator Lights) : When the
vehicle is stopped, press ENGINE
START/STOP once to turn the
engine off.
If the vehicle is in P (Park), the
ignition will turn off, and Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) will remain
active. See Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) 0 167.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Driving and Operating 161
If the vehicle is not in P (Park), the
ignition will return to ACC/
ACCESSORY and the Driver
Information Center (DIC) will display
the message SHIFT TO PARK.
When the vehicle is shifted into
P (Park), the ignition system will
switch to OFF.
Do not turn the engine off when the
vehicle is moving. This will cause a
loss of power assist in the brake
and steering systems and disable
the airbags.
If the vehicle must be shut off in an
emergency:
1. Brake using a firm and steady
pressure. Do not pump the
brakes repeatedly. This may
deplete power assist, requiring
increased brake pedal force.
2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).
This can be done while the
vehicle is moving. After shifting
to N (Neutral), firmly apply the
brakes and steer the vehicle to
a safe location.
3. Come to a complete stop. Shift
to P (Park) with an automatic
transmission, or Neutral with a
manual transmission. Turn the
ignition to OFF.
4. Set the parking brake. See
Parking Brake 0 176.
{
Warning
Turning off the vehicle while
moving may cause loss of power
assist in the brake and steering
systems and disable the airbags.
While driving, only shut the
vehicle off in an emergency.
If the vehicle cannot be pulled over,
and must be shut off while driving,
press and hold ENGINE START/
STOP for longer than two seconds,
or press twice in five seconds.
ACC/ACCESSORY (Amber
Indicator Light) : This mode allows
you to use some electrical
accessories when the engine is off.
With the ignition off, pressing the
button one time without the brake
pedal applied will place the ignition
system in ACC/ACCESSORY.
The ignition will switch from ACC/
ACCESSORY to OFF after
five minutes to prevent battery
rundown.
ON/RUN/START (Green Indicator
Light) : This mode is for driving and
starting. With the ignition off, and
the brake pedal applied, pressing
the button once will place the
ignition system in ON/RUN/START.
Once engine cranking begins,
release the button. Engine cranking
will continue until the engine starts.
See Starting the Engine 0 164. The
ignition will then remain in ON/RUN.
Service Mode
This power mode is available for
service and diagnostics, and to
verify the proper operation of the
malfunction indicator lamp as may
be required for emission inspection
purposes. With the vehicle off, and
the brake pedal not applied,
pressing and holding the button for
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
162 Driving and Operating
more than five seconds will place
the vehicle in Service Mode. The
instruments and audio systems will
operate as they do in ON/RUN, but
the vehicle will not be able to be
driven. The engine will not start in
Service Mode. Press the button
again to turn the vehicle off.
Ignition Positions (Key
Access)
0. Stopping the Engine/LOCK/OFF
1. ACC/ACCESSORY
2. ON/RUN
3. START
The ignition switch has four
positions.
To shift out of P (Park) with an
automatic transmission, the ignition
must be in ON/RUN and the brake
pedal must be applied.
0 (Stopping the Engine/LOCK/
OFF) : This position turns off the
vehicle. It also locks the ignition, the
transmission on an automatic
transmission vehicle, and the
steering column, if equipped with a
locking steering column.
To turn off the vehicle:
1. Make sure that the vehicle is
stopped.
2. Shift to P (Park) with an
automatic transmission,
or Neutral with a manual
transmission.
3. Continue to hold the brake
pedal, then set the parking
brake. See Parking Brake
0 176.
4. Push the key all the way in
toward the steering column (1),
then turn the key to
LOCK/OFF (2).
5. Remove the key.
6. Release the brake pedal.
See your dealer if the key can be
removed in any other position.
Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
will remain active. See Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 167.
A warning chime will sound when
the driver door is opened and the
key is in the ignition.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Driving and Operating 163
If equipped with a locking steering
column, the steering can bind with
the front wheels turned off center,
which may prevent key rotation out
of LOCK/OFF. If this happens, move
the steering wheel from right to left
while turning the key to ACC/
ACCESSORY. If this does not work,
then the vehicle needs service.
{
Warning
Turning off the vehicle while
moving may cause loss of power
assist in the brake and steering
systems and disable the airbags.
While driving, turn off the vehicle
only in an emergency.
In an emergency, if the vehicle
cannot be pulled over and must be
turned off while driving:
1. Push the key all the way in
toward the steering column,
then turn the key to ACC/
ACCESSORY.
2. Brake using firm and steady
pressure. Do not pump the
brakes repeatedly. This may
deplete power assist, requiring
increased brake pedal force.
3. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).
This can be done while the
vehicle is moving. Continue
braking and steer the vehicle to
a safe location.
4. Come to a complete stop.
5. Shift to P (Park) with an
automatic transmission,
or Neutral with a manual
transmission.
6. Continue to hold the brake
pedal, then set the parking
brake. See Parking Brake
0 176.
7. Push the key all the way in
toward the steering column,
then turn the ignition to
LOCK/OFF.
8. Remove the key.
9. Release the brake pedal.
Caution
Use the correct key, make sure it
is all the way in — or pushed all
the way in toward the steering
column when turning off the
vehicle — and turn it only with
your hand.
1 (ACC/ACCESSORY) : This
position allows features such as the
infotainment system to operate
while the vehicle is off. It also
unlocks the steering column,
if equipped with a locking steering
column. Use this position if the
vehicle must be pushed or towed.
See Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) 0 167.
From ON/RUN, push the key all the
way in toward the steering column,
then turn the key to ACC/
ACCESSORY.
If the key is left in ACC/
ACCESSORY with the engine off,
the battery could drain and the
vehicle may not start.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
164 Driving and Operating
A warning chime will sound when
the driver door is opened and the
key is in the ignition.
2 (ON/RUN) : This position can be
used to operate the electrical
accessories and to display some
instrument cluster warning and
indicator lights. This position can
also be used for service and
diagnostics, and to verify the proper
operation of the malfunction
indicator lamp as may be required
for emission inspection purposes.
The switch stays in this position
when the engine is running. The
transmission is also unlocked in this
position on automatic transmission
vehicles.
If the key is left in ON/RUN with the
engine off, the battery could drain
and the vehicle may not start.
3 (START) : This is the position that
starts the engine. When the engine
starts, release the key. The ignition
returns to ON/RUN for driving.
Starting the Engine
Place the transmission in the
proper gear.
Caution
If you add electrical parts or
accessories, you could change
the way the engine operates. Any
resulting damage would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
See Add-On Electrical Equipment
0 195.
Automatic Transmission
Move the shift lever to P (Park) or
N (Neutral). To restart the vehicle
when it is already moving, use
N (Neutral) only.
Caution
Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the
vehicle is moving. If you do, you
could damage the transmission.
Shift to P (Park) only when the
vehicle is stopped.
Manual Transmission
The shift lever should be in Neutral
and the parking brake engaged.
Hold the clutch pedal down to the
floor, press the brake pedal and
start the engine.
Key Access
1. With your foot off the
accelerator pedal, turn the
ignition key to START. When
the engine starts, let go of the
key. The idle speed will go
down as the engine warms. Do
not race the engine
immediately after starting it.
Allow the oil to warm up and
lubricate all moving parts.
Caution
Cranking the engine for long
periods of time, by trying to start
the engine immediately after
cranking has ended, can overheat
and damage the cranking motor,
and drain the battery. Wait at
(Continued)
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Driving and Operating 165
Caution (Continued)
least 15 seconds between each
try, to let the cranking motor
cool down.
2. If the engine does not start
after five to 10 seconds,
especially in very cold weather
(below −18 °C or 0 °F), it could
be flooded with too much
gasoline. Push the accelerator
pedal all the way to the floor
and hold it there as you hold
the key in START for a
maximum of 15 seconds. Wait
at least 15 seconds between
each try, to allow the cranking
motor to cool. When the engine
starts, let go of the key and
accelerator. If the vehicle starts
briefly but then stops again,
repeat the procedure. This
clears the extra gasoline from
the engine. Do not race the
engine immediately after
starting it. Operate the engine
and transmission gently until
the oil warms up and lubricates
all moving parts.
Keyless Access
1. With the Keyless Access
system, the RKE transmitter
must be in the vehicle. For
vehicles with an automatic
transmission, press the brake
pedal, then press ENGINE
START/STOP on the
instrument panel.
For vehicles with a manual
transmission, press the clutch
pedal and the brake pedal first,
then press ENGINE
START/STOP.
The idle speed will go down as
the engine gets warm. Do not
race the engine immediately
after starting it.
If the RKE transmitter is not in
the vehicle, if there is
interference, or if the RKE
battery is low, a Driver
Information Center (DIC)
message will display. See
Driver Information Center (DIC)
0 98 and
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation (Key
Access) 0 10 or
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation (Keyless
Access) 0 13.
Caution
Cranking the engine for long
periods of time, by trying to start
the engine immediately after
cranking has ended, can overheat
and damage the cranking motor,
and drain the battery. Wait at
least 15 seconds between each
try, to let the cranking motor
cool down.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
166 Driving and Operating
2. If the engine does not start
after five to 10 seconds,
especially in very cold weather
(below −18 °C or 0 °F), it could
be flooded with too much
gasoline. Try pushing the
accelerator pedal all the way to
the floor and holding it there as
you press ENGINE START/
STOP, for up to a maximum of
15 seconds. Wait at least
15 seconds between each try,
to allow the cranking motor to
cool down. When the engine
starts, let go of the button and
the accelerator. If the vehicle
starts briefly but then stops
again, do the same thing. This
clears the extra gasoline from
the engine. Do not race the
engine immediately after
starting it. Operate the engine
and transmission gently until
the oil warms up and lubricates
all moving parts.
Engine Heater
The engine heater can provide
easier starting and better fuel
economy during engine warm-up in
cold weather conditions at or below
−18 °C or 0 °F. Vehicles with an
engine heater should be plugged in
at least four hours before starting.
{
Warning
Do not plug in the engine block
heater while the vehicle is parked
in a garage or under a carport.
Property damage or personal
injury may result. Always park the
vehicle in a clear open area away
from buildings or structures.
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Open the hood and unwrap the
electrical cord. The cord is in
the driver side of the engine
compartment, near the engine
coolant surge tank. It is
shipped from the factory with a
tie holding it in place. Use care
in removing the tie so that the
cord is not damaged.
Check the heater cord for
damage. If it is damaged, do
not use it. See your dealer for
a replacement. Inspect the
cord for damage yearly.
3. Plug it into a normal, grounded
110-volt AC outlet.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Driving and Operating 167
{
Warning
Improper use of the heater cord
or an extension cord can damage
the cord and may result in
overheating and fire.
.
Plug the cord into a
three-prong electrical utility
receptacle that is protected
by a ground fault detection
function. An ungrounded
outlet could cause an
electric shock.
.
Use a weatherproof,
heavy-duty, 15 amp-rated
extension cord if needed.
Failure to use the
recommended extension
cord in good operating
condition, or using a
damaged heater or
extension cord, could make
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
it overheat and cause a fire,
property damage, electric
shock, and injury.
.
Do not operate the vehicle
with the heater cord
permanently attached to the
vehicle. Possible heater
cord and thermostat
damage could occur.
.
While in use, do not let the
heater cord touch vehicle
parts or sharp edges. Never
close the hood on the
heater cord.
.
Before starting the vehicle,
unplug the cord, reattach
the cover to the plug, and
securely fasten the cord.
Keep the cord away from
any moving parts.
4. Before starting the engine, be
sure to unplug and store the
cord as it was before to keep it
away from moving engine
parts.
The length of time the heater should
remain plugged in depends on
several factors. Ask a dealer in the
area where you will be parking the
vehicle for the best advice on this.
Retained Accessory
Power (RAP)
Some vehicle accessories may be
used after the ignition is turned off.
The power windows and sunroof,
if equipped, will continue to work for
up to 10 minutes or until any door is
opened.
The infotainment system will
continue to work for 10 minutes,
until the driver door is opened,
or until the ignition is turned on or
placed in ACC/ACCESSORY.
Shifting Into Park
1. Hold the brake pedal down and
set the parking brake. See
Parking Brake 0 176.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
168 Driving and Operating
2. Move the shift lever into
P (Park) by pressing the button
on the shift lever and pushing
the lever all the way toward the
front of the vehicle.
3. Turn the ignition off. For key
access vehicles, push the
ignition key in, toward the
steering column and then turn
the ignition off.
4. Remove the key and take it
with you. If you can leave the
vehicle with the ignition key in
your hand, the vehicle is in
P (Park).
Leaving the Vehicle with the
Engine Running (Automatic
Transmission)
{
Warning
It can be dangerous to leave the
vehicle with the engine running.
It could overheat and catch fire.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
It is dangerous to get out of the
vehicle if the shift lever is not fully
in P (Park) with the parking brake
firmly set. The vehicle can roll.
Do not leave the vehicle when the
engine is running. If you have left
the engine running, the vehicle
can move suddenly. You or others
could be injured. To be sure the
vehicle will not move, even when
you are on fairly level ground,
always set the parking brake and
move the shift lever to P (Park).
See Shifting Into Park 0 167.
If you have to leave the vehicle with
the engine running, be sure the
vehicle is in P (Park) and the
parking brake is firmly set before
you leave it. After you have moved
the shift lever into P (Park), hold the
brake pedal down. Then see if you
can move the shift lever away from
P (Park) without first pressing the
button on the shift lever. If you can,
it means that the shift lever was not
fully locked into P (Park).
Torque Lock (Automatic
Transmission)
If you are parking on a hill and you
do not shift the transmission into
P (Park) properly, the weight of the
vehicle may put too much force on
the parking pawl in the
transmission. You may find it difficult
to pull the shift lever out of P (Park).
This is called “torque lock.”
To prevent torque lock, set the
parking brake and then shift into
P (Park) properly before you leave
the driver seat. To find out how, see
“Shifting Into Park” previously in this
section.
When you are ready to drive, move
the shift lever out of P (Park) before
you release the parking brake.
If torque lock does occur, you may
need to have another vehicle push
yours a little uphill to take some of
the pressure from the parking pawl
in the transmission, so you can pull
the shift lever out of P (Park).
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Driving and Operating 169
Shifting out of Park
This vehicle is equipped with a shift
lock release system. The shift lock
release is designed to:
.
Prevent ignition key removal
unless the shift lever is in
P (Park) with the shift lever
button fully released.
.
Prevent movement of the shift
lever out of P (Park) unless the
ignition is on and the brake
pedal is applied.
The shift lock release is always
functional except in the case of an
uncharged or low voltage (less than
9-volt) battery.
If the vehicle has an uncharged
battery or a battery with low voltage,
try charging or jump starting the
battery. See Jump Starting - North
America 0 257.
To shift out of P (Park):
1. Apply the brake pedal.
2. Start the vehicle.
3. Press the shift lever button.
4. Move the shift lever to the
desired position.
If still unable to shift out of P (Park):
1. Fully release the shift lever
button.
2. Hold the brake pedal down and
press the shift lever button
again.
3. Move the shift lever to the
desired position.
If the shift lever still cannot be
moved from P (Park), have the
vehicle serviced soon.
The doors may lock when shifting
from P (Park). See Automatic Door
Locks 0 18.
Parking (Manual
Transmission)
{
Warning
If the vehicle has a manual
transmission, never get out of the
vehicle without first moving the
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
shift lever into 1st or R (Reverse),
setting the parking brake and
turning the ignition off. The
vehicle can roll, which could
cause serious injury or death.
Parking over Things
That Burn
{
Warning
Things that can burn could touch
hot exhaust parts under the
vehicle and ignite. Do not park
over papers, leaves, dry grass,
or other things that can burn.
Extended Parking
It is best not to park with the vehicle
running. If the vehicle is left running,
be sure it will not move and there is
adequate ventilation. See Shifting
Into Park 0 167 and
Engine Exhaust 0 170.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
170 Driving and Operating
If the vehicle is left parked and
running with the Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) transmitter outside the
vehicle, it will continue to run for up
to half an hour.
If the vehicle is left parked and
running with the RKE transmitter
inside the vehicle, it will continue to
run for up to an hour.
The vehicle could turn off sooner if it
is parked on a hill, due to lack of
available fuel.
Automatic Transmission
The timer will reset if the vehicle is
taken out of P (Park) while it is
running.
Manual Transmission
The timer will reset if vehicle speed
exceeds 4 km/h (2.5 mph).
Engine Exhaust
{
Warning
Engine exhaust contains carbon
monoxide (CO), which cannot be
seen or smelled. Exposure to CO
can cause unconsciousness and
even death.
Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:
.
The vehicle idles in areas
with poor ventilation
(parking garages, tunnels,
deep snow that may block
underbody airflow or tail
pipes).
.
The exhaust smells or
sounds strange or different.
.
The exhaust system leaks
due to corrosion or damage.
.
The vehicle exhaust system
has been modified,
damaged, or improperly
repaired.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
.
There are holes or openings
in the vehicle body from
damage or aftermarket
modifications that are not
completely sealed.
If unusual fumes are detected or
if it is suspected that exhaust is
coming into the vehicle:
.
Drive it only with the
windows completely down.
.
Have the vehicle repaired
immediately.
Never park the vehicle with the
engine running in an enclosed
area such as a garage or a
building that has no fresh air
ventilation.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Driving and Operating 171
Running the Vehicle
While Parked
It is better not to park with the
engine running.
If the vehicle is left with the engine
running, follow the proper steps to
be sure the vehicle will not move.
See Shifting Into Park 0 167 and
Engine Exhaust 0 170. If the vehicle
has a manual transmission, see
Parking (Manual Transmission)
0 169.
Automatic
Transmission
Continuously Variable
Transmission (CVT)
The CVT is electronically controlled
to produce maximum power and
smooth operation. A display in the
instrument cluster indicates the
selected range.
P : This position locks the drive
wheels. Use P (Park) when starting
the engine because the vehicle
cannot move easily.
{
Warning
It is dangerous to get out of the
vehicle if the shift lever is not fully
in P (Park) with the parking brake
firmly set. The vehicle can roll.
Do not leave the vehicle when the
engine is running. If you have left
the engine running, the vehicle
can move suddenly. You or others
could be injured. To be sure the
vehicle will not move, even when
you are on fairly level ground,
always set the parking brake and
move the shift lever to P (Park).
See Shifting Into Park 0 167.
Make sure the shift lever is fully in
P (Park) before starting the engine.
The vehicle has a shift lock release
control. The brake pedal must be
fully applied, and the shift lever
button must be pressed before
shifting from P (Park) while the
ignition is on. If the transmission will
not shift out of P (Park), ease
pressure on the shift lever and push
the shift lever all the way into
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
172 Driving and Operating
P (Park) while maintaining brake
application. Then move the shift
lever into another gear. See Shifting
out of Park 0 169.
R : Use this gear to back up.
Caution
Shifting to R (Reverse) while the
vehicle is moving forward could
damage the transmission. The
repairs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Shift to
R (Reverse) only after the vehicle
is stopped.
To rock the vehicle back and forth to
get out of snow, ice, or sand without
damaging the transmission, see If
the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 155.
N : In this position, the engine does
not connect with the wheels. To
restart the engine when the vehicle
is already moving, use
N (Neutral) only.
{
Warning
Shifting into a drive gear while the
engine is running at high speed is
dangerous. Unless your foot is
firmly on the brake pedal, the
vehicle could move very rapidly.
You could lose control and hit
people or objects. Do not shift
into a drive gear while the engine
is running at high speed.
Caution
Shifting out of P (Park) or
N (Neutral) with the engine
running at high speed may
damage the transmission. The
repairs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Be sure the
engine is not running at high
speed when shifting the vehicle.
Caution
A transmission hot message may
display if the automatic
transmission fluid is too hot.
Driving under this condition can
damage the vehicle. Stop and idle
the engine to cool the automatic
transmission fluid. This message
clears when the transmission fluid
has cooled sufficiently.
D :
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Driving and Operating 173
This position is for normal driving.
If more power is needed for
passing, press the accelerator
pedal down.
L : This position reduces vehicle
speed without using the brakes by
using the braking effect of engine
compression. It can help control
vehicle speed going down steep
hills, on long downhill grades, or on
mountain roads, along with using
the brakes off and on. This may
prolong the life of the brake linings.
In the event of a fault, the
malfunction indicator lamp
illuminates. See your dealer for
repairs.
Manual Transmission
Caution
Shifting the vehicle initially into
any gear other than 1 (First) or
R (Reverse) can damage the
clutch. Shift the manual
transmission in the proper
sequence, and time the gear
shifting with the accelerator to
avoid revving the engine and
damaging the clutch.
Caution
The message MANUAL
TRANSMISSION — RELEASE
CLUTCH PEDAL displays and a
chime sounds if the manual
transmission clutch pedal is
partially applied for an extended
period of time while the vehicle is
being driven. Driving with the
clutch pedal applied can reduce
the life of the clutch and/or
damage it. Fully release the
clutch pedal after each gear
change.
Caution
The message REDUCED
PERFORMANCE — REDUCE
CLUTCH USE displays and
engine torque is momentarily
limited if excessive manual
transmission clutch slip is
detected while the clutch pedal is
(Continued)
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
174 Driving and Operating
Caution (Continued)
fully released. This could be
caused by a hot clutch. Apply less
pressure on the accelerator pedal
when accelerating from a stop.
Also, fully release the accelerator
pedal during gear changes. This
will allow the clutch to cool and
should prevent further clutch slip
while the clutch pedal is fully
released. If this message displays
repeatedly, see your dealer.
Repeated clutch slip could cause
permanent damage.
1 : Press the clutch pedal and shift
into 1 (First). Then, slowly let up on
the clutch pedal as you press the
accelerator pedal.
If you have come to a complete stop
and it is hard to shift into 1 (First),
put the shift lever in Neutral and let
up on the clutch. Press the clutch
pedal back down. Then shift into
1 (First).
2 : Press the clutch pedal as you let
up on the accelerator pedal and
shift into 2 (Second). Then, slowly
let up on the clutch pedal as you
press the accelerator pedal.
3, 4, and 5 : Shift into 3 (Third),
4 (Fourth), and 5 (Fifth) the same
way as for 2 (Second). Slowly let up
on the clutch pedal as you press the
accelerator pedal.
To stop, let up on the accelerator
pedal and press the brake pedal.
Just before the vehicle stops, press
the clutch pedal and the brake
pedal, and shift to Neutral.
Neutral : Use this position when
you start or idle the engine.
R : To back up, press down the
clutch pedal and shift into
R (Reverse). Let up on the clutch
pedal slowly while pressing the
accelerator pedal.
Caution
Shifting to R (Reverse) while the
vehicle is moving forward could
damage the transmission. The
repairs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Shift to
R (Reverse) only after the vehicle
is stopped.
Caution
Do not rest your hand on the shift
lever while driving. The pressure
could cause premature wear in
the transmission. The repairs
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Driving and Operating 175
Shift Speeds
{
Warning
If you skip a gear when
downshifting, you could lose
control of the vehicle. You could
injure yourself or others. Do not
shift down more than one gear at
a time when downshifting.
Up-Shift Light
Vehicles equipped with a manual
transmission may have an up-shift
light. This light indicates when to
shift to the next higher gear for
better fuel economy.
For the best fuel economy,
accelerate slowly and shift when the
light comes on, and if the weather,
road, and traffic conditions allow.
It is normal for the light to go on and
off if the accelerator position
changes quickly. Ignore the light
during downshifts.
Brakes
Antilock Brake
System (ABS)
The Antilock Brake System (ABS)
helps prevent a braking skid and
maintain steering while
braking hard.
ABS performs a system check when
the vehicle is first driven.
A momentary motor or clicking noise
may be heard while this test is going
on, and the brake pedal may move
slightly. This is normal.
If there is a problem with ABS, this
warning light stays on. See Antilock
Brake System (ABS) Warning Light
0 92.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
176 Driving and Operating
ABS does not change the time
needed to get a foot on the brake
pedal and does not always
decrease stopping distance. If you
get too close to the vehicle ahead,
there will not be enough time to
apply the brakes if that vehicle
suddenly slows or stops. Always
leave enough room ahead to stop,
even with ABS.
Using ABS
Do not pump the brakes. Just hold
the brake pedal down firmly.
Hearing or feeling ABS operate is
normal.
Braking in Emergencies
ABS allows steering and braking at
the same time. In many
emergencies, steering can help
even more than braking.
Parking Brake
With the parking brake pedal
applied, pull up firmly on the parking
brake handle without pressing the
release button. See Shifting Into
Park 0 167 or
Parking (Manual Transmission)
0 169. If the ignition is on, the brake
system warning light will come on.
See Brake System Warning Light
0 91.
To release the parking brake:
1. Hold the brake pedal down.
2. Pull the parking brake handle
up until you can press the
release button.
3. Hold the release button in as
you move the brake handle all
the way down.
Caution
Driving with the parking brake on
can overheat the brake system
and cause premature wear or
damage to brake system parts.
Make sure that the parking brake
is fully released and the brake
warning light is off before driving.
Driving with the parking brake
applied will cause a warning chime
to sound and a Driver Information
Center (DIC) message to display.
Release the parking brake or stop
the vehicle.
Brake Assist
Brake Assist detects rapid brake
pedal applications due to
emergency braking situations and
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Driving and Operating 177
provides additional braking to
activate the Antilock Brake System
(ABS) if the brake pedal is not
pushed hard enough to activate
ABS normally. Minor noise, brake
pedal pulsation, and/or pedal
movement during this time may
occur. Continue to apply the brake
pedal as the driving situation
dictates. Brake Assist disengages
when the brake pedal is released.
Hill Start Assist (HSA)
{
Warning
Do not rely on the HSA feature.
HSA does not replace the need to
pay attention and drive safely.
You may not hear or feel alerts or
warnings provided by this system.
Failure to use proper care when
driving may result in injury, death,
or vehicle damage. See
Defensive Driving 0 150.
When the vehicle is stopped on a
grade, Hill Start Assist (HSA)
temporarily prevents the vehicle
from rolling in an unintended
direction during the transition from
brake pedal release to accelerator
pedal apply. The brakes release
when the accelerator pedal is
applied or automatically release
after a few seconds. The brakes
may also release under other
conditions. Do not rely on HSA to
hold the vehicle.
HSA is available when the vehicle is
facing uphill in a forward gear,
or when facing downhill in
R (Reverse). The vehicle must
come to a complete stop on a grade
for HSA to activate.
Ride Control Systems
Traction Control/
Electronic Stability
Control
System Operation
The vehicle has a Traction Control
System (TCS) and StabiliTrak/
Electronic Stability Control (ESC),
an electronic stability control
system. These systems help limit
wheel slip and assist the driver in
maintaining control, especially on
slippery road conditions.
TCS activates if it senses that any
of the drive wheels are spinning or
beginning to lose traction. When this
happens, TCS applies the brakes to
the spinning wheels and reduces
engine power to limit wheel spin.
StabiliTrak/ESC activates when the
vehicle senses a difference between
the intended path and the direction
the vehicle is actually traveling.
StabiliTrak/ESC selectively applies
braking pressure to any one of the
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
178 Driving and Operating
vehicle wheel brakes to assist the
driver in keeping the vehicle on the
intended path.
If cruise control is being used and
traction control or StabiliTrak/ESC
begins to limit wheel spin, cruise
control will disengage. Cruise
control may be turned back on when
road conditions allow.
Both systems come on
automatically when the vehicle is
started and begins to move. The
systems may be heard or felt while
they are operating or while
performing diagnostic checks. This
is normal and does not mean there
is a problem with the vehicle.
It is recommended to leave both
systems on for normal driving
conditions, but it may be necessary
to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets
stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.
See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 155
and “Turning the Systems Off and
On” later in this section.
The indicator light for both systems
is in the instrument cluster. This
light will:
.
Flash when TCS is limiting
wheel spin.
.
Flash when StabiliTrak/ESC is
activated.
.
Turn on and stay on when either
system is not working.
If either system fails to turn on or to
activate, a message displays in the
Driver Information Center (DIC), and
d comes on and stays on to
indicate that the system is inactive
and is not assisting the driver in
maintaining control. The vehicle is
safe to drive, but driving should be
adjusted accordingly.
If
d comes on and stays on:
1. Stop the vehicle.
2. Turn the engine off and wait
15 seconds.
3. Start the engine.
Drive the vehicle. If
d comes on
and stays on, the vehicle may need
more time to diagnose the problem.
If the condition persists, see your
dealer.
Turning the Systems Off
and On
The button for TCS and StabiliTrak/
ESC is on the lower instrument
panel to the left of the steering
wheel.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Driving and Operating 179
Caution
Do not repeatedly brake or
accelerate heavily when TCS is
off. The vehicle driveline could be
damaged.
To turn off only TCS, press and
release
g. The Traction Off light i
displays in the instrument cluster.
The appropriate DIC message
displays.
To turn TCS on again, press and
release
g. The Traction Off light i
displayed in the instrument cluster
will turn off. The appropriate DIC
message displays.
If TCS is limiting wheel spin when
g
is pressed, the system will not turn
off until the wheels stop spinning.
To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak/
ESC, press and hold
g until the
Traction Off light
i and StabiliTrak/
ESC Off light
g come on and stay
on in the instrument cluster. The
appropriate DIC message displays.
To turn TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC on
again, press and release
g. The
Traction Off light
i and StabiliTrak/
ESC Off light
g in the instrument
cluster turn off. The appropriate DIC
message displays.
Adding accessories can affect the
vehicle performance. See
Accessories and Modifications
0 198.
Cruise Control
If the vehicle is equipped with cruise
control, a speed of about 40 km/h
(25 mph) or more can be maintained
without keeping your foot on the
accelerator. Cruise control does not
work at speeds below 40 km/h
(25 mph).
{
Warning
Cruise control can be dangerous
where you cannot drive safely at
a steady speed. Do not use
cruise control on winding roads or
in heavy traffic.
Cruise control can be dangerous
on slippery roads. On such roads,
fast changes in tire traction can
cause excessive wheel slip, and
you could lose control. Do not use
cruise control on slippery roads.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
180 Driving and Operating
If the vehicle's Traction Control
System (TCS) or StabiliTrak/
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
system begins to limit wheel spin
while using cruise control, the cruise
control will automatically disengage.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 177. If a collision
alert occurs when cruise control is
activated, cruise control is
disengaged. See Forward Collision
Alert (FCA) System 0 186. When
road conditions allow you to safely
use it again, the cruise control can
be turned back on. Cruise control
will disengage if either TCS or
StabiliTrak/ESC is turned off.
If the brakes are applied, cruise
control disengages.
J : Press to turn the cruise control
system on and off. A white indicator
comes on in the instrument cluster
when cruise is turned on.
RES/+ : If there is a set speed in
memory, move the thumbwheel up
briefly to resume to that speed or
hold upward to accelerate. If cruise
control is already active, use to
increase vehicle speed.
SET/− : Move the thumbwheel down
briefly to set the speed and activate
cruise control. If cruise control is
already active, use to decrease
speed.
* : Press to disengage cruise
control without erasing the set
speed from memory.
Setting Cruise Control
If
J is on when not in use, SET/- or
RES/+ could get bumped and go
into cruise when not desired. Keep
J off when cruise control is not
being used.
To set cruise control:
1. Press
J to turn the cruise
system on.
2. Get to the speed desired.
3. Move the thumbwheel down to
SET/- and release it.
4. Take your foot off the
accelerator pedal.
The cruise control indicator on the
instrument cluster turns green after
cruise control has been set to the
desired speed. See Instrument
Cluster 0 84.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Driving and Operating 181
Resuming a Set Speed
If the cruise control is set at a
desired speed and then the brakes
or clutch for manual transmissions
are applied or
* is pressed, the
cruise control is disengaged without
erasing the set speed from memory.
Once the vehicle reaches about
40 km/h (25 mph) or more, move the
thumbwheel up toward RES/+
briefly. The vehicle returns to the
previous set speed.
Increasing Speed While Using
Cruise Control
If the cruise control system is
already activated:
.
Move the thumbwheel up toward
RES/+ and hold it until the
desired speed is reached, then
release it.
.
To increase the vehicle speed in
small increments, move the
thumbwheel up toward RES/+
briefly and then release it. For
each press, the vehicle goes
about 1 km/h (1 mph) faster.
The speedometer reading can be
displayed in either English or metric
units. See Driver Information Center
(DIC) 0 98. The increment value
used depends on the units
displayed.
Reducing Speed While Using
Cruise Control
If the cruise control system is
already activated:
.
Move the thumbwheel toward
SET/− and hold until the desired
lower speed is reached, then
release it.
.
To decrease the vehicle speed in
smaller increments, move the
thumbwheel toward SET/−
briefly. For each press, the
vehicle goes about 1 km/h
(1 mph) slower.
The speedometer reading can be
displayed in either English or metric
units. See Driver Information Center
(DIC) 0 98. The increment value
used depends on the units
displayed.
Passing Another Vehicle While
Using Cruise Control
Use the accelerator pedal to
increase the vehicle speed. When
you take your foot off the pedal, the
vehicle slows down to the previous
set cruise control speed. While
pressing the accelerator pedal or
shortly following the release to
override cruise control, briefly
moving the thumbwheel toward
SET/- will result in cruise control set
to the current vehicle speed.
Using Cruise Control on Hills
How well cruise control works on
hills depends on the vehicle speed,
load, and the steepness of the hills.
When going up steep hills, you
might have to step on the
accelerator pedal to maintain the
vehicle speed. When going
downhill, you might have to brake or
shift to a lower gear to keep your
speed down. If the brake pedal is
applied, cruise control will
disengage.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
182 Driving and Operating
Ending Cruise Control
There are four ways to end cruise
control:
.
To disengage cruise control,
step lightly on the brake pedal or
clutch for manual transmission.
.
Press
* on the steering wheel.
.
Shift the transmission to
N (Neutral).
.
To turn off cruise control, press
J on the steering wheel.
Erasing Speed Memory
The cruise control set speed is
erased from memory if the
J
button is pressed or if the ignition is
turned off.
Driver Assistance
Systems
This vehicle may have features that
work together to help avoid crashes
or reduce crash damage while
driving, backing, and parking. Read
this entire section before using
these systems.
{
Warning
Do not rely on the Driver
Assistance Systems. These
systems do not replace the need
for paying attention and driving
safely. You may not hear or see
alerts or warnings provided by
these systems. Failure to use
proper care when driving may
result in injury, death, or vehicle
damage. See Defensive Driving
0 150.
Under many conditions, these
systems will not:
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
.
Detect children,
pedestrians, bicyclists,
or animals.
.
Detect vehicles or objects
outside the area monitored
by the system.
.
Work at all driving speeds.
.
Warn you or provide you
with enough time to avoid a
crash.
.
Work under poor visibility or
bad weather conditions.
.
Work if the detection sensor
is not cleaned or is covered
by ice, snow, mud, or dirt.
.
Work if the detection sensor
is covered up, such as with
a sticker, magnet, or metal
plate.
.
Work if the area surrounding
the detection sensor is
damaged or not properly
repaired.
(Continued)
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Driving and Operating 183
Warning (Continued)
Complete attention is always
required while driving, and you
should be ready to take action
and apply the brakes and/or steer
the vehicle to avoid crashes.
Audible Alert
Some driver assistance features
alert the driver of obstacles by
beeping. To change the volume of
the warning chime, see “Comfort
and Convenience” under Vehicle
Personalization 0 105.
Cleaning
Depending on vehicle options, keep
these areas of the vehicle clean to
ensure the best driver assistance
feature performance. Driver
Information Center (DIC) messages
may display when the systems are
unavailable or blocked.
.
Front and rear bumpers and the
area below the bumpers
.
Front grille and headlamps
.
Front camera lens in the front
grille or near the front emblem
.
Front side and rear side panels
.
Outside of the windshield in front
of the rearview mirror
.
Side camera lens on the bottom
of the outside mirrors
.
Rear side corner bumpers
.
Rear Vision Camera above the
license plate
Rear Vision
Camera (RVC)
If equipped, the RVC system can
assist the driver when backing up by
displaying a view of the area behind
the vehicle.
{
Warning
The camera(s) do not display
children, pedestrians, bicyclists,
crossing traffic, animals, or any
other object outside of the
cameras’ field of view, below the
(Continued)
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
184 Driving and Operating
Warning (Continued)
bumper, or under the vehicle.
Shown distances may be different
from actual distances. Do not
drive or park the vehicle using
only these camera(s). Always
check behind and around the
vehicle before driving. Failure to
use proper care may result in
injury, death, or vehicle damage.
How the System Works
When the vehicle is shifted into
R (Reverse), the image of the area
behind the vehicle appears in the
radio screen. The previous screen
displays when the vehicle is shifted
out of R (Reverse) after a short
delay.
To see the previous screen sooner,
do one of the following:
.
Press a button on the
infotainment system.
.
Shift into P (Park).
Guidelines
The RVC system may have a
guideline overlay that can help the
driver align the vehicle when
backing into a parking spot.
While shifted into R (Reverse),
touch
v to turn the guidelines on
or off.
Rear Vision Camera Error
Messages
SERVICE REAR VISION CAMERA
SYSTEM : If this message appears
in the infotainment display, the
system may need service.
If any other problem occurs or if a
problem persists, see your dealer.
Rear Vision Camera Location
The RVC is above the license plate.
Displayed images may be farther or
closer than they appear. The area
displayed is limited and objects that
are close to either corner of the
bumper or under the bumper do not
display.
The following illustrations show the
field of view that the camera
provides.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Driving and Operating 185
1. View Displayed by the
Camera
1. View Displayed by the
Camera
2. Corner of the Rear Bumper
When the System Does Not
Seem To Work Properly
The RVC system may not work
properly or display a clear image if:
.
It is dark.
.
The sun or the beam of
headlamps is shining directly
into the camera lens.
.
Ice, snow, mud, or anything else
has built up on the camera lens.
Clean the lens, rinse it with
water, and wipe it with a soft
cloth.
.
The back of the vehicle was in a
crash. The position and
mounting angle of the camera
can change or the camera can
be affected. Be sure to have the
camera and its position and
mounting angle checked at your
dealer.
Park Assist
If equipped, the Rear Park Assist
(RPA) system assists the driver with
parking and avoiding objects while
in R (Reverse). RPA operates at
speeds less than 8 km/h (5 mph).
The sensors on the rear bumper
detect objects up to 1.7 m (5.5 ft)
behind the vehicle, and at least
20 cm (8 in) off the ground. The
distance objects can be detected
may be less during warmer or humid
weather.
{
Warning
The Park Assist system does not
detect children, pedestrians,
bicyclists, animals, or objects
below the bumper or that are too
close or too far from the vehicle.
It is not available at speeds
greater than 8 km/h (5 mph). To
prevent injury, death, or vehicle
damage, even with Park Assist,
always check the area around the
vehicle and check all mirrors
before backing.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
186 Driving and Operating
How the System Works
RPA comes on automatically when
the shift lever is moved into
R (Reverse).
An obstacle is indicated by audible
beeps. The interval between the
beeps becomes shorter as the
vehicle gets closer to the obstacle.
When the distance is less than
50 cm (20 in) the beeping is a
continuous tone.
Turning the System On and Off
The RPA system can be turned on
and off using the infotainment
system controls. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 105.
When the System Does Not
Seem to Work Properly
This light may come on for the
following reasons:
.
The sensors are not clean. Keep
the vehicle's rear bumper free of
mud, dirt, snow, ice, and slush.
For cleaning instructions, see
Exterior Care 0 264.
.
The sensors are covered by
frost or ice. Frost or ice can form
around and behind the sensors
and may not always be seen;
this can occur after washing the
vehicle in cold weather. The light
may not clear until the frost or
ice has melted.
.
An object was hanging out of the
liftgate during the last drive
cycle. Once the object is
removed, RPA will return to
normal operation.
.
The bumper is damaged. Take
the vehicle to your dealer to
repair the system.
.
Other conditions, such as
vibrations from a jackhammer or
the compression of air brakes on
a very large truck, are affecting
system performance.
If the above conditions do not exist,
take the vehicle to your dealer to
repair the system.
Forward Collision Alert
(FCA) System
If equipped, the FCA system may
help to avoid or reduce the harm
caused by front-end crashes. When
approaching a vehicle ahead too
quickly, FCA provides a red flashing
alert on the windshield and rapidly
beeps. FCA also lights an amber
visual alert if following another
vehicle much too closely.
FCA detects vehicles within a
distance of approximately 60 m
(197 ft) and operates at speeds
above 8 km/h (5 mph).
{
Warning
FCA is a warning system and
does not apply the brakes. When
approaching a slower-moving or
stopped vehicle ahead too rapidly,
or when following a vehicle too
(Continued)
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Driving and Operating 187
Warning (Continued)
closely, FCA may not provide a
warning with enough time to help
avoid a crash. It also may not
provide any warning at all. FCA
does not warn of pedestrians,
animals, signs, guardrails,
bridges, construction barrels,
or other objects. Be ready to take
action and apply the brakes. See
Defensive Driving 0 150.
FCA can be disabled through
vehicle personalization. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 105.
Detecting the Vehicle Ahead
FCA warnings will not occur unless
the FCA system detects a vehicle
ahead. When a vehicle is detected,
the vehicle ahead indicator will
display green. Vehicles may not be
detected on curves, highway exit
ramps, or hills, due to poor visibility;
or if a vehicle ahead is partially
blocked by pedestrians or other
objects. FCA will not detect another
vehicle ahead until it is completely
in the driving lane.
{
Warning
FCA does not provide a warning
to help avoid a crash, unless it
detects a vehicle. FCA may not
detect a vehicle ahead if the FCA
sensor is blocked by dirt, snow,
or ice, or if the windshield is
damaged. It may also not detect a
vehicle on winding or hilly roads,
or in conditions that can limit
visibility such as fog, rain,
or snow, or if the headlamps or
windshield are not cleaned or in
proper condition. Keep the
windshield, headlamps, and FCA
sensors clean and in good repair.
Collision Alert
When your vehicle approaches
another detected vehicle too rapidly,
the red FCA display will flash on the
windshield. Also, eight rapid
high-pitched beeps will sound from
the front. When this Collision Alert
occurs, the brake system may
prepare for driver braking to occur
more rapidly which can cause a
brief, mild deceleration. Continue to
apply the brake pedal as the driving
situation dictates. Cruise control
may be disengaged when the
Collision Alert occurs.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
188 Driving and Operating
Tailgating Alert
The vehicle ahead indicator will
display amber when you are
following a detected vehicle ahead
much too closely.
Selecting the Alert Timing
The Collision Alert control is on the
steering wheel. Press
[ to set the
FCA timing to Far, Medium, or Near.
The first button press shows the
current setting on the Driver
Information Center (DIC). Additional
button presses will change this
setting. The chosen setting will
remain until it is changed and will
affect the timing of both the Collision
Alert and the Tailgating Alert
features. The timing of both alerts
will vary based on vehicle speed.
The faster the vehicle speed, the
farther away the alert will occur.
Consider traffic and weather
conditions when selecting the alert
timing. The range of selectable alert
timings may not be appropriate for
all drivers and driving conditions.
Unnecessary Alerts
FCA may provide unnecessary
alerts to turning vehicles, vehicles in
other lanes, objects that are not
vehicles, or shadows. These alerts
are normal operation and the
vehicle does not need service.
Cleaning the System
If the FCA system does not seem to
operate properly, this may correct
the issue:
.
Clean the outside of the
windshield in front of the
rearview mirror.
.
Clean the entire front of the
vehicle.
.
Clean the headlamps.
Automatic Emergency
Braking (AEB)
If the vehicle has Forward Collision
Alert (FCA), it also has AEB. When
the system detects a vehicle ahead
in your path that is traveling in the
same direction that you may be
about to crash into, it can
automatically brake the vehicle. This
can help avoid or lessen the
severity of crashes when driving in a
forward gear. Depending on the
situation, the vehicle may
automatically brake moderately or
hard. This automatic emergency
braking can only occur if a vehicle is
detected. This is shown by the FCA
vehicle ahead indicator being lit.
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System 0 186.
The system works when driving in a
forward gear between 8 km/h
(5 mph) and 60 km/h (37 mph).
It can detect vehicles up to
approximately 60 m (197 ft).
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Driving and Operating 189
{
Warning
AEB is an emergency crash
preparation feature and is not
designed to avoid crashes. Do
not rely on AEB to brake the
vehicle. AEB will not brake
outside of its operating speed
range and only responds to
detected vehicles.
AEB may not:
.
Detect a vehicle ahead on
winding or hilly roads.
.
Detect all vehicles,
especially vehicles with a
trailer, tractors, muddy
vehicles, etc.
.
Detect a vehicle when
weather limits visibility, such
as in fog, rain, or snow.
.
Detect a vehicle ahead if it
is partially blocked by
pedestrians or other objects.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
Complete attention is always
required while driving, and you
should be ready to take action
and apply the brakes and/or steer
the vehicle to avoid crashes.
AEB may slow the vehicle to a stop
to try to avoid a potential crash.
A system unavailable message may
display if:
.
The front of the vehicle or
windshield is not clean.
.
Heavy rain or snow is interfering
with object detection.
.
There is a problem with the
StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) system.
The AEB system does not need
service.
{
Warning
AEB may automatically brake the
vehicle suddenly in situations
where it is unexpected and
undesired. It could respond to a
turning vehicle ahead, guardrails,
signs, and other non-moving
objects. To override AEB, firmly
press the accelerator pedal, if it is
safe to do so.
AEB can be disabled through
vehicle personalization. See
“Collision/Detection Systems” under
Vehicle Personalization 0 105.
Lane Departure
Warning (LDW)
If equipped, LDW may help avoid
crashes due to unintentional lane
departures. LDW uses a camera
sensor to detect the lane markings
at speeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) or
greater. It may provide an alert if the
vehicle is crossing a lane without
using a turn signal in that direction.
LDW light will not alert if the turn
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
190 Driving and Operating
signal is active in the direction of
lane departure, or if LDW detects
that you are accelerating, braking or
actively steering.
{
Warning
The LDW system does not steer
the vehicle. The LDW system
may not:
.
Provide enough time to
avoid a crash.
.
Detect lane markings under
poor weather or visibility
conditions. This can occur if
the windshield or
headlamps are blocked by
dirt, snow, or ice; if they are
not in proper condition; or if
the sun shines directly into
the camera.
.
Detect road edges.
.
Detect lanes on winding or
hilly roads.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
If LDW only detects lane
markings on one side of the road,
it will only warn you when
departing the lane on the side
where it has detected a lane
marking. Always keep your
attention on the road and
maintain proper vehicle position
within the lane, or vehicle
damage, injury, or death could
occur. Always keep the
windshield, headlamps, and
camera sensors clean and in
good repair. Do not use LDW in
bad weather conditions.
How the System Works
The LDW camera sensor is on the
windshield ahead of the rearview
mirror.
To turn LDW on and off, press
@ on
the instrument panel to the left of
the steering wheel. The control
indicator will light when LDW is on.
LDW utilizes camera sensor
installed on the windshield ahead of
the rearview mirror to detect lane
markings. To turn LDW on and off,
press
@ on the instrument panel to
the left of the steering wheel. The
control indicator will light when LDW
is on. When LDW is on,
@ is green
if LDW is available to warn of a lane
departure. If the vehicle crosses a
detected lane marking without using
the turn signal in that direction,
@
changes to amber and flashes.
Additionally, there will be three
beeps on the right or left, depending
on the lane departure direction.
LDW will not alert if the turn signal
is active in the direction of lane
departure, or if LDW detects that
you are accelerating, braking or
actively steering.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Driving and Operating 191
When the System Does Not
Seem To Work Properly
The system may not detect lanes as
well when there are:
.
Close vehicles ahead.
.
Sudden lighting changes, such
as when driving through tunnels.
.
Banked roads.
If the LDW system is not functioning
properly when lane markings are
clearly visible, cleaning the
windshield may help.
LDW alerts may occur due to tar
marks, shadows, cracks in the road,
temporary or construction lane
markings, or other road
imperfections. This is normal system
operation; the vehicle does not need
service. Turn LDW off if these
conditions continue.
Fuel
Top Tier Fuel
GM recommends the use of TOP
TIER Detergent Gasoline to keep
the engine clean, reduce engine
deposits, and maintain optimal
vehicle performance. Look for the
TOP TIER Logo or see
www.toptiergas.com for a list of TOP
TIER Detergent Gasoline marketers
and applicable countries.
Recommended Fuel
Use regular unleaded gasoline
meeting ASTM specification D4814
with a posted octane rating of 87 —
(R+M)/2 — or higher. Do not use
gasoline with a posted octane rating
of less than 87, as this may cause
engine knock and will lower fuel
economy.
Do not use any fuel labeled E85 or
FlexFuel. Do not use gasoline with
ethanol levels greater than 15% by
volume.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
192 Driving and Operating
Prohibited Fuels
Caution
Do not use fuels with any of the
following conditions; doing so
may damage the vehicle and void
its warranty:
.
For vehicles that are not
FlexFuel, fuel labeled
greater than 15% ethanol by
volume, such as mid-level
ethanol blends (16–50%
ethanol), E85, or FlexFuel.
.
Fuel with any amount of
methanol, methylal,
ferrocene, and aniline.
These fuels can corrode
metal fuel system parts or
damage plastic and rubber
parts.
.
Fuel containing metals such
as methylcyclopentadienyl
manganese tricarbonyl
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
(MMT), which can damage
the emissions control
system and spark plugs.
.
Fuel with a posted octane
rating of less than the
recommended fuel. Using
this fuel will lower fuel
economy and performance,
and may decrease the life of
the emissions catalyst.
Fuels in Foreign
Countries
The U.S., Canada, and Mexico post
fuel octane ratings in anti-knock
index (AKI). For fuel not to use in a
foreign country, see Prohibited
Fuels 0 192.
Fuel Additives
TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is
highly recommended for use with
your vehicle. If your country does
not have TOP TIER Detergent
Gasoline, add ACDelco Fuel
System Treatment Plus−Gasoline to
the vehicle’s gasoline fuel tank at
every oil change or 15 000 km
(9,000 mi), whichever occurs first.
TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline and
ACDelco Fuel System Treatment
Plus−Gasoline will help keep your
vehicle’s engine fuel deposit free
and performing optimally.
Filling the Tank
An arrow on the fuel gauge
indicates which side of the vehicle
the fuel door is on. See Fuel Gauge
0 86.
{
Warning
Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn
violently and can cause injury or
death.
Follow these guidelines to help
avoid injuries to you and others:
.
Read and follow all the
instructions on the fuel
pump island.
(Continued)
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Driving and Operating 193
Warning (Continued)
.
Turn off the engine when
refueling.
.
Keep sparks, flames, and
smoking materials away
from fuel.
.
Do not leave the fuel pump
unattended.
.
Avoid using electronic
devices while refueling.
.
Do not re-enter the vehicle
while pumping fuel.
.
Keep children away from
the fuel pump and never let
children pump fuel.
.
Before touching the fill
nozzle, touch a metallic
object to discharge static
electricity from your body.
.
Fuel can spray out if the fuel
cap is opened too quickly.
This spray can happen if the
tank is nearly full, and is
more likely in hot weather.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
Open the fuel cap slowly
and wait for any hiss noise
to stop, then unscrew the
cap all the way.
The fuel door unlocks when the
vehicle doors are unlocked. See
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation (Key Access)
0 10 or
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation (Keyless Access)
0 13.
To open the fuel door, lift the fuel
door release lever. The lever is on
the floor, on the left front side of the
driver seat.
Turn the fuel cap counterclockwise
to remove. When refueling, hang the
fuel cap from the hook on the fuel
door. Fully insert and latch the fill
nozzle, begin fueling.
{
Warning
Overfilling the fuel tank by more
than three clicks of a standard fill
nozzle may cause:
(Continued)
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
194 Driving and Operating
Warning (Continued)
.
Vehicle performance issues,
including engine stalling and
damage to the fuel system.
.
Fuel spills.
.
Under certain conditions,
fuel fires.
Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait
five seconds after you have finished
pumping before removing the fill
nozzle. Clean fuel from painted
surfaces as soon as possible. See
Exterior Care 0 264. Reinstall the
cap by turning it clockwise until it
clicks. Push the fuel door closed
until it latches.
{
Warning
If a fire starts while you are
refueling, do not remove the fill
nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by
shutting off the pump or by
notifying the station attendant.
Leave the area immediately.
Caution
If a new fuel cap is needed, get
the right type of cap from your
dealer. The wrong type of fuel cap
may not fit properly, may turn on
the malfunction indicator lamp,
and could damage the fuel
system and emissions system.
See Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(Check Engine Light) 0 89.
Filling a Portable Fuel
Container
{
Warning
Never fill a portable fuel container
while it is in the vehicle. Static
electricity discharge from the
container can ignite the fuel
vapor. You or others could be
badly burned and the vehicle
could be damaged. To help avoid
injury to you and others:
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
.
Dispense fuel only into
approved containers.
.
Do not fill a container while
it is inside a vehicle, in a
vehicle's trunk, in a pickup
bed, or on any surface other
than the ground.
.
Bring the fill nozzle in
contact with the inside of
the fill opening before
operating the nozzle.
Maintain contact until filling
is complete.
.
Keep sparks, flames, and
smoking materials away
from fuel.
.
Do not use electronic
devices while pumping fuel.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Driving and Operating 195
Trailer Towing
General Towing
Information
{
Warning
Never tow a trailer with your
vehicle. It was not designed or
intended to tow a trailer.
Conversions and
Add-Ons
Add-On Electrical
Equipment
{
Warning
The Data Link Connector (DLC) is
used for vehicle service and
Emission Inspection/Maintenance
testing. See Malfunction Indicator
Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 89.
A device connected to the DLC —
such as an aftermarket fleet or
driver-behavior tracking device —
may interfere with vehicle
systems. This could affect vehicle
operation and cause a crash.
Such devices may also access
information stored in the vehicle’s
systems.
Caution
Some electrical equipment can
damage the vehicle or cause
components to not work and
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Always check
with your dealer before adding
electrical equipment.
Add-on equipment can drain the
vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the
vehicle is not operating.
The vehicle has an airbag system.
Before attempting to add anything
electrical to the vehicle, see
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle 0 54 and
Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 54.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
196 Vehicle Care
Vehicle Care
General Information
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 197
California Proposition
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
California Perchlorate
Materials Requirements . . . . . 198
Accessories and
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Vehicle Checks
Doing Your Own
Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Engine Compartment
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 204
Automatic Transmission
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Manual Transmission Fluid . . . 206
Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . 207
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . 211
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Battery - North America . . . . . . 215
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 216
Automatic Transmission Shift
Lock Control Function
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Ignition Transmission Lock
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Park Brake and P (Park)
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 217
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 218
Windshield Replacement . . . . . 219
Gas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Headlamp Aiming
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Bulb Replacement
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
High Intensity Discharge (HID)
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Headlamps, Front Turn Signal,
Sidemarker, and Parking
Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Taillamps, Turn Signal,
Stoplamps, and Back-Up
Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . . 224
Electrical System
Electrical System Overload . . . 225
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 226
Engine Compartment Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Instrument Panel Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Wheels and Tires
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . 233
Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Tire Terminology and
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Tire Pressure Monitor
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
When It Is Time for New
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Different Size Tires and
Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Wheel Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Vehicle Care 197
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 249
Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 256
Jump Starting
Jump Starting - North
America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Towing the Vehicle
Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Recreational Vehicle
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Appearance Care
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
General Information
For service and parts needs, visit
your dealer. You will receive
genuine GM parts and GM-trained
and supported service people.
Genuine GM parts have one of
these marks:
California Proposition
65 Warning
{
Warning
Most motor vehicles, including
this one, as well as many of its
service parts and fluids, contain
and/or emit chemicals known to
the State of California to cause
cancer and birth defects or other
reproductive harm. Engine
exhaust, many parts and
systems, many fluids, and some
component wear by-products
contain and/or emit these
chemicals. For more information
go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/
passenger-vehicle.
See Battery - North America 0 215
and Jump Starting - North America
0 257 and the back cover.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
198 Vehicle Care
California Perchlorate
Materials Requirements
Certain types of automotive
applications, such as airbag
initiators, seat belt pretensioners,
and lithium batteries contained in
electronic keys, may contain
perchlorate materials. Perchlorate
Material – special handling may
apply. See www.dtsc.ca.gov/
hazardouswaste/perchlorate.
Accessories and
Modifications
Adding non-dealer accessories or
making modifications to the vehicle
can affect vehicle performance and
safety, including such things as
airbags, braking, stability, ride and
handling, emissions systems,
aerodynamics, durability, and
electronic systems like antilock
brakes, traction control, and stability
control. These accessories or
modifications could even cause
malfunction or damage not covered
by the vehicle warranty.
Damage to suspension components
caused by modifying vehicle height
outside of factory settings will not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Damage to vehicle components
resulting from modifications or the
installation or use of non-GM
certified parts, including control
module or software modifications, is
not covered under the terms of the
vehicle warranty and may affect
remaining warranty coverage for
affected parts.
GM Accessories are designed to
complement and function with other
systems on the vehicle. See your
dealer to accessorize the vehicle
using genuine GM Accessories
installed by a dealer technician.
Also, see Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 54.
Vehicle Checks
Doing Your Own
Service Work
{
Warning
It can be dangerous to work on
your vehicle if you do not have
the proper knowledge, service
manual, tools, or parts. Always
follow owner’s manual procedures
and consult the service manual
for your vehicle before doing any
service work.
If doing some of your own service
work, use the proper service
manual. It tells you much more
about how to service the vehicle
than this manual can. To order the
proper service manual, see
Publication Ordering Information
0 300.
This vehicle has an airbag system.
Before attempting to do your own
service work, see Servicing the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 54.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Vehicle Care 199
Keep a record with all parts receipts
and list the mileage and the date of
any service work performed. See
Maintenance Records 0 286.
Caution
Even small amounts of
contamination can cause damage
to vehicle systems. Do not allow
contaminants to contact the fluids,
reservoir caps, or dipsticks.
Hood
{
Warning
Turn the vehicle off before
opening the hood. If the engine is
running with the hood open, you
or others could be injured.
{
Warning
Components under the hood can
get hot from running the engine.
To help avoid the risk of burning
unprotected skin, never touch
these components until they have
cooled, and always use a glove or
towel to avoid direct skin contact.
Clear any snow from the hood
before opening.
To open the hood:
1. Pull the hood release lever with
the
i symbol. It is on the
lower left side of the instrument
panel.
2. Go to the front of the vehicle
and locate the secondary
release lever under the front
center of the hood. Push the
secondary hood release lever
to the right to release.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
200 Vehicle Care
3. Lift the hood and release the
hood prop rod from its retainer,
in the front of the engine
compartment. Securely insert
the rod end into the slot
marked with an arrow, on the
underside of the hood.
To close the hood:
1. Before closing the hood, be
sure all filler caps are on
properly, and all tools are
removed.
2. Lift the hood and remove the
hood prop rod from the
underside of the hood. Return
the prop rod to its retainer. The
prop rod must click into place
when returning ti to the retainer
to prevent hood damage.
3. Lower the hood 20 cm (8 in)
above the vehicle and release
it. Check to make sure the
hood is latched completely.
Repeat this process with
additional force if necessary.
{
Warning
Do not drive the vehicle if the
hood is not latched completely.
The hood could open fully, block
your vision, and cause a crash.
You or others could be injured.
Always close the hood completely
before driving.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Vehicle Care 201
Engine Compartment Overview
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
202 Vehicle Care
1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 207.
2. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See
Engine Oil 0 202.
3. Engine Oil Dipstick. See
Engine Oil 0 202.
4. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of
View). See Cooling System
0 208.
5. Brake/Clutch Fluid Reservoir.
See Brake Fluid 0 213 and
Hydraulic Clutch 0 206.
6. Engine Coolant Surge Tank
and Pressure Cap. See
Cooling System 0 208.
7. Windshield Washer Fluid
Reservoir. See Washer Fluid
0 212.
8. Battery - North America 0 215.
9. Engine Compartment Fuse
Block 0 226.
Engine Oil
To ensure proper engine
performance and long life, careful
attention must be paid to engine oil.
Following these simple, but
important steps will help protect
your investment:
.
Use engine oil approved to the
proper specification and of the
proper viscosity grade. See
“Selecting the Right Engine Oil”
in this section.
.
Check the engine oil level
regularly and maintain the
proper oil level. See “Checking
Engine Oil” and “When to Add
Engine Oil” in this section.
.
Change the engine oil at the
appropriate time. See Engine Oil
Life System 0 204.
.
Always dispose of engine oil
properly. See “What to Do with
Used Oil” in this section.
Checking Engine Oil
Check the engine oil level regularly,
every 650 km (400 mi), especially
prior to a long trip. The engine oil
dipstick handle is a loop. See
Engine Compartment Overview
0 201 for the location.
{
Warning
The engine oil dipstick handle
may be hot; it could burn you.
Use a towel or glove to touch the
dipstick handle.
If a low oil Driver Information Center
(DIC) message displays, check the
oil level.
Follow these guidelines:
.
To get an accurate reading, park
the vehicle on level ground.
Check the engine oil level after
the engine has been off for at
least two hours. Checking the
engine oil level on steep grades
or too soon after engine shutoff
can result in incorrect readings.
Accuracy improves when
checking a cold engine prior to
starting. Remove the dipstick
and check the level.
.
If unable to wait two hours, the
engine must be off for at least
15 minutes if the engine is
warm, or at least 30 minutes if
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Vehicle Care 203
the engine is not warm. Pull out
the dipstick, wipe it with a clean
paper towel or cloth, then push it
back in all the way. Remove it
again, keeping the tip down, and
check the level.
When to Add Engine Oil
If the oil is below the cross-hatched
area at the tip of the dipstick and
the engine has been off for at least
15 minutes, add 1 L (1 qt) of the
recommended oil and then recheck
the level. See “Selecting the Right
Engine Oil” later in this section for
an explanation of what kind of oil to
use. For engine oil crankcase
capacity, see Capacities and
Specifications 0 288.
Caution
Do not add too much oil. Oil
levels above or below the
acceptable operating range
shown on the dipstick are harmful
to the engine. If the oil level is
above the operating range (i.e.,
the engine has so much oil that
the oil level gets above the
cross-hatched area that shows
the proper operating range), the
engine could be damaged. Drain
the excess oil or limit driving of
the vehicle, and seek a service
professional to remove the
excess oil.
See Engine Compartment Overview
0 201 for the location of the engine
oil fill cap.
Add enough oil to put the level
somewhere in the proper operating
range, between the cross-hatched
areas. Push the dipstick all the way
back in when through.
Selecting the Right Engine Oil
Selecting the right engine oil
depends on both the proper oil
specification and viscosity grade.
See Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 284.
Specification
Use full synthetic engine oils that
meet the dexos1 specification.
Engine oils that have been
approved by GM as meeting the
dexos1 specification are marked
with the dexos1 approved logo. See
www.gmdexos.com.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
204 Vehicle Care
Caution
Failure to use the recommended
engine oil or equivalent can result
in engine damage not covered by
the vehicle warranty.
Viscosity Grade
Use SAE 0W-20 viscosity grade
engine oil.
When selecting an oil of the
appropriate viscosity grade, it is
recommended to select an oil of the
correct specification. See
“Specification” earlier in this section.
Engine Oil Additives/Engine
Oil Flushes
Do not add anything to the oil. The
recommended oils meeting the
dexos1 specification are all that is
needed for good performance and
engine protection.
Engine oil system flushes are not
recommended and could cause
engine damage not covered by the
vehicle warranty.
What to Do with Used Oil
Used engine oil contains certain
elements that can be unhealthy for
your skin and could even cause
cancer. Do not let used oil stay on
your skin for very long. Clean your
skin and nails with soap and water,
or a good hand cleaner. Wash or
properly dispose of clothing or rags
containing used engine oil. See the
manufacturer's warnings about the
use and disposal of oil products.
Used oil can be a threat to the
environment. If you change your
own oil, be sure to drain all the oil
from the filter before disposal. Never
dispose of oil by putting it in the
trash or pouring it on the ground,
into sewers, or into streams or
bodies of water. Recycle it by taking
it to a place that collects used oil.
Engine Oil Life System
When to Change Engine Oil
This vehicle has a computer system
that indicates when to change the
engine oil and filter. This is based
on a combination of factors which
include engine revolutions, engine
temperature, and miles driven.
Based on driving conditions, the
mileage at which an oil change is
indicated can vary considerably. For
the oil life system to work properly,
the system must be reset every time
the oil is changed.
When the system has calculated
that oil life has been diminished, it
indicates that an oil change is
necessary. A
: % CHANGE DIC
message comes on. Change the oil
as soon as possible within the next
1 000 km (600 mi). It is possible that,
if driving under the best conditions,
the oil life system may indicate that
an oil change is not necessary for
up to a year. The engine oil and
filter must be changed at least once
a year and, at this time, the system
must be reset. Your dealer has
trained service people who will
perform this work and reset the
system. It is also important to check
the oil regularly over the course of
an oil drain interval and keep it at
the proper level.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Vehicle Care 205
If the system is ever reset
accidentally, the oil must be
changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi)
since the last oil change.
Remember to reset the oil life
system whenever the oil is changed.
How to Reset the Engine Oil
Life System
Reset the system whenever the
engine oil is changed so that the
system can calculate the next
engine oil change. Always reset the
engine oil life to 100% after every oil
change. It will not reset itself. To
reset the system:
Base Level Cluster
1. Press MENU on the turn signal
lever to show Remaining Oil
Life on the display. This display
shows an estimate of the oil’s
remaining useful life. If 99% is
displayed, that means that 99%
of the current oil life remains.
2. To reset the engine oil life
system, press SET/CLR while
the oil life display is active.
After a few seconds, the oil life
will be reset to 100%. Be
careful not to reset the oil life
display accidentally at any time
other than after the oil is
changed. It cannot be reset
accurately.
If the
: % CHANGE message in
the DIC comes back on when the
vehicle is started, the engine oil life
system has not reset. Repeat the
procedure.
Uplevel Cluster
1. Turn the ignition on with the
engine off.
2. Press MENU on the turn signal
lever to enter the Vehicle
Information Menu. Use the
thumbwheel to scroll through
the menu items until you reach
REMAINING OIL LIFE.
3. Press SET/CLR to reset the oil
life at 100%.
4. Turn the ignition off.
The oil life system can also be reset
as follows:
1. Turn the ignition on with the
engine off.
2. Fully press and release the
accelerator pedal three times
within five seconds.
The system is reset when the
CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
message is off and the REMAINING
OIL LIFE 100% message is
displayed. If the CHANGE ENGINE
OIL SOON message comes back on
when the vehicle is started, the
engine oil life system has not been
reset. Repeat the procedure.
Automatic Transmission
Fluid
How to Check Automatic
Transmission Fluid
It is not necessary to check the
transmission fluid level.
A transmission fluid leak is the only
reason for fluid loss. If a leak
occurs, take the vehicle to the
dealer and have it repaired as soon
as possible.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
206 Vehicle Care
The vehicle is not equipped with a
transmission fluid level dipstick.
There is a special procedure for
checking and changing the
transmission fluid. Because this
procedure is difficult, this should be
done at the dealer. Contact the
dealer for additional information or
the procedure can be found in the
service manual. To purchase a
service manual, see Publication
Ordering Information 0 300.
Caution
Use of the incorrect automatic
transmission fluid may damage
the vehicle, and the damage may
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Always use the correct
automatic transmission fluid. See
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 284.
Change the fluid and filter at the
proper intervals. See Maintenance
Schedule 0 275. Be sure to use the
correct fluid. See Recommended
Fluids and Lubricants 0 284.
Manual Transmission
Fluid
How to Check Manual
Transmission Fluid
It is not necessary to check the
manual transmission fluid level.
A transmission fluid leak is the only
reason for fluid loss. If a leak
occurs, take the vehicle to your
dealer and have it repaired as soon
as possible.
Hydraulic Clutch
For vehicles with a manual
transmission, it is not necessary to
regularly check brake/clutch fluid
unless there is a leak suspected.
Adding fluid will not correct a leak.
A fluid loss in this system could
indicate a problem. Have the
system inspected and repaired.
When to Check and What
to Use
The brake/hydraulic clutch fluid
reservoir cap has this symbol on it.
The common brake/clutch fluid
reservoir is filled with DOT 4 brake
fluid as indicated on the reservoir
cap. See Engine Compartment
Overview 0 201 for reservoir
location.
How to Check and Add Fluid
Visually check the brake/clutch fluid
reservoir to make sure the fluid level
is at the MIN (minimum) line on the
side of the reservoir. The brake/
hydraulic clutch fluid system should
be closed and sealed.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Vehicle Care 207
Do not remove the cap to check the
fluid level or to top off the fluid level.
Remove the cap only when
necessary to add the proper fluid
until the level reaches the MIN line.
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
The engine air cleaner/filter is in the
engine compartment on the
passenger side of the vehicle. See
Engine Compartment Overview
0 201.
When to Inspect the Engine Air
Cleaner/Filter
For intervals on changing and
inspecting the engine air filter, see
Maintenance Schedule 0 275.
How to Inspect the Engine Air
Cleaner/Filter
Do not start the engine or have the
engine running with the engine air
cleaner/filter housing open. Before
removing the engine cleaner/filter,
make sure that the engine air
cleaner/filter housing and nearby
components are free of dirt and
debris. Remove the engine air
cleaner/filter. Lightly tap and shake
the engine air cleaner/filter (away
from the vehicle), to release loose
dust and dirt. Inspect the engine air
cleaner/filter for damage, and
replace if damaged. Do not clean
the engine air cleaner/filter or
components with water or
compressed air.
To inspect or replace the air cleaner/
filter:
1. Remove the two screws and lift
the cover out of the assembly.
2. Inspect or replace the engine
air cleaner/filter.
3. Lower the cover and secure
with the two screws.
See Maintenance Schedule 0 275
for replacement intervals.
{
Warning
Operating the engine with the air
cleaner/filter off can cause you or
others to be burned. Use caution
when working on the engine. Do
not start the engine or drive the
vehicle with the air cleaner/filter
off, as flames may be present if
the engine backfires.
Caution
If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt
can easily get into the engine,
which could damage it. Always
have the air cleaner/filter in place
when driving.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
208 Vehicle Care
Cooling System
The cooling system allows the
engine to maintain the correct
working temperature.
1. Engine Cooling Fan (Out
of View)
2. Engine Coolant Surge Tank
and Pressure Cap
{
Warning
An underhood electric fan can
start up even when the engine is
not running and can cause injury.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
Keep hands, clothing, and tools
away from any underhood
electric fan.
{
Warning
Do not touch heater or radiator
hoses, or other engine parts.
They can be very hot and can
burn you. Do not run the engine if
there is a leak; all coolant could
leak out. That could cause an
engine fire and can burn you. Fix
any leak before driving the
vehicle.
Engine Coolant
The cooling system in the vehicle is
filled with DEX-COOL engine
coolant. This coolant is designed to
remain in the vehicle for 5 years or
240 000 km (150,000 mi), whichever
occurs first.
The following explains the cooling
system and how to check and add
coolant when it is low. If there is a
problem with engine overheating,
see Engine Overheating 0 211.
What to Use
{
Warning
Plain water, or other liquids such
as alcohol, can boil before the
proper coolant mixture will. With
plain water or the wrong mixture,
the engine could get too hot but
there would not be an overheat
warning. The engine could catch
fire and you or others could be
burned.
Use a 50/50 mixture of clean
drinkable water and DEX-COOL
coolant. This mixture:
.
Gives freezing protection down
to −37 °C (−34 °F), outside
temperature
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Vehicle Care 209
.
Gives boiling protection up to
129 °C (265 °F), engine
temperature
.
Protects against rust and
corrosion
.
Will not damage aluminum parts
.
Helps keep the proper engine
temperature
Caution
Do not use anything other than a
mix of DEX-COOL coolant that
meets GM Standard
GMW3420 and clean, drinkable
water. Anything else can cause
damage to the engine cooling
system and the vehicle, which
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.
Never dispose of engine coolant by
putting it in the trash, pouring it on
the ground, or into sewers, streams,
or bodies of water. Have the coolant
changed by an authorized service
center, familiar with legal
requirements regarding used
coolant disposal. This will help
protect the environment and your
health.
Checking Coolant
The vehicle must be on a level
surface when checking the coolant
level.
It is normal to see coolant moving in
the upper coolant hose return line
when the engine is running.
Check to see if coolant is visible in
the coolant surge tank. If the coolant
inside the coolant surge tank is
boiling, do not do anything else until
it cools down. See Engine
Overheating 0 211.
The coolant surge tank is in the
engine compartment on the driver
side of the vehicle. See Engine
Compartment Overview 0 201.
How to Add Coolant to the
Coolant Surge Tank
If no problem is found, check to see
if coolant is visible in the coolant
surge tank. If coolant is visible but
the coolant level is not at the
indicated level mark, add a 50/
50 mixture of clean, drinkable water
and DEX-COOL coolant. Be sure
the cooling system, including the
coolant surge tank pressure cap, is
cool before you do it.
{
Warning
Spilling coolant on hot engine
parts can burn you. Coolant
contains ethylene glycol and it will
burn if the engine parts are hot
enough.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
210 Vehicle Care
{
Warning
Steam and scalding liquids from a
hot cooling system are under
pressure. Turning the pressure
cap, even a little, can cause them
to come out at high speed and
you could be burned. Never turn
the cap when the cooling system,
including the pressure cap, is hot.
Wait for the cooling system and
pressure cap to cool.
{
Warning
Plain water, or other liquids such
as alcohol, can boil before the
proper coolant mixture will. With
plain water or the wrong mixture,
the engine could get too hot but
there would not be an overheat
warning. The engine could catch
fire and you or others could be
burned.
Caution
Failure to follow the specific
coolant fill procedure could cause
the engine to overheat and could
cause system damage. If coolant
is not visible in the surge tank,
contact your dealer.
1. Remove the coolant surge tank
pressure cap when the cooling
system, including the coolant
surge tank pressure cap and
upper radiator hose, is no
longer hot.
Turn the pressure cap slowly
counterclockwise about
one-quarter of a turn. If you
hear a hiss, wait for that to
stop. This will allow any
pressure still left to be vented
out the discharge hose.
2. Keep turning the pressure cap
slowly and remove it.
3. Fill the coolant surge tank with
the proper mixture to the
indicated level mark.
4. With the coolant surge tank
pressure cap off, start the
engine and let it run until you
can feel the upper radiator
hose getting hot. Watch out for
the engine cooling fan.
By this time, the coolant level
inside the coolant surge tank
may be lower. If the level is
lower, add more of the proper
mixture to the coolant surge
tank until the level reaches the
indicated level mark.
5. Reinstall the pressure cap
tightly.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Vehicle Care 211
6. Verify coolant level after the
engine is shut off and the
coolant is cold. If necessary,
repeat coolant fill procedure
Steps 1–6.
If the coolant still is not at the
proper level when the system
cools down again, see your
dealer.
Caution
If the pressure cap is not tightly
installed, coolant loss and engine
damage may occur. Be sure the
cap is properly and tightly
secured.
Engine Overheating
The vehicle has an indicator to warn
of the engine overheating. See
Engine Coolant Temperature
Warning Light 0 95.
If the decision is made not to lift the
hood when this warning appears,
get service help right away. See
Roadside Assistance Program
0 295.
If the decision is made to lift the
hood, make sure the vehicle is
parked on a level surface.
Then check to see if the engine
cooling fan is running. If the engine
is overheating, the fan should be
running. If it is not, do not continue
to run the engine. Have the vehicle
serviced.
Caution
Do not run the engine if there is a
leak in the engine cooling system.
This can cause a loss of all
coolant and can damage the
system and vehicle. Have any
leaks fixed right away.
If Steam Is Coming from the
Engine Compartment
{
Warning
Steam and scalding liquids from a
hot cooling system are under
pressure. Turning the pressure
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
cap, even a little, can cause them
to come out at high speed and
you could be burned. Never turn
the cap when the cooling system,
including the pressure cap, is hot.
Wait for the cooling system and
pressure cap to cool.
If No Steam Is Coming from
the Engine Compartment
If an engine overheat warning is
displayed but no steam can be seen
or heard, the problem may not be
too serious. Sometimes the engine
can get a little too hot when the
vehicle:
.
Climbs a long hill on a hot day
.
Stops after high-speed driving
.
Idles for long periods in traffic
If the overheat warning is displayed
with no sign of steam:
1. Turn the air conditioning off.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
212 Vehicle Care
2. Turn the heater on to the
highest temperature and to the
highest fan speed. Open the
windows as necessary.
3. When it is safe to do so, pull off
the road, shift to P (Park) or
N (Neutral) for an automatic
transmission or Neutral for a
manual transmission, and let
the engine idle.
If the overheat warning no longer
displays, the vehicle can be driven.
Continue to drive the vehicle slowly
for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe
vehicle distance from the vehicle in
front. If the warning does not come
back on, continue to drive normally
and have the cooling system
checked for proper fill and function.
If the warning continues, pull over,
stop, and park the vehicle
right away.
If there is no sign of steam, idle the
engine for three minutes while
parked. If the warning is still
displayed, turn off the engine until it
cools down.
Washer Fluid
What to Use
When windshield washer fluid is
needed, be sure to read the
manufacturer's instructions before
use. If operating the vehicle in an
area where the temperature may fall
below freezing, use a fluid that has
sufficient protection against
freezing.
Adding Washer Fluid
Open the cap with the washer
symbol on it. Add washer fluid until
the tank is full. See Engine
Compartment Overview 0 201 for
reservoir location.
Caution
.
Do not use washer fluid that
contains any type of water
repellent coating. This can
cause the wiper blades to
chatter or skip.
.
Do not use engine coolant
(antifreeze) in the
windshield washer. It can
damage the windshield
washer system and paint.
.
Do not mix water with
ready-to-use washer fluid.
Water can cause the
solution to freeze and
damage the washer fluid
tank and other parts of the
washer system.
.
When using concentrated
washer fluid, follow the
manufacturer instructions for
adding water.
.
Fill the washer fluid tank
only three-quarters full when
it is very cold. This allows
(Continued)
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Vehicle Care 213
Caution (Continued)
for fluid expansion if
freezing occurs, which could
damage the tank if it is
completely full.
Brakes
Disc brake pads have built-in wear
indicators that make a high-pitched
warning sound when the brake pads
are worn and new pads are needed.
The sound can come and go or can
be heard all the time when the
vehicle is moving, except when
applying the brake pedal firmly.
{
Warning
The brake wear warning sound
means that soon the brakes will
not work well. That could lead to
a crash. When the brake wear
warning sound is heard, have the
vehicle serviced.
Caution
Continuing to drive with worn-out
brake pads could result in costly
brake repair.
Some driving conditions or climates
can cause a brake squeal when the
brakes are first applied or lightly
applied. This does not mean
something is wrong with the brakes.
Properly torqued wheel nuts are
necessary to help prevent brake
pulsation. When tires are rotated,
inspect brake pads for wear and
evenly tighten wheel nuts in the
proper sequence to torque
specifications. See Capacities and
Specifications 0 288.
Brake pads should be replaced as
complete sets.
Brake Pedal Travel
See your dealer if the brake pedal
does not return to normal height,
or if there is a rapid increase in
pedal travel. This could be a sign
that brake service may be required.
Replacing Brake System Parts
Always replace brake system parts
with new, approved replacement
parts. If this is not done, the brakes
may not work properly. The braking
performance expected can change
in many other ways if the wrong
replacement brake parts are
installed or if parts are improperly
installed.
Brake Fluid
The brake/clutch master cylinder
reservoir is filled with GM approved
DOT 4 brake fluid as indicated on
the reservoir cap. See Engine
Compartment Overview 0 201 for
the location of the reservoir.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
214 Vehicle Care
Checking Brake Fluid
Place the vehicle in P (Park) or
Neutral with the parking brake
applied if equipped with a manual
transmission. On a level surface,
the brake fluid level should be
between the minimum and
maximum marks on the brake fluid
reservoir.
There are only two reasons why the
brake fluid level in the reservoir may
go down:
.
Normal brake lining wear. When
new linings are installed, the
fluid level goes back up.
.
A fluid leak in the brake/clutch
hydraulic system. Have the
brake/clutch hydraulic system
fixed. With a leak, the brakes will
not work well.
Always clean the brake fluid
reservoir cap and the area around
the cap before removing it.
Do not top off the brake/clutch fluid.
Adding fluid does not correct a leak.
If fluid is added when the linings are
worn, there will be too much fluid
when new brake linings are
installed. Add or remove fluid, as
necessary, only when work is done
on the brake/clutch hydraulic
system.
{
Warning
If too much brake fluid is added, it
can spill on the engine and burn,
if the engine is hot enough. You
or others could be burned, and
the vehicle could be damaged.
Add brake fluid only when work is
done on the brake/clutch
hydraulic system.
When the brake/clutch fluid falls to a
low level, the brake warning light
comes on. See Brake System
Warning Light 0 91.
Brake fluid absorbs water over time
which degrades the effectiveness of
the brake fluid. Replace brake fluid
at the specified intervals to prevent
increased stopping distance. See
Maintenance Schedule 0 275.
What to Add
Use only GM approved DOT 4
brake fluid from a clean, sealed
container. See Recommended
Fluids and Lubricants 0 284.
{
Warning
The wrong or contaminated brake
fluid could result in damage to the
brake system. This could result in
the loss of braking leading to a
possible injury. Always use the
proper GM approved brake fluid.
Caution
If brake fluid is spilled on the
vehicle's painted surfaces, the
paint finish can be damaged.
Immediately wash off any painted
surface.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Vehicle Care 215
Battery - North America
The original equipment battery is
maintenance free. Do not remove
the cap and do not add fluid.
Refer to the replacement number
shown on the original battery label
when a new battery is needed. See
Engine Compartment Overview
0 201 for battery location.
{
Warning
WARNING: Battery posts,
terminals, and related
accessories contain lead and lead
compounds, chemicals known to
the State of California to cause
cancer and birth defects or other
reproductive harm. Batteries also
contain other chemicals known to
the State of California to cause
cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING. For more information
go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/
passenger-vehicle.
See California Proposition
65 Warning 0 197 and the back
cover.
Vehicle Storage
{
Warning
Batteries have acid that can burn
you and gas that can explode.
You can be badly hurt if you are
not careful. See Jump Starting -
North America 0 257 for tips on
working around a battery without
getting hurt.
Infrequent Usage: Remove the
black, negative (−) cable from the
battery to keep the battery from
running down.
Extended Storage: Remove the
black, negative (−) cable from the
battery or use a battery trickle
charger.
Negative Battery Cable
Disconnection
{
Warning
Before disconnecting the negative
battery cable, turn off all features,
turn the ignition off, and remove
the key, if equipped, from the
vehicle. If this is not done, you or
others could be injured, and the
vehicle could be damaged.
Caution
If the battery is disconnected with
the ignition on or the vehicle in
Retained Accessory Power
(RAP), the OnStar back-up
battery will be permanently
discharged and will need to be
replaced.
1. Make sure the lamps, features,
and accessories are turned off.
2. Turn the ignition off and
remove the key, if equipped.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
216 Vehicle Care
3. Loosen the negative battery
cable nut (1).
4. Remove the negative battery
cable (2) from the battery.
Negative Battery Cable
Reconnection
Caution
When reconnecting the battery:
.
Use the original nut from the
vehicle to secure the
negative battery cable. Do
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
not use a different nut.
If you need a replacement
nut, see your dealer.
.
Tighten the nut with a hand
tool. Do not use an impact
wrench or power tools to
tighten the nut.
The vehicle could be damaged if
these guidelines are not followed.
Caution
Do not use paints, lubricants,
or corrosion inhibitors on the nut
that secures the negative battery
cable to the vehicle. This could
damage the vehicle.
1. Install the negative battery
cable (2) to the battery.
2. Install the negative battery
cable nut (1) and tighten.
3. Turn the ignition on.
Starter Switch Check
{
Warning
When you are doing this
inspection, the vehicle could
move suddenly. If the vehicle
moves, you or others could be
injured.
1. Before starting this check, be
sure there is enough room
around the vehicle.
2. Apply both the parking brake
and the regular brake.
Do not use the accelerator
pedal, and be ready to turn off
the engine immediately if it
starts.
3. Try to start the engine in each
gear. The vehicle should start
only in P (Park) or N (Neutral).
If the vehicle starts in any other
position, contact your dealer for
service.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Vehicle Care 217
Automatic Transmission
Shift Lock Control
Function Check
{
Warning
When you are doing this
inspection, the vehicle could
move suddenly. If the vehicle
moves, you or others could be
injured.
1. Before starting this check, be
sure there is enough room
around the vehicle. It should be
parked on a level surface.
2. Apply the parking brake. Be
ready to apply the regular
brake immediately if the vehicle
begins to move.
3. With the engine off, turn the
ignition on, but do not start the
engine. Without applying the
regular brake, try to move the
shift lever out of P (Park) with
normal effort. If the shift lever
moves out of P (Park), contact
your dealer for service.
Ignition Transmission
Lock Check
If equipped with Key Access, while
parked, and with the parking brake
set, try to turn the ignition off in
each shift lever position.
.
For automatic transmission
vehicles, the ignition should turn
off only when the shift lever is in
P (Park).
.
For manual transmission
vehicles, the ignition should turn
off only when the shift lever is in
Neutral.
On all Key Access vehicles, the
ignition key should come out only
when the ignition is off.
Contact your dealer if service is
required.
Park Brake and P (Park)
Mechanism Check
{
Warning
When you are doing this check,
the vehicle could begin to move.
You or others could be injured
and property could be damaged.
Make sure there is room in front
of the vehicle in case it begins to
roll. Be ready to apply the regular
brake at once should the vehicle
begin to move.
Park on a fairly steep hill, with the
vehicle facing downhill. Keeping
your foot on the regular brake, set
the parking brake.
.
To check the parking brake's
holding ability: With the engine
running and the transmission in
N (Neutral), slowly remove foot
pressure from the regular brake
pedal. Do this until the vehicle is
held by the parking brake only.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
218 Vehicle Care
.
To check the P (Park)
mechanism's holding ability:
With the engine running, shift to
P (Park). Then release the
parking brake followed by the
regular brake.
Contact your dealer if service is
required.
Wiper Blade Replacement
Windshield Wiper Blades
Windshield wiper blades should be
inspected for wear and cracking.
Replacement blades come in
different types and are removed in
different ways. For proper type and
length, see Maintenance
Replacement Parts 0 285.
Caution
Allowing the wiper arm to touch
the windshield when no wiper
blade is installed could damage
the windshield. Any damage that
occurs would not be covered by
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
the vehicle warranty. Do not allow
the wiper arm to touch the
windshield.
To replace the windshield wiper
blade:
1. Pull the windshield wiper
assembly away from the
windshield.
2. Press the release lever in the
middle of the wiper blade
where the wiper blade
attaches.
3. Remove the wiper blade.
4. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiper
blade replacement.
Rear Wiper Blade
1. Lift the wiper arm away from
the rear windshield.
2. Push the wiper blade away
from the wiper arm.
3. Once the blade pin disengages
from the wiper arm, remove the
wiper blade by sliding the blade
off the arm.
4. Reverse Steps 1–3 to install a
new wiper blade.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Vehicle Care 219
Windshield Replacement
Driver Assistance Systems
If the windshield needs to be
replaced and the vehicle is
equipped with a front camera sensor
for the Driver Assistance Systems, a
GM replacement windshield is
recommended. The replacement
windshield must be installed
according to GM specifications for
proper alignment. If it is not, these
systems may not work properly, they
may display messages, or they may
not work at all. See your dealer for
proper windshield replacement.
Gas Strut(s)
This vehicle is equipped with gas
strut(s) to provide assistance in
lifting and holding open the hood/
trunk/liftgate system in full open
position.
{
Warning
If the gas struts that hold open
the hood, trunk, and/or liftgate fail,
you or others could be seriously
injured. Take the vehicle to your
dealer for service immediately.
Visually inspect the gas struts for
signs of wear, cracks, or other
damage periodically. Check to
make sure the hood/trunk/liftgate
is held open with enough force.
If struts are failing to hold the
hood/trunk/liftgate, do not
operate. Have the vehicle
serviced.
Caution
Do not apply tape or hang any
objects from gas struts. Also do
not push down or pull on gas
struts. This may cause damage to
the vehicle.
See Maintenance Schedule 0 275.
Hood
Trunk
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
220 Vehicle Care
Liftgate
Headlamp Aiming
Headlamp aim has been preset and
should need no further adjustment.
If the vehicle is damaged in a crash,
the headlamp aim may be affected.
If adjustment to the headlamps is
necessary, see your dealer.
Bulb Replacement
For the proper type of replacement
bulbs, or any bulb changing
procedure not listed in this section,
contact your dealer.
Caution
Do not replace incandescent
bulbs with aftermarket LED
replacement bulbs. This can
cause damage to the vehicle
electrical system.
Halogen Bulbs
{
Warning
Halogen bulbs have pressurized
gas inside and can burst if you
drop or scratch the bulb. You or
others could be injured. Be sure
to read and follow the instructions
on the bulb package.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Vehicle Care 221
High Intensity Discharge
(HID) Lighting
{
Warning
The High Intensity Discharge
(HID) lighting system operates at
a very high voltage. If you try to
service any of the system
components, you could be
seriously injured. Have your
dealer or a qualified technician
service them.
After an HID headlamp bulb has
been replaced, the beam might be a
slightly different shade than it was
originally. This is normal.
LED Lighting
This vehicle has several LED lamps.
For replacement of any LED lighting
assembly, contact your dealer.
Headlamps, Front Turn
Signal, Sidemarker, and
Parking Lamps
Standard Headlamp
1. Sidemarker Lamp
2. Low/High-Beam Headlamp
3. Turn Signal Lamps
High/Low-Beam Headlamp
To replace a headlamp bulb:
1. Open the hood. See Hood
0 199.
2. Remove the washer funnel by
turning it counterclockwise and
pulling it straight out.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
222 Vehicle Care
3. Remove the headlamp bulb
socket.
4. Turn the bulb counterclockwise
and pull straight back.
5. Disconnect the wiring harness
connector from the bulb.
6. Install the new bulb in the
headlamp assembly by turning
clockwise.
7. Reconnect the wiring harness
connector.
8. Install the bulb socket into the
headlamp assembly by turning
clockwise.
Sidemarker Lamps
To replace a sidemarker bulb:
1. Open the hood. See Hood
0 199.
2. Remove the sidemarker lamp
bulb socket from the headlamp
assembly by turning
counterclockwise.
3. Remove the bulb from the bulb
socket by pulling it straight out.
4. Install the new bulb in the bulb
socket.
5. Install the bulb socket into the
headlamp assembly by turning
clockwise.
Front Turn Signal/Parking
Lamps
To replace a front turn signal bulb:
1. Open the hood. See Hood
0 199.
2. Remove the turn signal lamp
bulb socket from the headlamp
assembly by turning
counterclockwise.
3. Remove the bulb from the bulb
socket by pulling it straight out.
4. Install the new bulb into the
socket by pressing it in.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Vehicle Care 223
5. Install the bulb socket into the
headlamp assembly by turning
clockwise.
Projection Headlamp
1. Low-Beam Headlamp
2. High-Beam Headlamp
High/Low-Beam Headlamp
To replace a headlamp bulb:
1. Open the hood. See Hood
0 199.
2. For the driver side bulb,
remove the washer funnel by
turning it counterclockwise and
pulling it straight out.
3. Remove the cover from the
back of the headlamp
assembly by turning it
counterclockwise.
4. Disconnect the electrical
connector.
5. Remove the bulb from the lamp
assembly by turning
counterclockwise.
6. Replace the bulb and reverse
Steps 1–5 to reinstall.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
224 Vehicle Care
Taillamps, Turn Signal,
Stoplamps, and Back-Up
Lamps
1. Stoplamp/Taillamp
2. Turn Signal Lamp/Taillamp
3. Back-up Lamp
To replace a taillamp, turn signal
lamp, stoplamp, or back-up bulb:
1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate
0 20.
2. Remove the two screws and
the lamp assembly.
3. Turn the bulb socket
counterclockwise and remove
the socket.
4. Press the bulb in and turn
counterclockwise to remove it
from the socket.
5. Press the new bulb in and turn
clockwise to install the bulb
into the socket.
6. Turn the bulb socket clockwise
to reinstall.
7. Reinstall the lamp assembly
and two screws.
License Plate Lamp
1. Attachment Screws
2. License Plate Bulb
3. Bulb Socket
To replace a license plate
lamp bulb:
1. Remove the two screws (1)
from the license plate lamp
assembly.
2. Turn and pull the license plate
lamp assembly down.
3. Turn the bulb socket (3)
counterclockwise and pull it out
of the lamp assembly.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Vehicle Care 225
4. Pull the bulb (2) straight out of
the socket.
5. Push the new bulb into the
socket.
6. Install the bulb socket (3) by
turning clockwise into the
license plate lamp assembly.
7. Replace the license plate lamp
assembly by using the two
screws to secure.
Electrical System
Electrical System
Overload
The vehicle has fuses and circuit
breakers to protect against an
electrical system overload.
When the current electrical load is
too heavy, the circuit breaker opens
and closes, protecting the circuit
until the current load returns to
normal or the problem is fixed. This
greatly reduces the chance of circuit
overload and fire caused by
electrical problems.
Fuses and circuit breakers protect
power devices in the vehicle.
Replace a bad fuse with a new one
of the identical size and rating.
If there is a problem on the road and
a fuse needs to be replaced, the
same amperage fuse can be
borrowed. Choose some feature of
the vehicle that is not needed to use
and replace it as soon as possible.
Headlamp Wiring
An electrical overload may cause
the lamps to go on and off, or in
some cases to remain off. Have the
headlamp wiring checked right away
if the lamps go on and off or
remain off.
Windshield Wipers
If the wiper motor overheats due to
heavy snow or ice, the windshield
wipers will stop until the motor cools
and will then restart.
Although the circuit is protected
from electrical overload, overload
due to heavy snow or ice may
cause wiper linkage damage.
Always clear ice and heavy snow
from the windshield before using the
windshield wipers.
If the overload is caused by an
electrical problem and not snow or
ice, be sure to get it fixed.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
226 Vehicle Care
Fuses and Circuit
Breakers
The wiring circuits in the vehicle are
protected from short circuits by a
combination of fuses and circuit
breakers. This greatly reduces the
chance of damage caused by
electrical problems.
{
Danger
Fuses and circuit breakers are
marked with their ampere rating.
Do not exceed the
specified amperage rating when
replacing fuses and circuit
breakers. Use of an oversized
fuse or circuit breaker can result
in a vehicle fire. You and others
could be seriously injured or
killed.
To check a fuse, look at the
silver-colored band inside the fuse.
If the band is broken or melted,
replace the fuse. Be sure to replace
a bad fuse with a new one of the
identical size and rating.
Fuses of the same amperage can
be temporarily borrowed from
another fuse location, if a fuse goes
out. Replace the fuse as soon as
possible.
Engine Compartment
Fuse Block
The engine compartment fuse block
is on the driver side of the vehicle,
near the battery.
Caution
Spilling liquid on any electrical
component on the vehicle may
damage it. Always keep the
covers on any electrical
component.
To access the fuses, press the tab
at the front of the cover, and lift the
cover.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Vehicle Care 227
The vehicle may not be equipped
with all of the fuses, relays, and
features shown.
Fuses Usage
1 Liftgate latch
2 Transmission
output speed
sensor
3 Rear defogger
4 Outside mirror
heater
5 Sunroof
6 Continuously
variable
transmission
control module
7 Mass airflow
sensor
8 –
9 ABS valve
10 Regulated voltage
control
11 Rear vision camera
12 –
13 –
Fuses Usage
14 Engine control
module/
Transmission
control module
15 Fuel injection
control module/
Starter motor
16 Fuel pump motor
17 Engine control
module 1
18 Engine control
module 2
19 Injector/Ignition
20 A/C system
21 Intelligent battery
sensor
22 Electric steering
column lock
23 Cooling fan – low
24 Virtual key pass
system sensor
25 Outside mirror
motor control
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
228 Vehicle Care
Fuses Usage
26 Engine control
module/
Transmission
control module
battery
27 Canister vent
solenoid
28 –
29 Automatic
occupant sensing
30 Headlamp leveling
motor
31 Horn
32 Front fog lamps
33 Left high-beam
headlamp
34 Right high-beam
headlamp
35 Virtual key pass
system module
36 Rear wiper
37 Left cornering lamp
38 Washer motor
Fuses Usage
39 Right
cornering lamp
40 –
41 Virtual key pass
system sensor
42 Starter 2
43 In-panel bussed
electrical center
44 Automated manual
transmission
45 Starter 1
46 ABS pump
47 Cooling fan – high
48 Front wiper motor
49 Accessory/
Retained
accessory power
Relays Usage
RLY1 Rear defogger
RLY2 Transmission
control module
Relays Usage
RLY3 Fuel pump motor
RLY4 Starter 2
RLY5 A/C system
RLY6 –
RLY7 Cooling fan – low
RLY8 Run/Crank
RLY9 Powertrain
RLY10 Starter 1
RLY11 Cooling fan – high
RLY12 Front fog lamps
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Vehicle Care 229
Instrument Panel Fuse
Block
The instrument panel fuse block is
on the underside of the driver side
instrument panel.
The vehicle may not be equipped
with all of the fuses, relays, and
features shown.
Fuses Usage
ONSTAR OnStar
HVAC
CNTR/ECC
HVAC control
module/ECC
IPC Instrument cluster
TCM Transmission
control module
RDO Radio
BCM1
(AT S&S)
Body control
module 1 (CVT stop
and start)
SBSA/RPA SBSA/Rear park
assist
DLC Data link connector
ESCL Electric steering
column lock
SDM Sensing and
diagnostic module
TRANSD DC-DC converter
AQI Air quality ionizer
ETCS Electronic toll
collection system
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
230 Vehicle Care
Fuses Usage
LPM Linear power
module
PEPS Passive entry/
Passive start
DLIS (Non
AT S&S)
Discrete logic
ignition switch
(non-CVT stop and
start)
FCA Forward collision
alert
IPC Instrument cluster
RLAD Reflected LED alert
display
HLLD SW Headlamp leveling
switch
FRT
PWR WNDW
Front power
window
REAR
PWR WNDW
Rear power
window
– –
MTA Automated manual
transmission
module
Fuses Usage
APO Auxiliary power
outlet
S/ROOF Sunroof
CGM Central gate
module
– –
BCM8 Body control
module 8
BCM7 Body control
module 7
BCM6 Body control
module 6
BCM5 Body control
module 5
BCM4 Body control
module 4
BCM3 Body control
module 3
BCM2 (Non
AT S&S)
Body control
module 2 (non-CVT
stop and start)
Fuses Usage
BCM1 (Non
AT S&S)
Body control
module 1 (non-CVT
stop and start)
DLIS
(AT S&S)
Discrete logic
ignition switch
(CVT stop and
start)
SWC BKLT Steering wheel
controls
backlighting
– –
TRANS (200/
400W)/
LOGISTICS
DC DC converter/
Logistics
EXP
PWR WNDW
Driver express
power window
BLWR Blower motor
HTD/SEAT Front heated seats
HVAC CNTR HVAC module
HTD/STR Heated steering
wheel
BCM2
(AT S&S)
Body control
module 2 (CVT stop
and start)
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Vehicle Care 231
Relays Usage
RLY1 Logistics
RLY2 Accessory/
Retained
accessory power
RLY3 Interruptible
retained accessory
power
RLY4 Run
Wheels and Tires
Tires
Every new GM vehicle has
high-quality tires made by a
leading tire manufacturer. See
the warranty manual for
information regarding the tire
warranty and where to get
service. For additional
information refer to the tire
manufacturer.
{
Warning
.
Poorly maintained and
improperly used tires are
dangerous.
.
Overloading the tires can
cause overheating as a
result of too much
flexing. There could be a
blowout and a serious
crash. See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 156.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
.
Underinflated tires pose
the same danger as
overloaded tires. The
resulting crash could
cause serious injury.
Check all tires frequently
to maintain the
recommended pressure.
Tire pressure should be
checked when the tires
are cold.
.
Overinflated tires are
more likely to be cut,
punctured, or broken by
a sudden impact — such
as when hitting a pothole.
Keep tires at the
recommended pressure.
.
Worn or old tires can
cause a crash. If the
tread is badly worn,
replace them.
(Continued)
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
232 Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)
.
Replace any tires that
have been damaged by
impacts with potholes,
curbs, etc.
.
Improperly repaired tires
can cause a crash. Only
the dealer or an
authorized tire service
center should repair,
replace, dismount, and
mount the tires.
.
Do not spin the tires in
excess of 56 km/h
(35 mph) on slippery
surfaces such as snow,
mud, ice, etc. Excessive
spinning may cause the
tires to explode.
All-Season Tires
This vehicle may come with
all-season tires. These tires are
designed to provide good overall
performance on most road surfaces
and weather conditions. Original
equipment tires designed to GM's
specific tire performance criteria
have a TPC specification code
molded onto the sidewall. Original
equipment all-season tires can be
identified by the last two characters
of this TPC code, which will
be “MS.”
Consider installing winter tires on
the vehicle if frequent driving on
snow or ice-covered roads is
expected. All-season tires provide
adequate performance for most
winter driving conditions, but they
may not offer the same level of
traction or performance as winter
tires on snow or ice-covered roads.
See Winter Tires 0 232.
Winter Tires
This vehicle was not originally
equipped with winter tires. Winter
tires are designed for increased
traction on snow and ice-covered
roads. Consider installing winter
tires on the vehicle if frequent
driving on ice or snow covered
roads is expected. See your dealer
for details regarding winter tire
availability and proper tire selection.
Also, see Buying New Tires 0 245.
With winter tires, there may be
decreased dry road traction,
increased road noise, and shorter
tread life. After changing to winter
tires, be alert for changes in vehicle
handling and braking.
If using winter tires:
.
Use tires of the same brand and
tread type on all four wheel
positions.
.
Use only radial ply tires of the
same size, load range, and
speed rating as the original
equipment tires.
Winter tires with the same speed
rating as the original equipment tires
may not be available for H, V, W, Y,
and ZR speed rated tires. If winter
tires with a lower speed rating are
chosen, never exceed the tire's
maximum speed capability.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Vehicle Care 233
Tire Sidewall Labeling
Useful information about a tire is
molded into its sidewall. The
examples show a typical
passenger vehicle tire and a
compact spare tire sidewall.
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example
(1) Tire Size : The tire size is a
combination of letters and
numbers used to define a
particular tire's width, height,
aspect ratio, construction type,
and service description. See the
“Tire Size” illustratio n later in this
section.
(2) TPC Spec (Tire
Performance Criteria
Specification)
: Original
equipment tires designed to
GM's specific tire performance
criteria have a TPC specification
code molded onto the sidewall.
GM's TPC specifications meet or
exceed all federal safety
guidelines.
(3) DOT (Department of
Transportation)
: The
Department of Transportation
(DOT) code indicates that the
tire is in compliance with the
U.S. Department of
Transportation Motor Vehicle
Safety Standards.
DOT Tire Date of
Manufacture
: The last four
digits of the TIN indicate the tire
manufactured date. The first two
digits represent the week
(01–52) and the last two digits,
the year. For example, the third
week of the year 2010 would
have a four-digit DOT date
of 0310.
(4) Tire Identification Number
(TIN)
: The letters and numbers
following the DOT (Department
of Transportation) code are the
Tire Identification Number (TIN).
The TIN shows the
manufacturer and plant code,
tire size, and date the tire was
manufactured. The TIN is
molded onto both sides of the
tire, although only one side may
have the date of manufacture.
(5) Tire Ply Material
: The type
of cord and number of plies in
the sidewall and under the tread.
(6) Uniform Tire Quality
Grading (UTQG)
: Tire
manufacturers are required to
grade tires based on three
performance factors: treadwear,
traction, and temperature
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
234 Vehicle Care
resistance. For more information
see Uniform Tire Quality
Grading 0 247.
(7) Maximum Cold Inflation
Load Limit
: Maximum load that
can be carried and the
maximum pressure needed to
support that load.
Compact Spare Tire Example
(1) Tire Ply Material : The type
of cord and number of plies in
the sidewall and under the tread.
(2) Temporary Use Only
: The
compact spare tire or temporary
use tire should not be driven at
speeds over 80 km/h (50 mph).
The compact spare tire is for
emergency use when a regular
road tire has lost air and gone
flat. If the vehicle has a compact
spare tire, see Compact Spare
Tire 0 256 and
If a Tire Goes Flat 0 250.
(3) Tire Identification Number
(TIN)
: The letters and numbers
following the DOT (Department
of Transportation) code are the
Tire Identification Number (TIN).
The TIN shows the
manufacturer and plant code,
tire size, and date the tire was
manufactured. The TIN is
molded onto both sides of the
tire, although only one side may
have the date of manufacture.
(4) Maximum Cold Inflation
Load Limit
: Maximum load that
can be carried and the
maximum pressure needed to
support that load.
(5) Tire Inflation
: The
temporary use tire or compact
spare tire should be inflated to
420 kPa (60 psi). For more
information on tire pressure and
inflation see Tire Pressure
0 238.
(6) Tire Size
: A combination of
letters and numbers define a
tire's width, height, aspect ratio,
construction type, and service
description. The letter “T” as the
first character in the tire size
means the tire is for temporary
use only.
(7) TPC Spec (Tire
Performance Criteria
Specification)
: Original
equipment tires designed to
GM's specific tire performance
criteria have a TPC specification
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Vehicle Care 235
code molded onto the sidewall.
GM's TPC specifications meet or
exceed all federal safety
guidelines.
Tire Designations
Tire Size
The example shows a typical
passenger vehicle tire size.
(1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire :
The United States version of a
metric tire sizing system. The
letter “P” as the first character in
the tire size means a passenger
vehicle tire engineered to
standards set by the U.S. Tire
and Rim Association.
(2) Tire Width
: The three-digit
number indicates the tire section
width in millimeters from
sidewall to sidewall.
(3) Aspect Ratio
: A two-digit
number that indicates the tire
height-to-width measurements.
For example, if the tire size
aspect ratio is 60, as shown in
item (3) of the illustration, it
would mean that the tire's
sidewall is 60 percent as high as
it is wide.
(4) Construction Code
: A letter
code is used to indicate the type
of ply construction in the tire.
The letter “R” means radial ply
construction; the letter “D”
means diagonal or bias ply
construction.
(5) Rim Diameter
: Diameter of
the wheel in inches.
(6) Service Description
: These
characters represent the load
index and speed rating of the
tire. The load index represents
the load carrying capacity a tire
is certified to carry. The speed
rating is the maximum speed a
tire is certified to carry a load.
Tire Terminology and
Definitions
Air Pressure : The amount of
air inside the tire pressing
outward on each square inch of
the tire. Air pressure is
expressed in kPa (kilopascal)
or psi (pounds per square inch).
Accessory Weight
: The
combined weight of optional
accessories. Some examples of
optional accessories are
automatic transmission, power
windows, power seats, and air
conditioning.
Aspect Ratio
: The relationship
of a tire's height to its width.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
236 Vehicle Care
Belt : A rubber coated layer of
cords between the plies and the
tread. Cords may be made from
steel or other reinforcing
materials.
Bead
: The tire bead contains
steel wires wrapped by steel
cords that hold the tire onto
the rim.
Bias Ply Tire
: A pneumati c tire
in which the plies are laid at
alternate angles less than
90 degrees to the centerline of
the tread.
Cold Tire Pressure
: The
amount of air pressure in a tire,
measured in kPa (kilopascal)
or psi (pounds per square inch)
before a tire has built up heat
from driving. See Tire Pressure
0 238.
Curb Weight
: The weight of a
motor vehicle with standard and
optional equipment including the
maximum capacity of fuel, oil,
and coolant, but without
passengers and cargo.
DOT Markings
: A code molded
into the sidewall of a tire
signifying that the tire is in
compliance with the U.S.
Department of Transportation
(DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards. The DOT code
includes the Tire Identification
Number (TIN), an alphanumeric
designator which can also
identify the tire manufacturer,
production plant, brand, and
date of production.
GVWR
: Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits
0 156.
GAWR FRT
: Gross Axle Weight
Rating for the front axle. See
Vehicle Load Limits 0 156.
GAWR RR
: Gross Axle Weight
Rating for the rear axle. See
Vehicle Load Limits 0 156.
Intended Outboard Sidewall
:
The side of an asymmetrical tire
that must always face outward
when mounted on a vehicle.
Kilopascal (kPa)
: The metric
unit for air pressure.
Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire
: A
tire used on light duty trucks and
some multipurpose passenger
vehicles.
Load Index
: An assigned
number ranging from 1 to 279
that corresponds to the load
carrying capacity of a tire.
Maximum Inflation Pressure
:
The maximum air pressure to
which a cold tire can be inflated.
The maximum air pressure is
molded onto the sidewall.
Maximum Load Rating
: The
load rating for a tire at the
maximum permissible inflation
pressure for that tire.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Vehicle Care 237
Maximum Loaded Vehicle
Weight
: The sum of curb
weight, accessory weight,
vehicle capacity weight, and
production options weight.
Normal Occupant Weight
: The
number of occupants a vehicle
is designed to seat multiplied by
68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 156.
Occupant Distribution
:
Designated seating positions.
Outward Facing Sidewall
: The
side of an asymmetrical tire that
has a particular side that faces
outward when mounted on a
vehicle. The side of the tire that
contains a whitewall, bears
white lettering, or bears
manufacturer, brand, and/or
model name molding that is
higher or deeper than the same
moldings on the other sidewall
of the tire.
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire
: A
tire used on passenger cars and
some light duty trucks and
multipurpose vehicles.
Recommended Inflation
Pressure
: Vehicle
manufacturer's recommended
tire inflation pressure as shown
on the tire placard. See Tire
Pressure 0 238 and
Vehicle Load Limits 0 156.
Radial Ply Tire
: A pneumatic
tire in which the ply cords that
extend to the beads are laid at
90 degrees to the centerline of
the tread.
Rim
: A metal support for a tire
and upon which the tire beads
are seated.
Sidewall
: The portion of a tire
between the tread and the bead.
Speed Rating
: An
alphanumeric code assigned to
a tire indicating the maximum
speed at which a tire can
operate.
Traction
: The friction between
the tire and the road surface.
The amount of grip provided.
Tread
: The portion of a tire that
comes into contact with
the road.
Treadwear Indicators
: Narrow
bands, sometimes called wear
bars, that show across the tread
of a tire when only 1.6 mm
(1/16 in) of tread remains. See
When It Is Time for New Tires
0 244.
UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality
Grading Standards)
: A tire
information system that provides
consumers with ratings for a
tire's traction, temperature, and
treadwear. Ratings are
determined by tire
manufacturers using
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
238 Vehicle Care
government testing procedures.
The ratings are molded into the
sidewall of the tire. See Uniform
Tire Quality Grading 0 247.
Vehicle Capacity Weight
: The
number of designated seating
positions multiplied by
68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated
cargo load. See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 156.
Vehicle Maximum Load on the
Tire
: Load on an individual tire
due to curb weight, accessory
weight, occupant weight, and
cargo weight.
Vehicle Placard
: A label
permanently attached to a
vehicle showing the vehicle
capacity weight and the original
equipment tire size and
recommended inflation pressure.
See “Tire and Loading
Information Label” under Vehicle
Load Limits 0 156.
Tire Pressure
Tires need the correct amount of
air pressure to operate
effectively.
{
Warning
Neither tire underinflation nor
overinflation is good.
Underinflated tires, or tires
that do not have enough air,
can result in:
.
Tire overloading and
overheating which could
lead to a blowout.
.
Premature or
irregular wear.
.
Poor handling.
.
Reduced fuel economy.
Overinflated tires, or tires that
have too much air, can
result in:
.
Unusual wear.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
.
Poor handling.
.
Rough ride.
.
Needless damage from
road hazards.
The Tire and Loading
Information label on the vehicle
indicates the original equipment
tires and the correct cold tire
inflation pressures. The
recommended pressure is the
minimum air pressure needed to
support the vehicle's maximum
load carrying capacity. See
Vehicle Load Limits 0 156.
How the vehicle is loaded
affects vehicle handling and ride
comfort. Never load the vehicle
with more weight than it was
designed to carry.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Vehicle Care 239
When to Check
Check the pressure of the tires
once a month or more. Do not
forget the compact spare, if the
vehicle has one. The cold
compact spare tire pressure
should be at 420 kPa (60 psi).
See Compact Spare Tire 0 256.
How to Check
Use a good quality pocket-type
gauge to check tire pressure.
Proper tire inflation cannot be
determined by looking at the tire.
Check the tire inflation pressure
when the tires are cold, meaning
the vehicle has not been driven
for at least three hours or no
more than 1.6 km (1 mi).
Remove the valve cap from the
tire valve stem. Press the tire
gauge firmly onto the valve to
get a pressure measurement.
If the cold tire inflation pressure
matches the recommended
pressure on the Tire and
Loading Information label, no
further adjustment is necessary.
If the inflation pressure is low,
add air until the recommended
pressure is reached. If the
inflation pressure is high, press
on the metal stem in the center
of the tire valve to release air.
Recheck the tire pressure with
the tire gauge.
Put the valve caps back on the
valve stems to keep out dirt and
moisture and prevent leaks. Use
only valve caps designed for the
vehicle by GM. TPMS sensors
could be damaged and would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty.
Tire Pressure Monitor
System
The Tire Pressure Monitor System
(TPMS) uses radio and sensor
technology to check tire pressure
levels. The TPMS sensors monitor
the air pressure in your tires and
transmit tire pressure readings to a
receiver located in the vehicle.
Each tire, including the spare (if
provided), should be checked
monthly when cold and inflated to
the inflation pressure recommended
by the vehicle manufacturer on the
vehicle placard or tire inflation
pressure label. (If your vehicle has
tires of a different size than the size
indicated on the vehicle placard or
tire inflation pressure label, you
should determine the proper tire
inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your
vehicle has been equipped with a
tire pressure monitoring system
(TPMS) that illuminates a low tire
pressure telltale when one or more
of your tires is significantly
under-inflated.
Accordingly, when the low tire
pressure telltale illuminates, you
should stop and check your tires as
soon as possible, and inflate them
to the proper pressure. Driving on a
significantly under-inflated tire
causes the tire to overheat and can
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
240 Vehicle Care
lead to tire failure. Under-inflation
also reduces fuel efficiency and tire
tread life, and may affect the
vehicle's handling and stopping
ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a
substitute for proper tire
maintenance, and it is the driver's
responsibility to maintain correct tire
pressure, even if under-inflation has
not reached the level to trigger
illumination of the TPMS low tire
pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been
equipped with a TPMS malfunction
indicator to indicate when the
system is not operating properly.
The TPMS malfunction indicator is
combined with the low tire pressure
telltale. When the system detects a
malfunction, the telltale will flash for
approximately one minute and then
remain continuously illuminated.
This sequence will continue upon
subsequent vehicle start-ups as
long as the malfunction exists.
When the malfunction indicator is
illuminated, the system may not be
able to detect or signal low tire
pressure as intended. TPMS
malfunctions may occur for a variety
of reasons, including the installation
of replacement or alternate tires or
wheels on the vehicle that prevent
the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction
telltale after replacing one or more
tires or wheels on your vehicle to
ensure that the replacement or
alternate tires and wheels allow the
TPMS to continue to function
properly.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation 0 240.
See Radio Frequency Statement
0 301.
Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation
This vehicle may have a Tire
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).
The TPMS is designed to warn the
driver when a low tire pressure
condition exists. TPMS sensors are
mounted onto each tire and wheel
assembly, excluding the spare tire
and wheel assembly. The TPMS
sensors monitor the air pressure in
the tires and transmit the tire
pressure readings to a receiver
located in the vehicle.
When a low tire pressure condition
is detected, the TPMS illuminates
the low tire pressure warning light
located on the instrument cluster.
If the warning light comes on, stop
as soon as possible and inflate the
tires to the recommended pressure
shown on the Tire and Loading
Information label. See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 156.
A message to check the pressure in
a specific tire may display in the
Driver Information Center (DIC). The
low tire pressure warning light and
the DIC warning message,
if equipped, come on at each
ignition cycle until the tires are
inflated to the correct inflation
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Vehicle Care 241
pressure. Using the DIC, it may be
possible to view the tire pressure
levels. For additional information
and details about the DIC operation
and displays, see Driver Information
Center (DIC) 0 98.
The low tire pressure warning light
may come on in cool weather when
the vehicle is first started, and then
turn off as the vehicle is driven. This
could be an early indicator that the
air pressure is getting low and
needs to be inflated to the proper
pressure.
A Tire and Loading Information label
shows the size of the original
equipment tires and the correct
inflation pressure for the tires when
they are cold. See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 156, for an example of the
Tire and Loading Information label
and its location. Also see Tire
Pressure 0 238.
The TPMS can warn about a low
tire pressure condition, but it does
not replace normal tire
maintenance. See Tire Inspection
0 243, Tire Rotation 0 243, and
Tires 0 231.
Caution
Tire sealant materials are not all
the same. A non-approved tire
sealant could damage the TPMS
sensors. TPMS sensor damage
caused by using an incorrect tire
sealant is not covered by the
vehicle warranty. Always use only
the GM approved tire sealant
available through your dealer or
included in the vehicle.
TPMS Malfunction Light and
Message
The TPMS will not function properly
if one or more of the TPMS sensors
are missing or inoperable. When the
system detects a malfunction, the
low tire pressure warning light,
defined above, flashes for about
one minute and then stays on for
the remainder of the ignition cycle.
A DIC warning message may also
display. The malfunction light and
DIC warning message, if equipped,
come on at each ignition cycle until
the problem is corrected. Some of
the conditions that can cause these
to come on are:
.
One of the road tires has been
replaced with the spare tire. The
spare tire does not have a
TPMS sensor. The malfunction
light and the DIC message,
if equipped, should go off after
the road tire is replaced and the
sensor matching process is
performed successfully. See
"TPMS Sensor Matching
Process" later in this section.
.
The TPMS sensor matching
process was not done or not
completed successfully after
rotating the tires. The
malfunction light and the DIC
message, if equipped, should go
off after successfully completing
the sensor matching process.
See "TPMS Sensor Matching
Process" later in this section.
.
One or more TPMS sensors are
missing or damaged. The
malfunction light and the DIC
message, if equipped, should go
off when the TPMS sensors are
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
242 Vehicle Care
installed and the sensor
matching process is performed
successfully. See your dealer for
service.
.
Replacement tires or wheels do
not match the original equipment
tires or wheels. Tires and wheels
other than those recommended
could prevent the TPMS from
functioning properly. See Buying
New Tires 0 245.
.
Operating electronic devices or
being near facilities using radio
wave frequencies similar to the
TPMS could cause the TPMS
sensors to malfunction.
If the TPMS is not functioning
properly, it cannot detect or signal a
low tire pressure condition. See
your dealer for service if the TPMS
malfunction light and DIC message,
if equipped, come on and stay on.
TPMS Sensor Matching
Process
Each TPMS sensor has a unique
identification code. The identification
code needs to be matched to a new
tire/wheel position after rotating the
vehicle’s tires or replacing one or
more of the TPMS sensors. Also,
the TPMS sensor matching process
should be performed after replacing
a spare tire with a road tire
containing the TPMS sensor. The
malfunction light and the DIC
message, if equipped, should go off
at the next ignition cycle. The
sensors are matched to the tire/
wheel positions, using a TPMS
relearn tool, in the following order:
driver side front tire, passenger side
front tire, passenger side rear tire,
and driver side rear. See your
dealer for service or to purchase a
relearn tool. A TPMS relearn tool
can also be purchased. See Tire
Pressure Monitor Sensor Activation
Tool at
www.gmtoolsandequipment.com or
call 1-800-GM TOOLS
(1-800-468-6657).
There are two minutes to match the
first tire/wheel position, and
five minutes overall to match all four
tire/wheel positions. If it takes
longer, the matching process stops
and must be restarted.
The TPMS sensor matching
process is:
1. Set the parking brake.
2. Turn the ignition on without
starting the vehicle or place the
vehicle in Service Mode. See
Ignition Positions (Keyless
Access) 0 160 or
Ignition Positions (Key Access)
0 162.
3. Use MENU to select the
Vehicle Information Menu
(Menu 2) in the Driver
Information Center (DIC).
4. Use the thumbwheel (or up and
down arrows) to scroll to the
Tire Pressure Learn Menu Item
(Base DIC) or the Tire
Pressure Menu Item screen
(Uplevel DIC).
5. Press and hold SET/CLR to
begin the sensor matching
process.
A message requesting
acceptance of the process may
display.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Vehicle Care 243
6. If requested, press SET/CLR
again to confirm the selection.
The horn sounds twice to
signal the receiver is in relearn
mode and the TIRE LEARN or
TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE
message displays on the DIC
screen.
7. Start with the driver side
front tire.
8. Place the relearn tool against
the tire sidewall, near the valve
stem. Then press the button to
activate the TPMS sensor.
A horn chirp confirms that the
sensor identification code has
been matched to this tire and
wheel position.
9. Proceed to the passenger side
front tire, and repeat the
procedure in Step 8.
10. Proceed to the passenger side
rear tire, and repeat the
procedure in Step 8.
11. Proceed to the driver side rear
tire, and repeat the procedure
in Step 8. The horn sounds two
times to indicate the sensor
identification code has been
matched to the driver side rear
tire, and the TPMS sensor
matching process is no longer
active. The TIRE LEARN or
TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE
message on the DIC display
screen goes off.
12. Turn the vehicle off.
13. Set all four tires to the
recommended air pressure
level as indicated on the Tire
and Loading Information label.
Tire Inspection
We recommend that the tires,
including the spare tire, if the
vehicle has one, be inspected
for signs of wear or damage at
least once a month.
Replace the tire if:
.
The indicators at three or
more places around the tire
can be seen.
.
There is cord or fabric
showing through the tire's
rubber.
.
The tread or sidewall is
cracked, cut, or snagged
deep enough to show cord or
fabric.
.
The tire has a bump, bulge,
or split.
.
The tire has a puncture, cut,
or other damage that cannot
be repaired well because of
the size or location of the
damage.
Tire Rotation
Tires should be rotated every
12 000 km (7,500 mi). See
Maintenance Schedule 0 275.
Tires are rotated to achieve a
more uniform wear for all tires.
The first rotation is the most
important.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
244 Vehicle Care
Anytime unusual wear is
noticed, rotate the tires as soon
as possible, check for proper tire
inflation pressure, and check for
damaged tires or wheels. If the
unusual wear continues after the
rotation, check the wheel
alignment. See When It Is Time
for New Tires 0 244 and
Wheel Replacement 0 249.
Use this rotation pattern when
rotating the tires.
Do not include the compact
spare tire in the tire rotation.
Adjust the front and rear tires to
the recommended inflation
pressure on the Tire and
Loading Information label after
the tires have been rotated. See
Tire Pressure 0 238 and
Vehicle Load Limits 0 156.
Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor
System. See Tire Pressure
Monitor Operation 0 240.
Check that all wheel nuts are
properly tightened. See “Wheel
Nut Torque” under Capacities
and Specifications 0 288, and
“Removing the Flat Tire and
Installing the Spare Tire” under
Tire Changing 0 251.
{
Warning
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
parts to which it is fastened, can
make wheel nuts become loose
after time. The wheel could come
off and cause a crash. When
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
changing a wheel, remove any
rust or dirt from places where the
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
an emergency, a cloth or a paper
towel can be used; however, use
a scraper or wire brush later to
remove all rust or dirt.
Lightly coat the inner diameter of
the wheel hub opening with
wheel bearing grease after a
wheel change or tire rotation to
prevent corrosion or rust
buildup. Do not get grease on
the wheel mounting surface or
on the wheel nuts or bolts.
When It Is Time for New
Tires
Factors such as maintenance,
temperatures, driving speeds,
vehicle loading, and road conditions
affect the wear rate of the tires.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Vehicle Care 245
Treadwear indicators are one way to
tell when it is time for new tires.
Treadwear indicators appear when
the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)
or less of tread remaining. See Tire
Inspection 0 243 and
Tire Rotation 0 243.
The rubber in tires ages over time.
This also applies to the spare tire,
if the vehicle has one, even if it is
never used. Multiple factors
including temperatures, loading
conditions, and inflation pressure
maintenance affect how fast aging
takes place. GM recommends that
tires, including the spare if
equipped, be replaced after six
years, regardless of tread wear. To
identify the age of a tire, use the tire
manufacture date which is the last
four digits of the DOT Tire
Identification Number (TIN) which is
molded into one side of the tire
sidewall. The first two digits
represent the week (01–52) and the
last two digits, the year. For
example, the third week of the year
2010 would have a four-digit DOT
date of 0310.
Vehicle Storage
Tires age when stored normally
mounted on a parked vehicle. Park
a vehicle that will be stored for at
least a month in a cool, dry, clean
area away from direct sunlight to
slow aging. This area should be free
of grease, gasoline, or other
substances that can deteriorate
rubber.
Parking for an extended period can
cause flat spots on the tires that
may result in vibrations while
driving. When storing a vehicle for
at least a month, remove the tires or
raise the vehicle to reduce the
weight from the tires.
Buying New Tires
GM has developed and matched
specific tires for the vehicle. The
original equipment tires installed
were designed to meet General
Motors Tire Performa nce Criteria
Specification (TPC Spec)
system rating. When
replacement tires are needed,
GM strongly recommends
buying tires with the same TPC
Spec rating.
GM's exclusive TPC Spec
system considers over a dozen
critical specifications that impact
the overall performance of the
vehicle, including brake system
performance, ride and handling,
traction control, and tire
pressure monitoring
performance. GM's TPC Spec
number is molded onto the tire's
sidewall near the tire size. If the
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
246 Vehicle Care
tires have an all-season tread
design, the TPC spec number
will be followed by MS, for mud
and snow. See Tire Sidewall
Labeling 0 233.
GM recommends replacing worn
tires in complete sets of four.
Uniform tread depth on all tires
will help to maintain the
performance of the vehicle.
Braking and handling
performance may be adversely
affected if all the tires are not
replaced at the same time.
If proper rotation and
maintenance have been done,
all four tires should wear out at
about the same time. See Tire
Rotation 0 243. However, if it is
necessary to replace only one
axle set of worn tires, place the
new tires on the rear axle.
Winter tires with the same speed
rating as the original equipment
tires may not be available for H,
V, W, Y, and ZR speed rated
tires. Never exceed the winter
tires’ maximum speed capability
when using winter tires with a
lower speed rating.
{
Warning
Tires could explode during
improper service. Attempting
to mount or dismount a tire
could cause injury or death.
Only your dealer or authorized
tire service center should
mount or dismount the tires.
{
Warning
Mixing tires of different sizes,
brands, or types may cause
loss of control of the vehicle,
resulting in a crash or other
vehicle damage. Use the
correct size, brand, and type
of tire on all wheels.
{
Warning
Using bias-ply tires on the
vehicle may cause the wheel
rim flanges to develop cracks
after many miles of driving.
A tire and/or wheel could fail
suddenly and cause a crash.
Use only radial-ply tires with
the wheels on the vehicle.
If the vehicle tires must be
replaced with a tire that does not
have a TPC Spec number, make
sure they are the same size,
load range, speed rating, and
construction (radial) as the
original tires.
Vehicles that have a tire
pressure monitoring system
could give an inaccurate
low-pressure warning if non-TPC
Spec rated tires are installed.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
System 0 239.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Vehicle Care 247
The Tire and Loading
Information Label indicates the
original equipment tires on the
vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits
0 156.
Different Size Tires and
Wheels
If wheels or tires are installed that
are a different size than the original
equipment wheels and tires, vehicle
performance, including its braking,
ride and handling characteristics,
stability, and resistance to rollover
may be affected. If the vehicle has
electronic systems such as antilock
brakes, rollover airbags, traction
control, electronic stability control,
or All-Wheel Drive, the performance
of these systems can also be
affected.
{
Warning
If different sized wheels are used,
there may not be an acceptable
level of performance and safety if
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
tires not recommended for those
wheels are selected. This
increases the chance of a crash
and serious injury. Only use GM
specific wheel and tire systems
developed for the vehicle, and
have them properly installed by a
GM certified technician.
See Buying New Tires 0 245 and
Accessories and Modifications
0 198.
Wheel Covers
Installation
Tighten the wheel nut caps by hand
while pressing on the center of the
wheel cover with the other hand.
Then tighten an additional
one-quarter turn with the wheel
wrench.
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading
The following information relates
to the system developed by the
United States National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA), which grades tires by
treadwear, traction, and
temperature performance. This
applies only to vehicles sold in
the United States. The grades
are molded on the sidewalls of
most passenger car tires. The
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
(UTQG) system does not apply
to deep tread, winter tires,
compact spare tires, tires with
nominal rim diameters of
10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),
or to some limited-production
tires.
While the tires available on
General Motors passenger cars
and light trucks may vary with
respect to these grades, they
must also conform to federal
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
248 Vehicle Care
safety requirements and
additional General Motors Tire
Performance Criteria (TPC)
standards.
Quality grades can be found
where applicable on the tire
sidewall between tread shoulder
and maximum section width. For
example:
Treadwear 200 Traction AA
Temperature A
All Passenger Car Tires Must
Conform to Federal Safety
Requirements In Addition To
These Grades.
Treadwear
The treadwear grade is a
comparative rating based on the
wear rate of the tire when tested
under controlled conditions on a
specified government test
course. For example, a tire
graded 150 would wear one and
one-half (1½) times as well on
the government course as a tire
graded 100. The relative
performance of tires depends
upon the actual conditions of
their use, however, and may
depart significantly from the
norm due to variations in driving
habits, service practices and
differences in road
characteristics and climate.
Traction
The traction grades, from
highest to lowest, are AA, A, B,
and C. Those grades represent
the tire's ability to stop on wet
pavement as measured under
controlled conditions on
specified government test
surfaces of asphalt and
concrete. A tire marked C may
have poor traction performance.
Warning: The traction grade
assigned to this tire is based on
straight-ahead braking traction
tests, and does not include
acceleration, cornering,
hydroplaning, or peak traction
characteristics.
Temperature
The temperature grades are A
(the highest), B, and C,
representing the tire's resistance
to the generation of heat and its
ability to dissipate heat when
tested under controlled
conditions on a specified indoor
laboratory test wheel. Sustained
high temperature can cause the
material of the tire to degenerate
and reduce tire life, and
excessive temperature can lead
to sudden tire failure. The grade
C corresponds to a level of
performance which all
passenger car tires must meet
under the Federal Motor Safety
Standard No. 109. Grades B and
A represent higher levels of
performance on the laboratory
test wheel than the minimum
required by law. Warning: The
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Vehicle Care 249
temperature grade for this tire is
established for a tire that is
properly inflated and not
overloaded. Excessive speed,
underinflation, or excessive
loading, either separately or in
combination, can cause heat
buildup and possible tire failure.
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance
The tires and wheels were aligned
and balanced at the factory to
provide the longest tire life and best
overall performance. Adjustments to
wheel alignment and tire balancing
are not necessary on a regular
basis. Consider an alignment check
if there is unusual tire wear or the
vehicle is significantly pulling to one
side or the other. Some slight pull to
the left or right, depending on the
crown of the road and/or other road
surface variations such as troughs
or ruts, is normal. If the vehicle is
vibrating when driving on a smooth
road, the tires and wheels may need
to be rebalanced. See your dealer
for proper diagnosis.
Wheel Replacement
Replace any wheel that is bent,
cracked, or badly rusted or
corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming
loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and
wheel nuts should be replaced.
If the wheel leaks air, replace it.
Some aluminum wheels can be
repaired. See your dealer if any of
these conditions exist.
Your dealer will know the kind of
wheel that is needed.
Each new wheel should have the
same load-carrying capacity,
diameter, width, offset, and be
mounted the same way as the one it
replaces.
Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel
nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor
System (TPMS) sensors with new
GM original equipment parts.
{
Warning
Using the wrong replacement
wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel
nuts can be dangerous. It could
affect the braking and handling of
the vehicle. Tires can lose air,
and cause loss of control, causing
a crash. Always use the correct
wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel
nuts for replacement.
Caution
The wrong wheel can also cause
problems with bearing life, brake
cooling, speedometer or
odometer calibration, headlamp
aim, bumper height, vehicle
ground clearance, and tire or tire
chain clearance to the body and
chassis.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
250 Vehicle Care
Used Replacement Wheels
{
Warning
Replacing a wheel with a used
one is dangerous. How it has
been used or how far it has been
driven may be unknown. It could
fail suddenly and cause a crash.
When replacing wheels, use a
new GM original equipment
wheel.
Tire Chains
{
Warning
Do not use tire chains. There is
not enough clearance. Tire chains
used on a vehicle without the
proper amount of clearance can
cause damage to the brakes,
suspension, or other vehicle
parts. The area damaged by the
tire chains could cause loss of
control and a crash.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
Use another type of traction
device only if its manufacturer
recommends it for the vehicle's
tire size combination and road
conditions. Follow that
manufacturer's instructions. To
avoid vehicle damage, drive slow
and readjust or remove the
traction device if it contacts the
vehicle. Do not spin the wheels.
If traction devices are used, install
them on the front tires.
If a Tire Goes Flat
It is unusual for a tire to blow out
while driving, especially if the tires
are maintained properly. See Tires
0 231. If air goes out of a tire, it is
much more likely to leak out slowly.
But if there ever is a blowout, here
are a few tips about what to expect
and what to do:
If a front tire fails, the flat tire
creates a drag that pulls the vehicle
toward that side. Take your foot off
the accelerator pedal and grip the
steering wheel firmly. Steer to
maintain lane position, and then
gently brake to a stop, well off the
road, if possible.
A rear blowout, particularly on a
curve, acts much like a skid and
may require the same correction as
used in a skid. Stop pressing the
accelerator pedal and steer to
straighten the vehicle. It may be
very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake
to a stop, well off the road,
if possible.
{
Warning
Driving on a flat tire will cause
permanent damage to the tire.
Re-inflating a tire after it has been
driven on while severely
underinflated or flat may cause a
blowout and a serious crash.
Never attempt to re-inflate a tire
that has been driven on while
severely underinflated or flat.
Have your dealer or an authorized
(Continued)
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Vehicle Care 251
Warning (Continued)
tire service center repair or
replace the flat tire as soon as
possible.
{
Warning
Lifting a vehicle and getting under
it to do maintenance or repairs is
dangerous without the
appropriate safety equipment and
training. If a jack is provided with
the vehicle, it is designed only for
changing a flat tire. If it is used for
anything else, you or others could
be badly injured or killed if the
vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack
is provided with the vehicle, only
use it for changing a flat tire.
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
and wheel damage by driving slowly
to a level place, well off the road,
if possible. Turn on the hazard
warning flashers. See Hazard
Warning Flashers 0 112.
{
Warning
Changing a tire can be
dangerous. The vehicle can slip
off the jack and roll over or fall
causing injury or death. Find a
level place to change the tire. To
help prevent the vehicle from
moving:
1. Set the parking brake firmly.
2. Put an automatic
transmission in P (Park) or a
manual transmission in
1 (First) or R (Reverse).
3. Turn off the engine and do
not restart while the vehicle
is raised.
4. Do not allow passengers to
remain in the vehicle.
5. Place wheel blocks,
if equipped, on both sides of
the tire at the opposite
corner of the tire being
changed.
When the vehicle has a flat tire (2),
use the following example as a
guide to assist in the placement of
the wheel blocks (1), if equipped.
1. Wheel Block (If Equipped)
2. Flat Tire
The following information explains
how to repair or change a tire.
Tire Changing
Removing the Spare Tire and
Tools
The spare tire and tools are located
in the storage compartment in the
rear of the vehicle.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
252 Vehicle Care
1. Strap
2. Jack
1. Wheel Wrench
2. Screwdriver
3. Tow Eye
4. Screwdriver Handle
5. Jack Handle Extension
To access the spare tire and tools:
1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate
0 20.
2. Lift the trim cover.
3. Remove the jack, tools, and
spare tire.
4. Place them near the tire being
changed.
Removing the Flat Tire and
Installing the Spare Tire
1. Do a safety check before
proceeding. See If a Tire Goes
Flat 0 250.
2. If there is a wheel cover,
remove the wheel nut caps to
access the wheel nuts.
3. Turn the wheel wrench
counterclockwise to loosen the
wheel nuts. Do not remove
them yet.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Vehicle Care 253
4. Place the jack at the position
marked with a half circle.
5. Attach the jack handle
extension to the jack by sliding
the hook through the end of
the jack.
6. Turn the wheel wrench
clockwise until the lift head is
firmly contacting the proper
lifting point nearest the flat tire.
{
Warning
Getting under a vehicle when it is
lifted on a jack is dangerous.
If the vehicle slips off the jack,
you could be badly injured or
killed. Never get under a vehicle
when it is supported only by
a jack.
{
Warning
Raising the vehicle with the jack
improperly positioned can
damage the vehicle and even
make the vehicle fall. To help
avoid personal injury and vehicle
damage, be sure to fit the jack lift
head into the proper location
before raising the vehicle.
{
Warning
Lifting a vehicle and getting under
it to do maintenance or repairs is
dangerous without the
appropriate safety equipment and
training. If a jack is provided with
the vehicle, it is designed only for
changing a flat tire. If it is used for
anything else, you or others could
be badly injured or killed if the
vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack
is provided with the vehicle, only
use it for changing a flat tire.
7. Turn the wheel wrench
clockwise to raise the vehicle
far enough off the ground so
there is enough room for the
spare tire to fit underneath the
wheel well.
8. Turn the wheel nuts
counterclockwise to
remove them.
9. Remove the flat tire.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
254 Vehicle Care
{
Warning
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
parts to which it is fastened, can
make wheel nuts become loose
after time. The wheel could come
off and cause a crash. When
changing a wheel, remove any
rust or dirt from places where the
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
an emergency, a cloth or a paper
towel can be used; however, use
a scraper or wire brush later to
remove all rust or dirt.
10. Remove any rust or dirt from
the wheel bolts, mounting
surfaces, and spare wheel.
11. Place the spare tire on the
wheel-mounting surface.
{
Warning
Never use oil or grease on bolts
or nuts because the nuts might
come loose. The vehicle's wheel
could fall off, causing a crash.
12. Reinstall the wheel nuts. Turn
each nut clockwise, by hand,
until the wheel is held against
the hub.
13. Lower the vehicle by turning
the wheel wrench
counterclockwise. Lower the
jack completely.
{
Warning
Wheel nuts that are improperly or
incorrectly tightened can cause
the wheels to become loose or
come off. The wheel nuts should
be tightened with a torque wrench
to the proper torque specification
after replacing. Follow the torque
specification supplied by the
aftermarket manufacturer when
using accessory locking wheel
nuts. See Capacities and
Specifications 0 288 for original
equipment wheel nut torque
specifications.
Caution
Improperly tightened wheel nuts
can lead to brake pulsation and
rotor damage. To avoid expensive
brake repairs, evenly tighten the
wheel nuts in the proper
sequence and to the proper
(Continued)
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Vehicle Care 255
Caution (Continued)
torque specification. See
Capacities and Specifications
0 288 for the wheel nut torque
specification.
14. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly
with the wheel wrench in a
crisscross sequence, as
shown.
Caution
Wheel covers will not fit on the
vehicle's compact spare. If you try
to put a wheel cover on the
compact spare, the cover or the
spare could be damaged.
Storing a Flat or Spare Tire
and Tools
{
Warning
Storing a jack, a tire, or other
equipment in the passenger
compartment of the vehicle could
cause injury. In a sudden stop or
collision, loose equipment could
strike someone. Store all these in
the proper place.
1. Remove the load compartment
cover.
2. Lift the load floor.
3. Place the tool container and
the flat tire upright into the tool
box spare.
4. Pull the release knob on top of
the rear seatback to move it
forward.
5. Route the loop end of the strap
through the seatback latch.
6. Route the hook end of the
strap through the loop and
securely fasten it to the
seatback latch.
7. Pull back the rear seatbacks.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
256 Vehicle Care
8. Attach the hook to the liftgate
latch.
9. Tighten the strap and secure it
using the buckle.
The compact spare tire is for
temporary use only. Replace the
compact spare tire with a full-size
tire as soon as you can. See
Compact Spare Tire 0 256.
Compact Spare Tire
{
Warning
Driving with more than one
compact spare tire at a time could
result in loss of braking and
handling. This could lead to a
crash and you or others could be
injured. Use only one compact
spare tire at a time.
If this vehicle has a compact spare
tire, it was fully inflated when new;
however, it can lose air over time.
Check the inflation pressure
regularly. It should be 420 kPa
(60 psi).
Stop as soon as possible and check
that the spare tire is correctly
inflated after being installed on the
vehicle. The compact spare tire is
designed for temporary use only.
The vehicle will perform differently
with the spare tire installed and it is
recommended that the vehicle
speed be limited to 80 km/h
(50 mph). To conserve the tread of
the spare tire, have the standard tire
repaired or replaced as soon as
convenient and return the spare tire
to the storage area.
When using a compact spare tire,
the AWD (if equipped), ABS, and
Traction Control systems may
engage until the spare tire is
recognized by the vehicle,
especially on slippery roads. Adjust
driving to reduce possible
wheel slip.
Caution
When the compact spare is
installed, do not take the vehicle
through an automatic car wash
with guide rails. The compact
spare can get caught on the rails
which can damage the tire, wheel,
and other parts of the vehicle.
Do not use the compact spare on
other vehicles.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Vehicle Care 257
Do not mix the compact spare tire or
wheel with other wheels or tires.
They will not fit. Keep the spare tire
and its wheel together.
Caution
Tire chains will not fit the compact
spare. Using them can damage
the vehicle and the chains. Do not
use tire chains on the compact
spare.
Jump Starting
Jump Starting - North
America
For more information about the
vehicle battery, see Battery - North
America 0 215.
If the battery has run down, try to
use another vehicle and some
jumper cables to start your vehicle.
Be sure to use the following steps to
do it safely.
{
Warning
WARNING: Battery posts,
terminals, and related
accessories contain lead and lead
compounds, chemicals known to
the State of California to cause
cancer and birth defects or other
reproductive harm. Batteries also
contain other chemicals known to
the State of California to cause
cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
HANDLING. For more information
go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/
passenger-vehicle.
See California Proposition
65 Warning 0 197 and the back
cover.
{
Warning
Batteries can hurt you. They can
be dangerous because:
.
They contain acid that can
burn you.
.
They contain gas that can
explode or ignite.
.
They contain enough
electricity to burn you.
If you do not follow these steps
exactly, some or all of these
things can hurt you.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
258 Vehicle Care
Caution
Ignoring these steps could result
in costly damage to the vehicle
that would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Trying to start
the vehicle by pushing or pulling it
will not work, and it could damage
the vehicle.
1. Discharged Battery
Negative Grounding Point
2. Discharged Battery
Positive Post
3. Good Battery Positive Post
4. Good Battery Negative Post
The jump start positive post is in the
engine compartment on the driver
side of the vehicle. See Engine
Compartment Overview 0 201.
The jump start negative grounding
point is in front of the engine cover
or an engine mounting bolt.
The jump start positive post and
negative post are on the battery of
the vehicle providing the jump start.
The positive jump start connection
for the discharged battery is under a
trim cover. Open the cover to
expose the post.
These locations are used instead of
a direct connection to the battery.
1. Check the other vehicle.
It must have a 12-volt battery
with a negative ground system.
Caution
If the other vehicle does not have
a 12-volt system with a negative
ground, both vehicles can be
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
damaged. Only use a vehicle that
has a 12-volt system with a
negative ground for jump starting.
2. Position the two vehicles so
that they are not touching.
3. Set the parking brake firmly
and put the shift lever in
P (Park) with an automatic
transmission, or Neutral with a
manual transmission. See
Shifting Into Park 0 167 with an
automatic transmission,
or Parking (Manual
Transmission) 0 169 with a
manual transmission.
Caution
If any accessories are left on or
plugged in during the jump
starting procedure, they could be
damaged. The repairs would not
be covered by the vehicle
(Continued)
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Vehicle Care 259
Caution (Continued)
warranty. Whenever possible, turn
off or unplug all accessories on
either vehicle when jump starting.
4. Turn the ignition off. Turn off all
lights and accessories in both
vehicles, except the hazard
warning flashers if needed.
{
Warning
An electric fan can start up even
when the engine is not running
and can injure you. Keep hands,
clothing, and tools away from any
underhood electric fan.
{
Warning
Using a match near a battery can
cause battery gas to explode.
People have been hurt doing this,
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
and some have been blinded.
Use a flashlight if you need more
light.
Battery fluid contains acid that
can burn you. Do not get it on
you. If you accidentally get it in
your eyes or on your skin, flush
the place with water and get
medical help immediately.
{
Warning
Fans or other moving engine
parts can injure you badly. Keep
your hands away from moving
parts once the engine is running.
5. Connect one end of the red
positive (+) cable to the
positive (+) post (2) on the
discharged battery.
6. Connect the other end of the
red positive (+) cable to the
positive (+) post (3) of the good
battery.
7. Connect one end of the black
negative (–) cable to the
negative (–) post (4) of the
good battery.
8. Connect the other end of the
black negative (–) cable to the
negative (–) grounding point (1)
for the discharged battery.
9. Start the engine in the vehicle
with the good battery and run
the engine at idle speed for at
least four minutes.
10. Try to start the vehicle that had
the dead battery. If it will not
start after a few tries, it
probably needs service.
Caution
If the jumper cables are
connected or removed in the
wrong order, electrical shorting
(Continued)
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
260 Vehicle Care
Caution (Continued)
may occur and damage the
vehicle. The repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Always connect and remove the
jumper cables in the correct order,
making sure that the cables do
not touch each other or other
metal.
Jumper Cable Removal
Reverse the sequence exactly when
removing the jumper cables.
After starting the disabled vehicle
and removing the jumper cables,
allow it to idle for several minutes.
Towing the Vehicle
Caution
Incorrectly towing a disabled
vehicle may cause damage. The
damage would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Do not lash
or hook to suspension
components. Use the proper
straps around the tires to secure
the vehicle. Do not drag a locked
wheel/tire. Use tire skates or
dollies under any locked wheel/
tire while loading the vehicle. Do
not use a sling type lift to tow the
vehicle. This could damage the
vehicle.
Caution
If the vehicle cannot be shifted
into Neutral (N), do not use the
tow eye to tow the vehicle.
Vehicle damage may occur.
GM recommends a flatbed tow truck
to transport a disabled vehicle. Use
ramps to help reduce approach
angles, if necessary. A towed
vehicle should have its drive wheels
off the ground. Contact Roadside
Assistance or a professional towing
service if the disabled vehicle must
be towed.
Caution
Improper use of the tow eye can
cause vehicle damage. Use
caution and low speeds to
prevent damage to the vehicle.
If the vehicle is equipped with tow
eye, only use the tow eye to pull the
vehicle onto a flatbed car carrier
from a flat road surface. Do not use
the tow eye to pull the vehicle from
snow, mud or sand.
The tow eye is in the spare tire and
tools kit, in the storage compartment
in the rear of the vehicle.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Vehicle Care 261
Carefully open the cover in the
fascia by using the small notch that
conceals the tow eye socket.
Install the tow eye into the socket
and turn it until it stops. When the
tow eye is removed, reinstall the
cover with the notch in the original
position.
Recreational Vehicle
Towing
Recreational vehicle towing refers to
towing the vehicle behind another
vehicle, such as behind a motor
home. The two most common types
of recreational vehicle towing are
known as dinghy towing and dolly
towing. Dinghy towing is towing the
vehicle with all four wheels on the
ground. Dolly towing is towing the
vehicle with two wheels on the
ground and two wheels up on a
device known as a dolly.
Here are some important things to
consider before recreational vehicle
towing:
.
Before towing the vehicle,
become familiar with the local
laws that apply to recreational
vehicle towing. These laws may
vary by region.
.
The towing capacity of the
towing vehicle. Be sure to read
the tow vehicle manufacturer's
recommendations.
.
How far the vehicle will be
towed. Some vehicles have
restrictions on how far and how
long they can tow.
.
The proper towing equipment.
See your dealer or trailering
professional for additional advice
and equipment
recommendations.
.
If the vehicle is ready to be
towed. Just as preparing the
vehicle for a long trip, make sure
the vehicle is prepared to be
towed.
Caution
Use of a shield mounted in front
of the vehicle grille could restrict
airflow and cause damage to the
transmission. The repairs would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. If using a shield, only
use one that attaches to the
towing vehicle.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
262 Vehicle Care
Dinghy Towing (with Automatic
Transmission)
Caution
If the vehicle is towed with all four
wheels on the ground, the
drivetrain components could be
damaged. The repairs would not
be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Do not tow the vehicle
with all four wheels on the
ground.
Vehicles with an automatic
transmission should not be towed
with all four wheels on the ground.
If the vehicle must be towed, a dolly
should be used. See "Dolly Towing"
following.
Dinghy Towing (with Manual
Transmission)
To dinghy tow the vehicle from the
front with all four wheels on the
ground:
1. Position the vehicle to tow and
then secure it to the tow
vehicle.
2. Apply the parking brake.
3. Shift the transmission to
Neutral.
4. Disconnect the negative
battery cable at the battery.
See “Negative Battery Cable
Disconnection” under Battery -
North America 0 215.
5. Cover the negative battery post
with a non-conductive material
to prevent any contact with the
negative battery terminal.
6. Release the parking brake.
Caution
If 113 km/h (70 mph) is exceeded
while towing the vehicle, it could
be damaged. Never exceed 113
km/h (70 mph) while towing the
vehicle.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Vehicle Care 263
Caution
Towing the vehicle from the rear
could damage it. Also, repairs
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Never have the
vehicle towed from the rear.
To disconnect the towed vehicle:
1. Park on a level surface.
2. Apply the parking brake.
3. Make sure that the ignition
is off.
4. Remove any tape, glue,
or excess material from the
negative battery post.
5. Connect the battery. See
“Negative Battery Cable
Reconnection” under Battery -
North America 0 215.
6. Disconnect the vehicle from the
tow vehicle.
7. Release the parking brake.
Dolly Towing
To tow the vehicle with the two rear
wheels on the ground and the front
wheels on a dolly:
1. Put the front wheels on a dolly.
2. Shift an automatic transmission
into P (Park) or a manual
transmission into 1 (First) gear.
3. Set the parking brake.
4. Clamp the steering wheel in a
straight-ahead position with a
clamping device designed for
towing.
5. Turn the ignition off.
6. Secure the vehicle to the dolly.
7. Release the parking brake.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
264 Vehicle Care
Caution
Towing the vehicle from the rear
could damage it. Also, repairs
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Never have the
vehicle towed from the rear.
Appearance Care
Exterior Care
Locks
Locks are lubricated at the factory.
Use a de-icing agent only when
absolutely necessary, and have the
locks greased after using. See
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 284.
Washing the Vehicle
To preserve the vehicle's finish,
wash it often and out of direct
sunlight.
Caution
Do not use petroleum-based,
acidic, or abrasive cleaning
agents as they can damage the
vehicle's paint, metal, or plastic
parts. If damage occurs, it would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Approved cleaning
products can be obtained from
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
your dealer. Follow all
manufacturer directions regarding
correct product usage, necessary
safety precautions, and
appropriate disposal of any
vehicle care product.
Caution
Avoid using high-pressure
washes closer than 30 cm (12 in)
to the surface of the vehicle. Use
of power washers exceeding
8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result
in damage or removal of paint
and decals.
Caution
Do not power wash any
component under the hood that
has this
e symbol.
(Continued)
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Vehicle Care 265
Caution (Continued)
This could cause damage that
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.
If using an automatic car wash,
follow the car wash instructions. The
windshield wiper and rear window
wiper, if equipped, must be off.
Remove any accessories that may
be damaged or interfere with the car
wash equipment.
Rinse the vehicle well, before
washing and after, to remove all
cleaning agents completely. If they
are allowed to dry on the surface,
they could stain.
Dry the finish with a soft, clean
chamois or an all-cotton towel to
avoid surface scratches and water
spotting.
Finish Care
Application of aftermarket clearcoat
sealant/wax materials is not
recommended. If painted surfaces
are damaged, see your dealer to
have the damage assessed and
repaired. Foreign materials such as
calcium chloride and other salts, ice
melting agents, road oil and tar, tree
sap, bird droppings, chemicals from
industrial chimneys, etc., can
damage the vehicle's finish if they
remain on painted surfaces. Wash
the vehicle as soon as possible.
If necessary, use non-abrasive
cleaners that are marked safe for
painted surfaces to remove foreign
matter.
Occasional hand waxing or mild
polishing should be done to remove
residue from the paint finish. See
your dealer for approved cleaning
products.
Do not apply waxes or polishes to
uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber,
decals, simulated wood, or flat paint
as damage can occur.
Caution
Machine compounding or
aggressive polishing on a
basecoat/clearcoat paint finish
may damage it. Use only
non-abrasive waxes and polishes
that are made for a basecoat/
clearcoat paint finish on the
vehicle.
To keep the paint finish looking new,
keep the vehicle garaged or
covered whenever possible.
Protecting Exterior Bright Metal
Moldings
Caution
Failure to clean and protect the
bright metal moldings can result
in a hazy white finish or pitting.
This damage would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
266 Vehicle Care
The bright metal moldings on the
vehicle are aluminum, chrome,
or stainless steel. To prevent
damage always follow these
cleaning instructions:
.
Be sure the molding is cool to
the touch before applying any
cleaning solution
.
Use only approved cleaning
solutions for aluminum, chrome,
or stainless steel. Some
cleaners are highly acidic or
contain alkaline substances and
can damage the moldings
.
Always dilute a concentrated
cleaner according to the
manufacturer ’s instructions
.
Do not use cleaners that are not
intended for automotive use
.
Use a nonabrasive wax on the
vehicle after washing to protect
and extend the molding finish
Cleaning Exterior Lamps/
Lenses, Emblems, Decals, and
Stripes
Use only lukewarm or cold water, a
soft cloth, and a car washing soap
to clean exterior lamps, lenses,
emblems, decals, and stripes.
Follow instructions under "Washing
the Vehicle" previously in this
section.
Lamp covers are made of plastic,
and some have a UV protective
coating. Do not clean or wipe them
when dry.
Do not use any of the following on
lamp covers:
.
Abrasive or caustic agents
.
Washer fluids and other cleaning
agents in higher concentrations
than suggested by the
manufacturer
.
Solvents, alcohols, fuels,
or other harsh cleaners
.
Ice scrapers or other hard items
.
Aftermarket appearance caps or
covers while the lamps are
illuminated, due to excessive
heat generated
Caution
Failure to clean lamps properly
can cause damage to the lamp
cover that would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty.
Caution
Using wax on low gloss black
finish stripes can increase the
gloss level and create a
non-uniform finish. Clean low
gloss stripes with soap and
water only.
Air Intakes
Clear debris from the air intakes,
between the hood and windshield,
when washing the vehicle.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Vehicle Care 267
Windshield and Wiper Blades
Clean the outside of the windshield
with glass cleaner.
Clean rubber blades using a lint-free
cloth or paper towel soaked with
windshield washer fluid or a mild
detergent. Wash the windshield
thoroughly when cleaning the
blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and
a buildup of vehicle wash/wax
treatments may cause wiper
streaking.
Replace the wiper blades if they are
worn or damaged. Damage can be
caused by extreme dusty
conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun,
snow, and ice.
Weatherstrips
Apply weatherstrip lubricant on
weatherstrips to make them last
longer, seal better, and not stick or
squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips at
least once a year. Hot, dry climates
may require more frequent
application. Black marks from
rubber material on painted surfaces
can be removed by rubbing with a
clean cloth. See Recommended
Fluids and Lubricants 0 284.
Tires
Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to
clean the tires.
Caution
Using petroleum-based tire
dressing products on the vehicle
may damage the paint finish and/
or tires. When applying a tire
dressing, always wipe off any
overspray from all painted
surfaces on the vehicle.
Wheels and Wheel Trim
Use a soft, clean cloth with mild
soap and water to clean the wheels.
After rinsing thoroughly with clean
water, dry with a soft, clean towel.
A wax may then be applied.
Caution
Chrome wheels and chrome
wheel trim may be damaged if the
vehicle is not washed after driving
on roads that have been sprayed
with magnesium chloride or
calcium chloride. These are used
on roads for conditions such as
dust and ice. Always wash the
chrome with soap and water after
exposure.
Caution
To avoid surface damage on
wheels and wheel trim, do not
use strong soaps, chemicals,
abrasive polishes, cleaners,
or brushes. Use only GM
approved cleaners. Do not drive
the vehicle through an automatic
car wash that uses silicon carbide
tire/wheel cleaning brushes.
(Continued)
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
268 Vehicle Care
Caution (Continued)
Damage could occur and the
repairs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty.
Brake System
Visually inspect brake lines and
hoses for proper hook-up, binding,
leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspect
disc brake pads for wear and rotors
for surface condition. Inspect drum
brake linings/shoes for wear or
cracks. Inspect all other brake parts.
Steering, Suspension, and
Chassis Components
Visually inspect steering,
suspension, and chassis
components for damaged, loose,
or missing parts or signs of wear at
least once a year.
Inspect power steering for proper
attachment, connections, binding,
leaks, cracks, chafing, etc.
Visually check constant velocity joint
boots and axle seals for leaks.
Body Component Lubrication
Lubricate all key lock cylinders,
hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and the
steel fuel door hinges, unless the
components are plastic. Applying
silicone grease on weatherstrips
with a clean cloth will make them
last longer, seal better, and not stick
or squeak.
Underbody Maintenance
At least twice a year, spring and fall,
use plain water to flush any
corrosive materials from the
underbody. Take care to thoroughly
clean any areas where mud and
other debris can collect.
Do not directly power wash the
transfer case and/or front/rear axle
output seals. High pressure water
can overcome the seals and
contaminate the fluid. Contaminated
fluid will decrease the life of the
transfer case and/or axles and
should be replaced.
Sheet Metal Damage
If the vehicle is damaged and
requires sheet metal repair or
replacement, make sure the body
repair shop applies anti-corrosion
material to parts repaired or
replaced to restore corrosion
protection.
Original manufacturer replacement
parts will provide the corrosion
protection while maintaining the
vehicle warranty.
Finish Damage
Quickly repair minor chips and
scratches with touch-up materials
available from your dealer to avoid
corrosion. Larger areas of finish
damage can be corrected in your
dealer's body and paint shop.
Chemical Paint Spotting
Airborne pollutants can fall upon
and attack painted vehicle surfaces
causing blotchy, ring-shaped
discolorations, and small, irregular
dark spots etched into the paint
surface. See “Finish Care”
previously in this section.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Vehicle Care 269
Interior Care
To prevent dirt particle abrasions,
regularly clean the vehicle's interior.
Immediately remove any soils.
Newspapers or dark garments can
transfer color to the vehicle’s
interior.
Use a soft bristle brush to remove
dust from knobs and crevices on the
instrument cluster. Using a mild
soap solution, immediately remove
hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect
repellent from all interior surfaces or
permanent damage may result.
Use cleaners specifically designed
for the surfaces being cleaned to
prevent permanent damage. Apply
all cleaners directly to the cleaning
cloth. Do not spray cleaners on any
switches or controls. Remove
cleaners quickly.
Before using cleaners, read and
follow all safety instructions on the
label. While cleaning the interior,
open the doors and windows to get
proper ventilation.
To prevent damage, do not clean
the interior using the following
cleaners or techniques:
.
Never use a razor or any other
sharp object to remove soil from
any interior surface.
.
Never use a brush with stiff
bristles.
.
Never rub any surface
aggressively or with too much
pressure.
.
Do not use laundry detergents or
dishwashing soaps with
degreasers. For liquid cleaners,
use approximately 20 drops per
3.8 L (1 gal) of water.
A concentrated soap solution will
create streaks and attract dirt.
Do not use solutions that contain
strong or caustic soap.
.
Do not heavily saturate the
upholstery when cleaning.
.
Do not use solvents or cleaners
containing solvents.
Interior Glass
To clean, use a terry cloth fabric
dampened with water. Wipe droplets
left behind with a clean dry cloth.
If necessary, use a commercial
glass cleaner after cleaning with
plain water.
Caution
To prevent scratching, never use
abrasive cleaners on automotive
glass. Abrasive cleaners or
aggressive cleaning may damage
the rear window defogger.
Cleaning the windshield with water
during the first three to six months
of ownership will reduce tendency
to fog.
Speaker Covers
Vacuum around a speaker cover
gently, so that the speaker will not
be damaged. Clean spots with water
and mild soap.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
270 Vehicle Care
Coated Moldings
Coated moldings should be cleaned.
.
When lightly soiled, wipe with a
sponge or soft, lint-free cloth
dampened with water.
.
When heavily soiled, use warm
soapy water.
Fabric/Carpet/Suede
Start by vacuuming the surface
using a soft brush attachment. If a
rotating vacuum brush attachment is
being used, only use it on the floor
carpet. Before cleaning, gently
remove as much of the soil as
possible:
.
Gently blot liquids with a paper
towel. Continue blotting until no
more soil can be removed.
.
For solid soils, remove as much
as possible prior to vacuuming.
To clean:
1. Saturate a clean, lint-free
colorfast cloth with water.
Microfiber cloth is
recommended to prevent lint
transfer to the fabric or carpet.
2. Remove excess moisture by
gently wringing until water does
not drip from the cleaning cloth.
3. Start on the outside edge of the
soil and gently rub toward the
center. Fold the cleaning cloth
to a clean area frequently to
prevent forcing the soil in to the
fabric.
4. Continue gently rubbing the
soiled area until there is no
longer any color transfer from
the soil to the cleaning cloth.
5. If the soil is not completely
removed, use a mild soap
solution followed only by plain
water.
If the soil is not completely
removed, it may be necessary to
use a commercial upholstery
cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small
hidden area for colorfastness before
using a commercial upholstery
cleaner or spot lifter. If ring
formation occurs, clean the entire
fabric or carpet.
After cleaning, use a paper towel to
blot excess moisture.
Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces
and Vehicle Information and
Radio Displays
Use a microfiber cloth on high gloss
surfaces or vehicle displays. First,
use a soft bristle brush to remove
dirt that can scratch the surface.
Then gently clean by rubbing with a
microfiber cloth. Never use window
cleaners or solvents. Periodically
hand wash the microfiber cloth
separately, using mild soap. Do not
use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse
thoroughly and air dry before
next use.
Caution
Do not attach a device with a
suction cup to the display. This
may cause damage and would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Vehicle Care 271
Instrument Panel, Leather,
Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces,
Low Gloss Paint Surfaces, and
Natural Open Pore Wood
Surfaces
Use a soft microfiber cloth
dampened with water to remove
dust and loose dirt. For a more
thorough cleaning, use a soft
microfiber cloth dampened with a
mild soap solution.
Caution
Soaking or saturating leather,
especially perforated leather, as
well as other interior surfaces,
may cause permanent damage.
Wipe excess moisture from these
surfaces after cleaning and allow
them to dry naturally. Never use
heat, steam, or spot removers. Do
not use cleaners that contain
silicone or wax-based products.
Cleaners containing these
solvents can permanently change
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
the appearance and feel of
leather or soft trim, and are not
recommended.
Do not use cleaners that increase
gloss, especially on the instrument
panel. Reflected glare can decrease
visibility through the windshield
under certain conditions.
Caution
Use of air fresheners may cause
permanent damage to plastics
and painted surfaces. If an air
freshener comes in contact with
any plastic or painted surface in
the vehicle, blot immediately and
clean with a soft cloth dampened
with a mild soap solution.
Damage caused by air fresheners
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.
Cargo Cover and
Convenience Net
If equipped, wash with warm water
and mild detergent. Do not use
chlorine bleach. Rinse with cold
water, and then dry completely.
Care of Seat Belts
Keep belts clean and dry.
{
Warning
Do not bleach or dye seat belt
webbing. It may severely weaken
the webbing. In a crash, they
might not be able to provide
adequate protection. Clean and
rinse seat belt webbing only with
mild soap and lukewarm water.
Allow the webbing to dry.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
272 Vehicle Care
Floor Mats
{
Warning
If a floor mat is the wrong size or
is not properly installed, it can
interfere with the pedals.
Interference with the pedals can
cause unintended acceleration
and/or increased stopping
distance which can cause a crash
and injury. Make sure the floor
mat does not interfere with the
pedals.
Use the following guidelines for
proper floor mat usage:
.
The original equipment floor
mats were designed for your
vehicle. If the floor mats need
replacing, it is recommended
that GM certified floor mats be
purchased. Non-GM floor mats
may not fit properly and may
interfere with the pedals. Always
check that the floor mats do not
interfere with the pedals.
.
Do not use a floor mat if the
vehicle is not equipped with a
floor mat retainer on the driver
side floor.
.
Use the floor mat with the
correct side up. Do not turn
it over.
.
Do not place anything on top of
the driver side floor mat.
.
Use only a single floor mat on
the driver side.
.
Do not place one floor mat on
top of another.
Removing and Replacing the
Floor Mats
Pull up on the rear of the floor mat
to unlock each retainer and remove.
Reinstall by lining up the floor mat
retainer openings over the carpet
retainers and snap into position.
Make sure the floor mat is properly
secured in place.
Verify the floor mat does not
interfere with the pedals.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Service and Maintenance 273
Service and
Maintenance
General Information
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 273
Maintenance Schedule
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 275
Special Application Services
Special Application
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Additional Maintenance
and Care
Additional Maintenance
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Recommended Fluids,
Lubricants, and Parts
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Maintenance Replacement
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Maintenance Records
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 286
General Information
Your vehicle is an important
investment. This section describes
the required maintenance for the
vehicle. Follow this schedule to help
protect against major repair
expenses resulting from neglect or
inadequate maintenance. It may
also help to maintain the value of
the vehicle if it is sold. It is the
responsibility of the owner to have
all required maintenance performed.
Your dealer has trained technicians
who can perform required
maintenance using genuine
replacement parts. They have
up-to-date tools and equipment for
fast and accurate diagnostics. Many
dealers have extended evening and
Saturday hours, courtesy
transportation, and online
scheduling to assist with service
needs.
Your dealer recognizes the
importance of providing
competitively priced maintenance
and repair services. With trained
technicians, the dealer is the place
for routine maintenance such as oil
changes and tire rotations and
additional maintenance items like
tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper
blades.
Caution
Damage caused by improper
maintenance can lead to costly
repairs and may not be covered
by the vehicle warranty.
Maintenance intervals, checks,
inspections, recommended fluids,
and lubricants are important to
keep the vehicle in good working
condition.
Do not have chemical flushes that
are not approved by GM
performed on the vehicle. The
use of flushes, solvents, cleaners,
or lubricants that are not
approved by GM could damage
the vehicle, requiring expensive
repairs that are not covered by
the vehicle warranty.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
274 Service and Maintenance
The Tire Rotation and Required
Services are the responsibility of the
vehicle owner. It is recommended to
have your dealer perform these
services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.
Proper vehicle maintenance helps to
keep the vehicle in good working
condition, improves fuel economy,
and reduces vehicle emissions.
Because of the way people use
vehicles, maintenance needs vary.
There may need to be more
frequent checks and services. The
Additional Required Services -
Normal are for vehicles that:
.
Carry passengers and cargo
within recommended limits on
the Tire and Loading Information
label. See Vehicle Load Limits
0 156.
.
Are driven on reasonable road
surfaces within legal driving
limits.
.
Use the recommended fuel. See
Recommended Fuel 0 191.
Refer to the information in the
Maintenance Schedule Additional
Required Services - Normal chart.
The Additional Required Services -
Severe are for vehicles that are:
.
Mainly driven in heavy city traffic
in hot weather.
.
Mainly driven in hilly or
mountainous terrain.
.
Frequently towing a trailer.
.
Used for high speed or
competitive driving.
.
Used for taxi, police, or delivery
service.
Refer to the information in the
Maintenance Schedule Additional
Required Services - Severe chart.
{
Warning
Performing maintenance work can
be dangerous and can cause
serious injury. Perform
maintenance work only if the
required information, proper tools,
and equipment are available.
If they are not, see your dealer to
have a trained technician do the
work. See Doing Your Own
Service Work 0 198.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Service and Maintenance 275
Maintenance
Schedule
Owner Checks and Services
At Each Fuel Stop
.
Check the engine oil level. See
Engine Oil 0 202.
Once a Month
.
Check the tire inflation
pressures. See Tire Pressure
0 238.
.
Inspect the tires for wear. See
Tire Inspection 0 243.
.
Check the windshield washer
fluid level. See Washer Fluid
0 212.
Engine Oil Change
When the : % CHANGE DIC
message displays, have the engine
oil and filter changed within the next
1 000 km/600 mi. If driven under the
best conditions, the engine oil life
system may not indicate the need
for vehicle service for up to a year.
The engine oil and filter must be
changed at least once a year and
the oil life system must be reset.
Your trained dealer technician can
perform this work. If the engine oil
life system is reset accidentally,
service the vehicle within 5 000 km/
3,000 mi since the last service.
Reset the oil life system when the
oil is changed. See Engine Oil Life
System 0 204.
Air Conditioning Desiccant
(Replace Every Seven Years)
The air conditioning system requires
maintenance every seven years.
This service requires replacement of
the desiccant to help the longevity
and efficient operation of the air
conditioning system. This service
can be complex. See your dealer.
Tire Rotation and Required
Services Every 12 000 km/
7,500 mi
Rotate the tires, if recommended for
the vehicle, and perform the
following services. See Tire
Rotation 0 243.
.
Check engine oil level and oil
life percentage. If needed,
change engine oil and filter, and
reset oil life system. See Engine
Oil 0 202 and
Engine Oil Life System 0 204.
.
Check engine coolant level. See
Cooling System 0 208.
.
Check windshield washer fluid
level. See Washer Fluid 0 212.
.
Check tire inflation pressures.
See Tire Pressure 0 238.
.
Inspect tire wear. See Tire
Inspection 0 243.
.
Visually check for fluid leaks.
.
Inspect engine air cleaner filter.
See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
0 207.
.
Inspect brake system. See
Exterior Care 0 264.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
276 Service and Maintenance
.
Visually inspect steering,
suspension, and chassis
components for damage,
including cracks or tears in the
rubber boots, loose or missing
parts, or signs of wear at least
once a year. See Exterior Care
0 264.
.
Inspect power steering for
proper attachment, connections,
binding, leaks, cracks,
chafing, etc.
.
Visually inspect halfshafts and
drive shafts for excessive wear,
lubricant leaks, and/or damage
including: tube dents or cracks,
constant velocity joint or
universal joint looseness,
cracked or missing boots, loose
or missing boot clamps, center
bearing excessive looseness,
loose or missing fasteners, and
axle seal leaks.
.
Check restraint system
components. See Safety System
Check 0 42.
.
Visually inspect fuel system for
damage or leaks.
.
Visually inspect exhaust system
and nearby heat shields for
loose or damaged parts.
.
Lubricate body components. See
Exterior Care 0 264.
.
Check starter switch. See Starter
Switch Check 0 216.
.
Check automatic transmission
shift lock control function. See
Automatic Transmission Shift
Lock Control Function Check
0 217.
.
Check ignition transmission lock.
See Ignition Transmission Lock
Check 0 217.
.
Check parking brake and
automatic transmission park
mechanism. See Park Brake and
P (Park) Mechanism Check
0 217.
.
Check accelerator pedal for
damage, high effort, or binding.
Replace if needed.
.
Visually inspect gas strut for
signs of wear, cracks, or other
damage. Check the hold open
ability of the strut. If the hold
open is low, service the gas
strut. See Gas Strut(s) 0 219.
.
Inspect sunroof track and seal,
if equipped. See Sunroof 0 28.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Service and Maintenance 277
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Normal
12 000 km/7,500 mi
24 000 km/15,000 mi
36 000 km/22,500 mi
48 000 km/30,000 mi
60 000 km/37,500 mi
72 000 km/45,000 mi
84 000 km/52,500 mi
96 000 km/60,000 mi
108 000 km/67,500 mi
120 000 km/75,000 mi
132 000 km/82,500 mi
144 000 km/90,000 mi
156 000 km/97,500 mi
168 000 km/105,000 mi
180 000 km/112,500 mi
192 000 km/120,000 mi
204 000 km/127,500 mi
216 000 km/135,000 mi
228 000 km/142,500 mi
240 000 km/150,000 mi
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage.
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @
Change manual transmission fluid, if equipped. @
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts (5) @
Replace brake/clutch fluid. (6)
Replace windshield wiper blades. (7)
@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Replace hood and/or body lift support gas
struts. (8)
@ @
Replace air conditioning desiccant. (9)
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
278 Service and Maintenance
Footnotes — Maintenance
Schedule Additional Required
Services - Normal
(1) Or every two years, whichever
comes first. More frequent
passenger compartment air filter
replacement may be needed if
driving in areas with heavy traffic,
poor air quality, high dust levels,
or environmental allergens.
Passenger compartment air filter
replacement may also be needed if
there is reduced airflow, window
fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer
can help determine when to replace
the filter.
(2) Visually check all fuel and vapor
lines and hoses for proper
attachment, connection, routing, and
condition.
(3) Or every four years, whichever
comes first. If driving in dusty
conditions, inspect the filter at each
oil change or more often as needed.
See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 207.
(4) Or every five years, whichever
comes first. See Cooling System
0 208.
(5) Or every ten years, whichever
comes first. Inspect for fraying,
excessive cracking, or damage;
replace, if needed.
(6) If equipped with automatic
transmission, replace brake fluid
every five years. If equipped with
manual transmission, place brake/
clutch fluid every three years. See
Brake Fluid 0 213.
(7) Or every 12 months, whichever
comes first. See Wiper Blade
Replacement 0 218.
(8) Or every 10 years, whichever
comes first. See Gas Strut(s) 0 219.
(9) Replace air conditioning
desiccant every seven years.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Service and Maintenance 279
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Severe
12 000 km/7,500 mi
24 000 km/15,000 mi
36 000 km/22,500 mi
48 000 km/30,000 mi
60 000 km/37,500 mi
72 000 km/45,000 mi
84 000 km/52,500 mi
96 000 km/60,000 mi
108 000 km/67,500 mi
120 000 km/75,000 mi
132 000 km/82,500 mi
144 000 km/90,000 mi
156 000 km/97,500 mi
168 000 km/105,000 mi
180 000 km/112,500 mi
192 000 km/120,000 mi
204 000 km/127,500 mi
216 000 km/135,000 mi
228 000 km/142,500 mi
240 000 km/150,000 mi
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage.
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @
Change automatic transmission fluid and filter. @ @ @
Change manual transmission fluid, if equipped. @ @ @
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @
Replace brake/clutch fluid. (6)
Replace windshield wiper blades. (7)
@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Replace hood and/or body lift support gas
struts. (8)
@ @
Replace air conditioning desiccant. (9)
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
280 Service and Maintenance
Footnotes — Maintenance
Schedule Additional Required
Services - Severe
(1) Or every two years, whichever
comes first. More frequent
passenger compartment air filter
replacement may be needed if
driving in areas with heavy traffic,
poor air quality, high dust levels,
or environmental allergens.
Passenger compartment air filter
replacement may also be needed if
there is reduced airflow, window
fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer
can help determine when to replace
the filter.
(2) Visually check all fuel and vapor
lines and hoses for proper
attachment, connection, routing, and
condition.
(3) Or every four years, whichever
comes first. If driving in dusty
conditions, inspect the filter at each
oil change or more often as needed.
See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 207.
(4) Or every five years, whichever
comes first. See Cooling System
0 208.
(5) Or every ten years, whichever
comes first. Inspect for fraying,
excessive cracking, or damage;
replace, if needed.
(6) If equipped with automatic
transmission, replace brake fluid
every five years. If equipped with
manual transmission, place brake/
clutch fluid every three years. See
Brake Fluid 0 213.
(7) Or every 12 months, whichever
comes first. See Wiper Blade
Replacement 0 218.
(8) Or every 10 years, whichever
comes first. See Gas Strut(s) 0 219.
(9) Replace air conditioning
desiccant every seven years.
Special Application
Services
.
Severe Commercial Use
Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis
components every oil change.
.
Have underbody flushing service
performed. See "Underbody
Maintenance" in Exterior Care
0 264.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Service and Maintenance 281
Additional
Maintenance and Care
Your vehicle is an important
investment and caring for it properly
may help to avoid future costly
repairs. To maintain vehicle
performance, additional
maintenance services may be
required.
It is recommended that your dealer
perform these services — their
trained dealer technicians know
your vehicle best. Your dealer can
also perform a thorough
assessment with a multi-point
inspection to recommend when your
vehicle may need attention.
The following list is intended to
explain the services and conditions
to look for that may indicate
services are required.
Battery
The 12-volt battery supplies power
to start the engine and operate any
additional electrical accessories.
.
To avoid break-down or failure to
start the vehicle, maintain a
battery with full cranking power.
.
Trained dealer technicians have
the diagnostic equipment to test
the battery and ensure that the
connections and cables are
corrosion-free.
Belts
.
Belts may need replacing if they
squeak or show signs of
cracking or splitting.
.
Trained dealer technicians have
access to tools and equipment
to inspect the belts and
recommend adjustment or
replacement when necessary.
Brakes
Brakes stop the vehicle and are
crucial to safe driving.
.
Signs of brake wear may include
chirping, grinding, or squealing
noises, or difficulty stopping.
.
Trained dealer technicians have
access to tools and equipment
to inspect the brakes and
recommend quality parts
engineered for the vehicle.
Fluids
Proper fluid levels and approved
fluids protect the vehicle’s systems
and components. See
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 284 for GM approved
fluids.
.
Engine oil and windshield
washer fluid levels should be
checked at every fuel fill.
.
Instrument cluster lights may
come on to indicate that fluids
may be low and need to be
filled.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
282 Service and Maintenance
Hoses
Hoses transport fluids and should
be regularly inspected to ensure
that there are no cracks or leaks.
With a multi-point inspection, your
dealer can inspect the hoses and
advise if replacement is needed.
Lamps
Properly working headlamps,
taillamps, and brake lamps are
important to see and be seen on
the road.
.
Signs that the headlamps need
attention include dimming, failure
to light, cracking, or damage.
The brake lamps need to be
checked periodically to ensure
that they light when braking.
.
With a multi-point inspection,
your dealer can check the lamps
and note any concerns.
Shocks and Struts
Shocks and struts help aid in control
for a smoother ride.
.
Signs of wear may include
steering wheel vibration, bounce/
sway while braking, longer
stopping distance, or uneven
tire wear.
.
As part of the multi-point
inspection, trained dealer
technicians can visually inspect
the shocks and struts for signs
of leaking, blown seals,
or damage, and can advise
when service is needed.
Tires
Tires need to be properly inflated,
rotated, and balanced. Maintaining
the tires can save money and fuel,
and can reduce the risk of tire
failure.
.
Signs that the tires need to be
replaced include three or more
visible treadwear indicators; cord
or fabric showing through the
rubber; cracks or cuts in the
tread or sidewall; or a bulge or
split in the tire.
.
Trained dealer technicians can
inspect and recommend the right
tires. Your dealer can also
provide tire/wheel balancing
services to ensure smooth
vehicle operation at all speeds.
Your dealer sells and services
name brand tires.
Vehicle Care
To help keep the vehicle looking like
new, vehicle care products are
available from your dealer. For
information on how to clean and
protect the vehicle’s interior and
exterior, see Interior Care 0 269 and
Exterior Care 0 264.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Service and Maintenance 283
Wheel Alignment
Wheel alignment is critical for
ensuring that the tires deliver
optimal wear and performance.
.
Signs that the alignment may
need to be adjusted include
pulling, improper vehicle
handling, or unusual tire wear.
.
Your dealer has the required
equipment to ensure proper
wheel alignment.
Windshield
For safety, appearance, and the
best viewing, keep the windshield
clean and clear.
.
Signs of damage include
scratches, cracks, and chips.
.
Trained dealer technicians can
inspect the windshield and
recommend proper replacement
if needed.
Wiper Blades
Wiper blades need to be cleaned
and kept in good condition to
provide a clear view.
.
Signs of wear include streaking,
skipping across the windshield,
and worn or split rubber.
.
Trained dealer technicians can
check the wiper blades and
replace them when needed.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
284 Service and Maintenance
Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
Fluids and lubricants identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Brake/Clutch Hydraulic System DOT 4 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299570, in
Canada 19299571).
Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant.
See Cooling System 0 208.
Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos1 specification of the proper SAE viscosity
grade. ACDelco dexos1 full synthetic is recommended. See Engine Oil
0 202.
Hood Latch Assembly, Secondary
Latch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and
Release Pawl
Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668, in Canada 89021674)
or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.
Key Lock Cylinders, Hood and Door
Hinges
Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in
Canada 10953474).
Transmission - Automatic ACDelco CVT Fluid (Part No. 19260800, in Canada 19299096).
Transmission - Manual Manual Transmission Fluid (GM Part No. 19351859, in Canada 19351860).
Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or
equivalent.
Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection
requirements.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Service and Maintenance 285
Maintenance Replacement Parts
Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 95238310 A3227C
Engine Oil Filter 12696048 PF64
Passenger Compartment Air Filter 95369731 CF202
Spark Plugs 12637197 41-124
Wiper Blades
Driver Side – 60 cm (23.6 in) 95391363 —
Passenger Side – 35 cm (13.8 in) 95391365 —
Rear 95391371 —
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
286 Service and Maintenance
Maintenance Records
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the
type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.
Date
Odometer
Reading
Serviced By Services Performed
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Technical Data 287
Technical Data
Vehicle Identification
Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Service Parts Identification . . . 287
Vehicle Data
Capacities and
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . 290
Vehicle Identification
Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN)
This legal identifier is in the front
corner of the instrument panel, on
the driver side of the vehicle. It can
be seen through the windshield from
outside. The Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN) also appears on the
Vehicle Certification and Service
Parts labels and certificates of title
and registration.
Engine Identification
The eighth character in the VIN is
the engine code. This code
identifies the vehicle's engine,
specifications, and replacement
parts. See “Engine Specifications”
under Capacities and Specifications
0 288 for the vehicle's engine code.
Service Parts
Identification
There may be a large barcode on
the certification label on the center
pillar that you can scan for the
following information:
.
Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN)
.
Model designation
.
Paint information
.
Production options
If there is not a large barcode on
this label, then you will find this
same information on a label inside
of the glove box.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
288 Technical Data
Vehicle Data
Capacities and Specifications
The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 284 for more information.
Application
Capacities
Metric English
Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and
charge amount, see the refrigerant label under the
hood. See your dealer for more information.
Engine Cooling System* 4.8 L 5.0 qt
Engine Oil with Filter 4.0 L 4.2 qt
Fuel Tank 35.0 L 9.0 gal
Wheel Nut Torque 140 Y 100 lb ft
All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this
manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.
*Engine cooling system capacity values are based on the entire cooling system and its components.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Technical Data 289
Engine Specifications
Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap
1.4L L4 A Automatic and Manual 0.80–0.90 mm (0.031–
0.035 in)
Spark plug gaps are preset by the manufacturer. Re-gapping the spark plug is not recommended and can damage
the spark plug.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
290 Technical Data
Engine Drive Belt Routing
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Customer Information 291
Customer
Information
Customer Information
Customer Satisfaction
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Customer Assistance
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Customer Assistance for Text
Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 294
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . 294
GM Mobility Reimbursement
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Roadside Assistance
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Scheduling Service
Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Courtesy Transportation
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 298
Publication Ordering
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Radio Frequency
Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects to
the United States
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Reporting Safety Defects to
the Canadian
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Reporting Safety Defects to
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy
Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Cybersecurity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 303
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Customer Information
Customer Satisfaction
Procedure
Your satisfaction and goodwill are
important to your dealer and to
Chevrolet. Normally, any concerns
with the sales transaction or the
operation of the vehicle will be
resolved by your dealer's sales or
service departments. Sometimes,
however, despite the best intentions
of all concerned, misunderstandings
can occur. If your concern has not
been resolved to your satisfaction,
the following steps should be taken:
STEP ONE : Discuss your concern
with a member of dealership
management. Normally, concerns
can be quickly resolved at that level.
If the matter has already been
reviewed with the sales, service,
or parts manager, contact the owner
of your dealership or the general
manager.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
292 Customer Information
STEP TWO : If after contacting a
member of dealership management,
it appears your concern cannot be
resolved by your dealership without
further help, in the U.S., call the
Chevrolet Customer Assistance
Center at 1-800-222-1020. In
Canada, call General Motors of
Canada Customer Care Centre at
1-800-263-3777 (English),
or 1-800-263-7854 (French).
We encourage you to call the
toll-free number in order to give your
inquiry prompt attention. Have the
following information available to
give the Customer Assistance
representative:
.
Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN). This is available
from the vehicle registration or
title, or the plate at the top left of
the instrument panel and visible
through the windshield.
.
Dealership name and location.
.
Vehicle delivery date and
present mileage.
When contacting Chevrolet,
remember that your concern will
likely be resolved at a dealer's
facility. That is why we suggest
following Step One first.
STEP THREE — U.S. Owners :
Both General Motors and your
dealer are committed to making
sure you are completely satisfied
with your new vehicle. However,
if you continue to remain unsatisfied
after following the procedure
outlined in Steps One and Two, you
can file with the Better Business
Bureau (BBB) Auto Line Program to
enforce your rights.
The BBB Auto Line Program is an
out-of-court program administered
by the Council of Better Business
Bureaus to settle automotive
disputes regarding vehicle repairs or
the interpretation of the New Vehicle
Limited Warranty. Although you may
be required to resort to this informal
dispute resolution program prior to
filing a court action, use of the
program is free of charge and your
case will generally be heard within
40 days. If you do not agree with the
decision given in your case, you
may reject it and proceed with any
other venue for relief available
to you.
You may contact the BBB Auto Line
Program using the toll-free
telephone number or write them at
the following address:
BBB Auto Line Program
Council of Better Business Bureaus,
Inc.
3033 Wilson Boulevard
Suite 600
Arlington, VA 22201
Telephone: 1-800-955-5100
http://www.bbb.org/council/
programs-services/
dispute-handling-and-resolution/
bbb-auto-line
This program is available in all
50 states and the District of
Columbia. Eligibility is limited by
vehicle age, mileage, and other
factors. General Motors reserves
the right to change eligibility
limitations and/or discontinue its
participation in this program.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Customer Information 293
STEP THREE — Canadian
Owners : In the event that you do
not feel your concerns have been
addressed after following the
procedure outlined in Steps One
and Two, General Motors of Canada
Company wants you to be aware of
its participation in a no-charge
Mediation/Arbitration Program.
General Motors of Canada
Company has committed to binding
arbitration of owner disputes
involving factory-related vehicle
service claims. The program
provides for the review of the facts
involved by an impartial third party
arbiter, and may include an informal
hearing before the arbiter. The
program is designed so that the
entire dispute settlement process,
from the time you file your complaint
to the final decision, should be
completed in about 70 days. We
believe our impartial program offers
advantages over courts in most
jurisdictions because it is informal,
quick, and free of charge.
For further information concerning
eligibility in the Canadian Motor
Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),
call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call
the General Motors Customer Care
Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English),
1-800-263-7854 (French),
or write to:
The Mediation/Arbitration Program
c/o Customer Care Centre
General Motors of Canada
Company
Mail Code: CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
Your inquiry should be accompanied
by the Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN).
Customer Assistance
Offices
Chevrolet encourages customers to
call the toll-free number for
assistance. However, if a customer
wishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet,
the letter should be addressed to:
United States and Puerto Rico
Chevrolet Motor Division
Chevrolet Customer Assistance
Center
P.O. Box 33170
Detroit, MI 48232-5170
www.Chevrolet.com
1-800-222-1020
1-800-833-2438 (For Text
Telephone Devices (TTYs))
Roadside Assistance:
1-800-243-8872
From U.S. Virgin Islands:
1-800-496-9994
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
294 Customer Information
Canada
General Motors of Canada
Company
Customer Care Centre, Mail Code:
CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
www.gm.ca
1-800-263-3777 (English)
1-800-263-7854 (French)
1-800-263-3830 (For Text
Telephone devices (TTYs))
Roadside Assistance:
1-800-268-6800
Overseas
Please contact the local General
Motors Business Unit.
Customer Assistance for
Text Telephone (TTY)
Users
To assist customers who are deaf,
hard of hearing, or speech-impaired
and who use Text Telephones
(TTYs), Chevrolet has TTY
equipment available at its Customer
Assistance Center. Any TTY user in
the U.S. can communicate with
Chevrolet by dialing:
1-800-833-2438. TTY users in
Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830.
Online Owner Center
Online Owner Experience
(U.S.) my.chevrolet.com
The Chevrolet online owner
experience allows access to videos,
articles, and vehicle health specific
to your Chevrolet as well as your
OnStar Account information all in
one place.
Membership Benefits
E : Download owner’s manuals
and view vehicle-specific how-to
videos.
G : View maintenance schedules,
alerts, and Vehicle Diagnostic
Information. Schedule service
appointments.
I : View and print dealer-recorded
service records and self-recorded
service records.
D : Select a preferred dealer and
view locations, maps, phone
numbers, and hours.
r : Track your vehicle’s warranty
information.
J : View active recalls by Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN). See
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
0 287.
H : Compare and shop for
Chevrolet and OnStar plans and
Services. View GM Card and
SiriusXM information (if equipped).
F : Chat with online help
representatives.
See my.chevrolet.com to register
your vehicle.
Chevrolet Owner Centre
(Canada) mychevrolet.ca
Visit the Chevrolet Owner Centre at
mychevrolet.ca (English) or
my.chevrolet.ca (French) to access
similar benefits to the U.S. site.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Customer Information 295
GM Mobility
Reimbursement Program
This program is available to
qualified applicants for cost
reimbursement, up to certain limits,
of eligible aftermarket adaptive
equipment required for the vehicle,
such as hand controls or a
wheelchair/scooter lift for the
vehicle.
To learn about the GM Mobility
program, see www.gmmobility.com
or call the GM Mobility Assistance
Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text
Telephone (TTY) users, call
1-800-833-9935.
General Motors of Canada also has
a Mobility program. See www.gm.ca
or call 1-800-GM-DRIVE
(800-463-7483) for details. TTY
users call 1-800-263-3830.
Roadside Assistance
Program
For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call
1-800-243-8872. (Text Telephone
(TTY): 1-888-889-2438.)
For Canadian-purchased vehicles,
call 1-800-268-6800.
Service is available 24 hours a day,
365 days a year.
Calling for Assistance
When calling Roadside Assistance,
have the following information
ready:
.
Your name, home address, and
home telephone number
.
Telephone number of your
location
.
Location of the vehicle
.
Model, year, color, and license
plate number of the vehicle
.
Odometer reading, Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN), and
delivery date of the vehicle
.
Description of the problem
Coverage
Services are provided for the
duration of the vehicle’s powertrain
warranty.
In the U.S., anyone driving the
vehicle is covered. In Canada, a
person driving the vehicle without
permission from the owner is not
covered.
Roadside Assistance is not a part of
the New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
General Motors North America and
Chevrolet reserve the right to make
any changes or discontinue the
Roadside Assistance program at
any time without notification.
General Motors North America and
Chevrolet reserve the right to limit
services or payment to an owner or
driver if they decide the claims are
made too often, or the same type of
claim is made many times.
Services Provided
.
Emergency Fuel Delivery:
Delivery of enough fuel for the
vehicle to get to the nearest
service station.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
296 Customer Information
.
Lock-Out Service: Service to
unlock the vehicle if you are
locked out. A remote unlock may
be available if you have OnStar.
For security reasons, the driver
must present identification
before this service is given.
.
Emergency Tow from a Public
Road or Highway: Tow to the
nearest Chevrolet dealer for
warranty service, or if the vehicle
was in a crash and cannot be
driven. Assistance is not given
when the vehicle is stuck in the
sand, mud, or snow.
.
Flat Tire Change: Service to
change a flat tire with the spare
tire. The spare tire, if equipped,
must be in good condition and
properly inflated. It is the owner's
responsibility for the repair or
replacement of the tire if it is not
covered by the warranty.
.
Battery Jump Start: Service to
jump start a dead battery.
.
Trip Interruption Benefits and
Assistance: If your trip is
interrupted due to a warranty
event, incidental expenses may
be reimbursed within the
Powertrain warranty period.
Items considered are reasonable
and customary hotel, meals,
rental car, or a vehicle being
delivered back to the customer,
up to 500 miles.
Services Not Included in
Roadside Assistance
.
Impound towing caused by
violation of any laws
.
Legal fines
.
Mounting, dismounting,
or changing of snow tires,
chains, or other traction devices
Service is not provided if a vehicle
is in an area that is not accessible
to the service vehicle or is not a
regularly traveled or maintained
public road, which includes ice and
winter roads. Off-road use is not
covered.
Services Specific to
Canadian-Purchased Vehicles
.
Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement
is up to 7 liters. If available,
diesel fuel delivery may be
restricted. Propane and other
fuels are not provided through
this service.
.
Lock-Out Service: Vehicle
registration is required.
.
Trip Interruption Benefits and
Assistance: Must be over
150 km from where your trip was
started to qualify.
Pre-authorization, original
detailed receipts, and a copy of
the repair orders are required.
Once authorization has been
received, the Roadside
Assistance advisor will help to
make arrangements and explain
how to receive payment.
.
Alternative Service: If
assistance cannot be provided
right away, the Roadside
Assistance advisor may give
permission to get local
emergency road service. You will
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Customer Information 297
receive payment, up to $100,
after sending the original receipt
to Roadside Assistance.
Mechanical failures may be
covered, however any cost for
parts and labor for repairs not
covered by the warranty are the
owner responsibility.
Scheduling Service
Appointments
When the vehicle requires warranty
service, contact your dealer and
request an appointment. By
scheduling a service appointment
and advising the service consultant
of your transportation needs, your
dealer can help minimize your
inconvenience.
If the vehicle cannot be scheduled
into the service department
immediately, keep driving it until it
can be scheduled for service,
unless, of course, the problem is
safety related. If it is, please call
your dealership, let them know this,
and ask for instructions.
If your dealer requests you to bring
the vehicle for service, you are
urged to do so as early in the work
day as possible to allow for
same-day repair.
Courtesy Transportation
Program
To enhance your ownership
experience, we and our participating
dealers are proud to offer Courtesy
Transportation, a customer support
program for vehicles with the
Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty
Coverage period in Canada),
extended powertrain, and/or
hybrid-specific warranties in both
the U.S. and Canada.
Several Courtesy Transportation
options are available to assist in
reducing inconvenience when
warranty repairs are required.
Courtesy Transportation is not a
part of the New Vehicle Limited
Warranty. A separate booklet
entitled “Limited Warranty and
Owner Assistance Information”
furnished with each new vehicle
provides detailed warranty coverage
information.
Transportation Options
Warranty service can generally be
completed while you wait. However,
if you are unable to do so, your
dealer may offer the following
transportation options:
Shuttle Service
This includes one-way or round-trip
shuttle service within reasonable
time and distance parameters of
your dealer's area.
Public Transportation or Fuel
Reimbursement
If overnight warranty repairs are
needed, and public transportation is
used, the expense must be
supported by original receipts and
within the maximum amount allowed
by GM. If U.S. customers arrange
their own transportation, limited
reimbursement for reasonable fuel
expenses may be available. Claim
amounts should reflect actual costs
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
298 Customer Information
and be supported by original
receipts. See your dealer for
information.
Courtesy Rental Vehicle
For an overnight warranty repair, the
dealer may provide an available
courtesy rental vehicle or provide for
reimbursement of a rental vehicle.
Reimbursement is limited and must
be supported by original receipts as
well as a signed and completed
rental agreement and meet state/
provincial, local, and rental vehicle
provider requirements.
Requirements vary and may include
minimum age requirements,
insurance coverage, credit card, etc.
Additional fees such as fuel, rental
vehicle insurance, taxes, levies,
usage fees, excessive mileage,
or rental usage beyond the
completion of the repair are also
your responsibility.
It may not be possible to provide a
like vehicle as a courtesy rental.
Additional Program
Information
All program options, such as shuttle
service, may not be available at
every dealer. Contact your dealer
for specific availability.
General Motors reserves the right to
unilaterally modify, change,
or discontinue Courtesy
Transportation at any time and to
resolve all questions of claim
eligibility pursuant to the terms and
conditions described herein at its
sole discretion.
Collision Damage Repair
If the vehicle is involved in a
collision and it is damaged, have the
damage repaired by a qualified
technician using the proper
equipment and quality replacement
parts. Poorly performed collision
repairs diminish the vehicle resale
value, and safety performance can
be compromised in subsequent
collisions.
Collision Parts
Genuine GM Collision parts are new
parts made with the same materials
and construction methods as the
parts with which the vehicle was
originally built. Genuine GM
Collision parts are the best choice to
ensure that the vehicle's designed
appearance, durability, and safety
are preserved. The use of Genuine
GM parts can help maintain the GM
New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
Recycled original equipment parts
may also be used for repair. These
parts are typically removed from
vehicles that were total losses in
prior crashes. In most cases, the
parts being recycled are from
undamaged sections of the vehicle.
A recycled original equipment GM
part may be an acceptable choice to
maintain the vehicle's originally
designed appearance and safety
performance; however, the history of
these parts is not known. Such parts
are not covered by the GM New
Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any
related failures are not covered by
that warranty.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Customer Information 299
Aftermarket collision parts are also
available. These are made by
companies other than GM and may
not have been tested for the vehicle.
As a result, these parts may fit
poorly, exhibit premature durability/
corrosion problems, and may not
perform properly in subsequent
collisions. Aftermarket parts are not
covered by the GM New Vehicle
Limited Warranty, and any vehicle
failure related to such parts is not
covered by that warranty.
Repair Facility
GM also recommends that you
choose a collision repair facility that
meets your needs before you ever
need collision repairs. Your dealer
may have a collision repair center
with GM-trained technicians and
state-of-the-art equipment, or be
able to recommend a collision repair
center that has GM-trained
technicians and comparable
equipment.
Insuring the Vehicle
Protect your investment in the GM
vehicle with comprehensive and
collision insurance coverage. There
are significant differences in the
quality of coverage afforded by
various insurance policy terms.
Many insurance policies provide
reduced protection to the GM
vehicle by limiting compensation for
damage repairs through the use of
aftermarket collision parts. Some
insurance companies will not
specify aftermarket collision parts.
When purchasing insurance, we
recommend that you ensure that the
vehicle will be repaired with GM
original equipment collision parts.
If such insurance coverage is not
available from your current
insurance carrier, consider switching
to another insurance carrier.
If the vehicle is leased, the leasing
company may require you to have
insurance that ensures repairs with
Genuine GM Original Equipment
Manufacturer (OEM) parts or
Genuine Manufacturer replacement
parts. Read the lease carefully, as
you may be charged at the end of
the lease for poor quality repairs.
If a Crash Occurs
If there has been an injury, call
emergency services for help. Do not
leave the scene of a crash until all
matters have been taken care of.
Move the vehicle only if its position
puts you in danger, or you are
instructed to move it by a police
officer.
Give only the necessary information
to police and other parties involved
in the crash.
For emergency towing see
Roadside Assistance Program
0 295.
Gather the following information:
.
Driver name, address, and
telephone number
.
Driver license number
.
Owner name, address, and
telephone number
.
Vehicle license plate number
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
300 Customer Information
.
Vehicle make, model, and
model year
.
Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN)
.
Insurance company and policy
number
.
General description of the
damage to the other vehicle
Choose a reputable repair facility
that uses quality replacement parts.
See “Collision Parts” earlier in this
section.
If the airbag has inflated, see What
Will You See after an Airbag
Inflates? 0 48.
Managing the Vehicle Damage
Repair Process
In the event that the vehicle requires
damage repairs, GM recommends
that you take an active role in its
repair. If you have a pre-determined
repair facility of choice, take the
vehicle there, or have it towed there.
Specify to the facility that any
required replacement collision parts
be original equipment parts, either
new Genuine GM parts or recycled
original GM parts. Remember,
recycled parts will not be covered by
the GM vehicle warranty.
Insurance pays the bill for the repair,
but you must live with the repair.
Depending on your policy limits,
your insurance company may
initially value the repair using
aftermarket parts. Discuss this with
the repair professional, and insist on
Genuine GM parts. Remember,
if the vehicle is leased, you may be
obligated to have the vehicle
repaired with Genuine GM parts,
even if your insurance coverage
does not pay the full cost.
If another party's insurance
company is paying for the repairs,
you are not obligated to accept a
repair valuation based on that
insurance company's collision policy
repair limits, as you have no
contractual limits with that company.
In such cases, you can have control
of the repair and parts choices as
long as the cost stays within
reasonable limits.
Publication Ordering
Information
Service Manuals
Service manuals have the diagnosis
and repair information on the
engine, transmission, axle,
suspension, brakes, electrical
system, steering system, body, etc.
Customer Literature
Owner ’s manuals are written
specifically for owners and are
intended to provide basic
operational information about the
vehicle. The owner’s manual
includes the Maintenance Schedule
for all models.
Customer literature publications
available for purchase include
owner ’s manuals, warranty
manuals, infotainment manuals, and
portfolios. Portfolios include an
owner ’s manual, warranty manual,
infotainment manual, if applicable,
and zip lock bag or pouch.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Customer Information 301
Current and Past Models
Service manuals and customer
literature are available for many
current and past model year GM
vehicles.
To order, call 1-800-551-4123
Monday–Friday, 8:00 a.m.–6:00 p.m.
eastern time
For credit card orders only (VISA,
MasterCard, or Discover), see
Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com.
To order by mail, write to:
Helm, Incorporated
Attention: Customer Service
47911 Halyard Drive
Plymouth, MI 48170
Make checks payable in U.S. funds.
Radio Frequency
Statement
This vehicle has systems that
operate on a radio frequency that
complies with Part 15/Part 18 of the
Federal Communications
Commission (FCC) rules and with
Innovation, Science and Economic
Development (ISED) Canada's
RSP-100 / ICES-GEN.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1. The device may not cause
harmful interference.
2. The device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause
undesired operation of the
device.
Changes or modifications to any of
these systems by other than an
authorized service facility could void
authorization to use this equipment.
Reporting Safety
Defects
Reporting Safety Defects
to the United States
Government
If you believe that your vehicle
has a defect which could cause
a crash or could cause injury or
death, you should immediately
inform the National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA) in addition to notifying
General Motors.
If NHTSA receives similar
complaints, it may open an
investigation, and if it finds that
a safety defect exists in a group
of vehicles, it may order a recall
and remedy campaign.
However, NHTSA cannot
become involved in individual
problems between you, your
dealer, or General Motors.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
302 Customer Information
To contact NHTSA, you may call
the Vehicle Safety Hotline
toll-free at 1-888-327-4236
(TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to
http://www.safercar.gov; or
write to:
Administrator, NHTSA
1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.
Washington, D.C. 20590
You can also obtain other
information about motor
vehicle safety from
http://www.safercar.gov
.
Reporting Safety Defects
to the Canadian
Government
If you live in Canada, and you
believe that the vehicle has a
safety defect, notify Transport
Canada immediately, and notify
General Motors of Canada
Company. Call Transport
Canada at 1-800-333-0510;
go to:
www.tc.gc.ca/recalls (English)
www.tc.gc.ca/rappels (French)
or write to:
Transport Canada
Motor Vehicle Safety Directorate
Defect Investigations and
Recalls Division
80 Noel Street
Gatineau
, QC J8Z 0A1
Reporting Safety Defects
to General Motors
In addition to notifying NHTSA (or
Transport Canada) in a situation like
this, notify General Motors.
Call 1-800-222-1020, or write:
Chevrolet Motor Division
Chevrolet Customer Assistance
Center
P.O. Box 33170
Detroit, MI 48232-5170
In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777
(English) or 1-800-263-7854
(French), or write:
General Motors of Canada
Company
Customer Care Centre, Mail Code:
CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Customer Information 303
Vehicle Data
Recording and
Privacy
The vehicle has a number of
computers that record information
about the vehicle’s performance and
how it is driven or used. For
example, the vehicle uses computer
modules to monitor and control
engine and transmission
performance, to monitor the
conditions for airbag deployment
and deploy them in a crash, and,
if equipped, to provide antilock
braking to help the driver control the
vehicle. These modules may store
data to help the dealer technician
service the vehicle or to help GM
improve safety or features. Some
modules may also store data about
how the vehicle is operated, such as
rate of fuel consumption or average
speed. These modules may retain
personal preferences, such as radio
presets, seat positions, and
temperature settings.
Cybersecurity
GM collects information about the
use of your vehicle including
operational and safety related
information. We collect this
information to provide, evaluate,
improve, and troubleshoot our
products and services and to
develop new products and services.
The protection of vehicle electronics
systems and customer data from
unauthorized outside electronic
access or control is important to
GM. GM maintains appropriate
security standards, practices,
guidelines and controls aimed at
defending the vehicle and the
vehicle service ecosystem against
unauthorized electronic access,
detecting possible malicious activity
in related networks, and responding
to suspected cybersecurity incidents
in a timely, coordinated and effective
manner. Security incidents could
impact your safety or compromise
your private data. To minimize
security risks, please do not connect
your vehicle electronic systems to
unauthorized devices or connect
your vehicle to any unknown or
untrusted networks (such as
Bluetooth, WIFI or similar
technology). In the event you
suspect any security incident
impacting your data or the safe
operation of your vehicle, please
stop operating your vehicle and
contact your dealer.
Event Data Recorders
This vehicle is equipped with an
event data recorder (EDR). The
main purpose of an EDR is to
record, in certain crash or near
crash-like situations, such as an air
bag deployment or hitting a road
obstacle, data that will assist in
understanding how a vehicle’s
systems performed. The EDR is
designed to record data related to
vehicle dynamics and safety
systems for a short period of time,
typically 30 seconds or less. The
EDR in this vehicle is designed to
record such data as:
.
How various systems in your
vehicle were operating;
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
304 Customer Information
.
Whether or not the driver and
passenger safety belts were
buckled/fastened;
.
How far (if at all) the driver was
depressing the accelerator and/
or brake pedal; and,
.
How fast the vehicle was
traveling.
These data can help provide a
better understanding of the
circumstances in which crashes and
injuries occur.
Note
EDR data are recorded by your
vehicle only if a non-trivial crash
situation occurs; no data are
recorded by the EDR under normal
driving conditions and no personal
data (e.g., name, gender, age, and
crash location) are recorded.
However, other parties, such as law
enforcement, could combine the
EDR data with the type of
personally identifying data routinely
acquired during a crash
investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR,
special equipment is required, and
access to the vehicle or the EDR is
needed. In addition to the vehicle
manufacturer, other parties, such as
law enforcement, that have the
special equipment, can read the
information if they have access to
the vehicle or the EDR.
GM will not access these data or
share it with others except: with the
consent of the vehicle owner or,
if the vehicle is leased, with the
consent of the lessee; in response
to an official request by police or
similar government office; as part of
GM's defense of litigation through
the discovery process; or, as
required by law. Data that GM
collects or receives may also be
used for GM research needs or may
be made available to others for
research purposes, where a need is
shown and the data is not tied to a
specific vehicle or vehicle owner.
OnStar
If the vehicle is equipped with
OnStar and has an active service
plan, additional data may be
collected and transmitted through
the OnStar system. This includes
information about the vehicle’s
operation; collisions involving the
vehicle; the use of the vehicle and
its features, including infotainment;
and the location and approximate
GPS speed of the vehicle. Refer to
the OnStar Terms and Conditions
and Privacy Statement on the
OnStar website.
See OnStar Additional Information
0 307.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
OnStar 305
OnStar
OnStar Overview
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
OnStar Services
Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
OnStar Additional Information
OnStar Additional
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
OnStar Overview
= Voice Command Button
Q Blue OnStar Button
> Red Emergency Button
This vehicle may be equipped with a
comprehensive, in-vehicle system
that can connect to an OnStar
Advisor for Emergency, Security,
Navigation, Connections, and
Diagnostics Services. OnStar
services may require a paid service
plan and data plan. OnStar requires
the vehicle battery and electrical
system, cellular service, and GPS
satellite signals to be available and
operating. OnStar acts as a link to
existing emergency service
providers. OnStar may collect
information about you and your
vehicle, including location
information. See OnStar User
Terms, Privacy Statement, and
Software Terms for more details
including system limitations at
www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
www.onstar.ca (Canada).
The OnStar system status light is
next to the OnStar buttons. If the
status light is:
.
Solid Green: System is ready.
.
Flashing Green: On a call.
.
Red: Indicates a problem.
.
Off: System is off. Press
Q
twice to speak with an OnStar
Advisor.
Press
Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR
(1-888-466-7827) to speak to an
Advisor.
Functionality of the Voice Command
button may vary by vehicle and
region.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
306 OnStar
Press = to:
.
Open the OnStar app on the
infotainment display.
Or
.
Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn
Navigation voice commands.
.
Obtain and customize the Wi-Fi
hotspot name or SSID and
password, if equipped.
Press
Q to connect to an
Advisor to:
.
Verify account information or
update contact information.
.
Get driving directions.
.
Receive a Diagnostic check of
the vehicle's key operating
systems.
.
Receive Roadside Assistance.
.
Manage Wi-Fi Settings,
if equipped.
Press
> to get a priority connection
to an OnStar Advisor available
24/7 to:
.
Get help for an emergency.
.
Be a Good Samaritan or
respond to an AMBER Alert.
.
Get assistance in severe
weather or other crisis situations
and find evacuation routes.
OnStar Services
Emergency
Emergency Services require an
active safety and security plan. With
Automatic Crash Response, built-in
sensors can automatically alert a
specially trained OnStar Advisor
who is immediately connected in to
the vehicle to help.
Press
> for a priority connection to
an OnStar Advisor who can contact
emergency service providers, direct
them to your exact location, and
relay important information.
With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially
trained Advisors are available
24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to
provide a central point of contact,
assistance, and information during a
crisis.
With Roadside Assistance, Advisors
can locate a nearby service provider
to help with a flat tire, a battery
jump, or an empty gas tank.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
OnStar 307
Security
If equipped, OnStar provides these
services:
.
With Stolen Vehicle Assistance,
OnStar Advisors can use GPS to
pinpoint the vehicle and help
authorities quickly recover it.
.
With Remote Ignition Block,
if equipped, OnStar can block
the engine from being restarted.
.
With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown,
if equipped, OnStar can work
with law enforcement to
gradually slow the vehicle down.
Theft Alarm Notification
If equipped, if the doors are locked
and the vehicle alarm sounds, a
notification by text, e-mail, or phone
call will be sent. If the vehicle is
stolen, an OnStar Advisor can work
with authorities to recover the
vehicle.
OnStar Additional
Information
In-Vehicle Audio Messages
Audio messages may play important
information at the following times:
.
Prior to vehicle purchase. Press
Q to set up an account.
.
After change in ownership and
at 90 days.
Transferring Service
Press Q to request account transfer
eligibility information. The Advisor
can cancel or change account
information.
Selling/Transferring the
Vehicle
Call 1-888-4ONSTAR
(1-888-466-7827) immediately to
terminate your OnStar or connected
services if the vehicle is disposed
of, sold, transferred, or if the
lease ends.
Reactivation for Subsequent
Owners
Press Q and follow the prompts to
speak to an Advisor as soon as
possible. The Advisor will update
vehicle records and explain OnStar
or connected service options.
How OnStar Service Works
Automatic Crash Response,
Emergency Services, Crisis Assist,
Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Remote
Services, and Roadside Assistance
are available on most vehicles. Not
all OnStar services are available
everywhere or on all vehicles. For
more information, a full description
of OnStar services, system
limitations, and OnStar User Terms,
Privacy Statement, and Software
Terms:
.
Call 1-888-4ONSTAR
(1-888-466-7827).
.
See www.onstar.com (U.S.).
.
See www.onstar.ca (Canada).
.
Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
308 OnStar
.
Press
Q to speak with an
Advisor.
OnStar or connected services
cannot work unless the vehicle is in
a place where OnStar has an
agreement with a wireless service
provider for service in that area. The
wireless service provider must also
have coverage, network capacity,
reception, and technology
compatible with OnStar or
connected services. Service
involving location information about
the vehicle cannot work unless GPS
signals are available, unobstructed,
and compatible with the OnStar
hardware. OnStar or connected
services may not work if the OnStar
equipment is not properly installed
or it has not been properly
maintained. If equipment or software
is added, connected, or modified,
OnStar or connected services may
not work. Other problems beyond
the control of OnStar — such as
hills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather,
electrical system design and
architecture of the vehicle, damage
to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless
phone network congestion or
jamming — may prevent service.
See Radio Frequency Statement
0 301.
Services for People with
Disabilities
Advisors provide services to help
with physical disabilities and
medical conditions.
Press
Q to help:
.
Locate a gas station with an
attendant to pump gas.
.
Find a hotel, restaurant, etc.,
that meets accessibility needs.
.
Provide directions to the closest
hospital or pharmacy in urgent
situations.
TTY Users
OnStar has the ability to
communicate to deaf,
hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired
customers while in the vehicle. The
available dealer-installed TTY
system can provide in-vehicle
access to all OnStar services,
except Virtual Advisor and OnStar
Turn-by-Turn Navigation.
If equipped, TTY mode can be
turned on or off by touching
Settings, then Apps, and then
Phone. When TTY mode is on,
phone calls can be made or
received with OnStar using the
infotainment display.
OnStar Personal Identification
Number (PIN)
A PIN is needed to access some
OnStar services. The PIN will need
to be changed the first time when
speaking with an Advisor. To
change the OnStar PIN, contact an
OnStar Advisor by pressing
Q or
calling 1-888-4ONSTAR.
Warranty
OnStar equipment may be
warranted as part of the vehicle
warranty.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
OnStar 309
Languages
The vehicle can be programmed to
respond in multiple languages.
Press
Q and ask for an Advisor.
Advisors are available in English,
Spanish, and French. Available
languages may vary by country.
Potential Issues
OnStar cannot perform Remote
Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle
Assistance after the vehicle has
been off continuously for 10 days
without an ignition cycle. If the
vehicle has not been started for
10 days, OnStar can contact
Roadside Assistance or a locksmith
to help gain access to the vehicle.
Global Positioning
System (GPS)
.
Obstruction of the GPS can
occur in a large city with tall
buildings; in parking garages;
around airports; in tunnels and
underpasses; or in an area with
very dense trees. If GPS signals
are not available, the OnStar
system should still operate to
call OnStar. However, OnStar
could have difficulty identifying
the exact location.
.
In emergency situations, OnStar
can use the last stored GPS
location to send to emergency
responders.
A temporary loss of GPS can cause
loss of the ability to send a
Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. The
Advisor may give a verbal route or
may ask for a call back after the
vehicle is driven into an open area.
Cellular and GPS Antennas
Cellular reception is required for
OnStar to send remote signals to
the vehicle. Do not place items over
or near the antenna to prevent
blocking cellular and GPS signal
reception.
Unable to Connect to OnStar
Message
If there is limited cellular coverage
or the cellular network has reached
maximum capacity, this message
may come on. Press
Q to try the
call again or try again after driving a
few miles into another cellular area.
Vehicle and Power Issues
OnStar services require a vehicle
electrical system, wireless service,
and GPS satellite technologies to be
available and operating for features
to function properly. These systems
may not operate if the battery is
discharged or disconnected.
Add-on Electrical Equipment
The OnStar system is integrated
into the electrical architecture of the
vehicle. Do not add any electrical
equipment. See Add-On Electrical
Equipment 0 195. Added electrical
equipment may interfere with the
operation of the OnStar system and
cause it to not operate.
Vehicle Software Updates
OnStar or GM may remotely deliver
software updates or changes to the
vehicle without further notice or
consent. These updates or changes
may enhance or maintain safety,
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
310 OnStar
security, or the operation of the
vehicle or the vehicle systems.
Software updates or changes may
affect or erase data or settings that
are stored in the vehicle, such as
saved navigation destinations or
pre-set radio stations. Neither
OnStar nor GM is responsible for
any affected or erased data or
settings. These updates or changes
may also collect personal
information. Such collection is
described in the OnStar privacy
statement or separately disclosed at
the time of installation. These
updates or changes may also cause
a system to automatically
communicate with GM servers to
collect information about vehicle
system status, identify whether
updates or changes are available,
or deliver updates or changes. An
active OnStar agreement constitutes
consent to these software updates
or changes and agreement that
either OnStar or GM may remotely
deliver them to the vehicle.
Privacy
The complete OnStar Privacy
Statement may be found at
www.onstar.com (U.S.),
or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We
recommend that you review it. If you
have any questions, call
1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827)
or press
Q to speak with an
Advisor. Users of wireless
communications are cautioned that
the privacy of any information sent
via wireless cellular communications
cannot be assured. Third parties
may unlawfully intercept or access
transmissions and private
communications without consent.
OnStar - Software
Acknowledgements
Certain OnStar components include
libcurl and unzip software and other
third party software. Below are the
notices and licenses associated with
libcurl and unzip and for other third
party software please see http://
opensource.lge.com/index
www.onstar.com/us/en/
libcurl:
COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION
NOTICE
Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, Daniel
Stenberg, <[email protected]>.
All rights reserved.
Permission to use, copy, modify,
and distribute this software for any
purpose with or without fee is
hereby granted, provided that the
above copyright notice and this
permission notice appear in all
copies.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED
“AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF
ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF
THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO
EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF
CONTRACT, TORT OR
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
OnStar 311
OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice,
the name of a copyright holder shall
not be used in advertising or
otherwise to promote the sale, use
or other dealings in this Software
without prior written authorization of
the copyright holder.
unzip:
This is version 2005-Feb-10 of the
Info-ZIP copyright and license.
The definitive version of this
document should be available
at ftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/
license.html indefinitely.
Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. All
rights reserved.
For the purposes of this copyright
and license, “Info-ZIP” is defined as
the following set of individuals:
Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis,
Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois,
Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, Ed
Gordon, Ian Gorman, Chris
Herborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig,
Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson,
Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum,
Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden,
Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller,
Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens,
George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, Kai
Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury,
Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda,
Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta,
Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren,
Rich Wales, Mike White.
This software is provided “as is,”
without warranty of any kind,
express or implied. In no event shall
Info-ZIP or its contributors be held
liable for any direct, indirect,
incidental, special or consequential
damages arising out of the use of or
inability to use this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to
use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications,
and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following
restrictions:
1. Redistributions of source code
must retain the above copyright
notice, definition, disclaimer,
and this list of conditions.
2. Redistributions in binary form
(compiled executables) must
reproduce the above copyright
notice, definition, disclaimer,
and this list of conditions in
documentation and/or other
materials provided with the
distribution. The sole exception
to this condition is redistribution
of a standard UnZipSFX binary
(including SFXWiz) as part of a
self-extracting archive; that is
permitted without inclusion of
this license, as long as the
normal SFX banner has not
been removed from the binary
or disabled.
3. Altered versions–including, but
not limited to, ports to new
operating systems, existing
ports with new graphical
interfaces, and dynamic,
shared, or static library
versions–must be plainly
marked as such and must not
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
312 OnStar
be misrepresented as being
the original source. Such
altered versions also must not
be misrepresented as being
Info-ZIP releases–including,
but not limited to, labeling of
the altered versions with the
names “Info-ZIP” (or any
variation thereof, including, but
not limited to, different
capitalizations), “Pocket
UnZip,” “WiZ” or “MacZip”
without the explicit permission
of Info-ZIP. Such altered
versions are further prohibited
from misrepresentative use of
the Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mail
addresses or of the
Info-ZIP URL(s).
4. Info-ZIP retains the right to use
the names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”
“UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”
“Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”
and “MacZip” for its own
source and binary releases.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Connected Services 313
Connected
Services
Connected Services
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Connected Services
Navigation
Navigation requires a specific
OnStar or connected service plan.
Press
Q to receive Turn-by-Turn
directions or have them sent to the
vehicle’s navigation screen,
if equipped.
Turn-by-Turn Navigation
1. Press Q to connect to an
Advisor.
2. Request directions to be
downloaded to the vehicle.
3. Follow the voice-guided
commands.
Using Voice Commands
During a Planned Route
Functionality of the Voice Command
button, if equipped, may vary by
vehicle and region. For some
vehicles, press
= to open the
OnStar app on the infotainment
display. For other vehicles press
=
as follows.
Cancel Route
1. Press
=. System responds:
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.
2. Say “Cancel route.” System
responds: “Do you want to
cancel directions?”
3. Say “Yes.” System responds:
“OK, request completed, thank
you, goodbye.”
Route Preview
1. Press
=. System responds:
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.
2. Say “Route preview.” System
responds with the next three
maneuvers.
Repeat
1. Press
=. System responds:
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
314 Connected Services
2. Say “Repeat.” System
responds with the last direction
given, then responds with
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.
Get My Destination
1. Press
=. System responds:
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.
2. Say “Get my destination.”
System responds with the
address and distance to the
destination, then responds with
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.
Send Destination to Vehicle
Directions can be sent to the
vehicle’s navigation screen,
if equipped.
Press
Q, then ask the Advisor to
download directions to the vehicle’s
navigation system, if equipped. After
the call ends, the navigation screen
will provide prompts to begin driving
directions. Routes that are sent to
the navigation screen can only be
canceled through the navigation
system.
See www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
www.onstar.ca (Canada).
Connections
The following services help with
staying connected.
For coverage maps, see
www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
www.onstar.ca (Canada).
Ensuring Security
.
Change the default passwords
for the Wi-Fi hotspot and
myChevrolet mobile application.
Make these passwords different
from each other and use a
combination of letters, numbers,
and symbols to increase the
security.
.
Change the default name of the
SSID (Service Set Identifier).
This is your network’s name that
is visible to other wireless
devices. Choose a unique name
and avoid family names or
vehicle descriptions.
Wi-Fi Hotspot (If Equipped)
The vehicle may have a built-in
Wi-Fi hotspot that provides access
to the Internet and web content at
4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobile
devices can be connected. A data
plan is required. Use the in-vehicle
controls only when it is safe to
do so.
1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspot
information, press
= to open
the OnStar app on the
infotainment display, then
select Wi-Fi Hotspot. On some
vehicles, touch Wi-Fi or Wi-Fi
Settings on the screen.
2. The Wi-Fi settings will display
the Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID),
password, and on some
vehicles, the connection type
(no Internet connection, 3G,
4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality
(poor, good, excellent).
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Connected Services 315
3. To change the SSID or
password, press
Q or call
1-888-4ONSTAR to connect
with an Advisor. On some
vehicles, the SSID and
password can be changed in
the Wi-Fi Hotspot menu.
After initial set-up, your vehicle’s
Wi-Fi hotspot will connect
automatically to your mobile
devices. Manage data usage by
turning Wi-Fi on or off on your
mobile device, using the
myChevrolet mobile app, or by
contacting an OnStar Advisor. On
some vehicles, Wi-Fi can also be
managed from the Wi-Fi
Hotspot menu.
MyChevrolet Mobile App (If
Available)
Download the myChevrolet mobile
app to compatible Apple and
Android smartphones. Chevrolet
users can access the following
services from a smartphone:
.
Remotely start/stop the vehicle,
if factory-equipped.
.
Lock/unlock doors, if equipped
with automatic locks.
.
Activate the horn and lamps.
.
Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oil
life, or tire pressure,
if factory-equipped with the Tire
Pressure Monitor System.
.
Send destinations to the vehicle.
.
Locate the vehicle on a map
(U.S. market only).
.
Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspot
on/off, manage settings, and
monitor data consumption,
if equipped.
.
Locate a dealer and schedule
service.
.
Request roadside assistance.
.
Set a parking reminder with pin
drop, take a photo, make a note,
and set a timer.
.
Connect with Chevrolet on social
media.
Features are subject to change. For
myChevrolet mobile app information
and compatibility, see
my.chevrolet.com.
An active OnStar or connected
service plan may be required.
A compatible device,
factory-installed remote start, and
power locks are required. Data rates
apply. See www.onstar.com for
details and system limitations.
Remote Services
Contact an OnStar Advisor to
unlock the doors or sound the horn
and flash the lamps.
Marketplace
OnStar Advisors can provide offers
from restaurants and retailers on
your route, help locate hotels,
or book a room. These services
vary by market.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
316 Connected Services
Diagnostics
By monitoring and reporting on the
vehicle's key systems, OnStar
Advanced Diagnostics, if equipped,
provides a way to keep up on
maintenance. Capabilities vary by
model. See www.onstar.com for
details and system limitations.
Features are subject to change. For
updates on feature capabilities, see
my.chevrolet.com. Message and
data rates may apply.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Index 317
Index
A
Accessories and
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 195
Additional Information
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Additional Maintenance
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Agreements
Trademarks and License . . . . . 141
Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . 207
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Air Conditioning Regular
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Air Filter, Passenger
Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Air Intake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Airbag System
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55
How Does an Airbag
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
Passenger Sensing System . . . .49
What Makes an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47
What Will You See after an
Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
Airbag System (cont'd)
When Should an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . . 45
Airbags
Adding Equipment to the
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54
Passenger Status Indicator . . . . .88
Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Servicing Airbag-Equipped
Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43
Alarm
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Antenna
Multi-band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 175
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92
Appearance Care
Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Apple CarPlay and
Android Auto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Armrest
Front Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
318 Index
Assistance Program,
Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Audio
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Automatic
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
Emergency Braking (AEB) . . . . 188
Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Automatic Transmission
Shift Lock Control Function
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Auxiliary Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Avoiding Untrusted Media
Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
B
Battery
Exterior Lighting Battery
Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115
Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114
Battery - North America . . . .215, 257
Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 218
Bluetooth
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130, 131
Bluetooth Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Brake
System Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . 91
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Automatic
Emergency (AEB) . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 160
Bulb Replacement
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Headlamps, Front Turn
Signal, Sidemarker, and
Parking Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
High Intensity Discharge
(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . . . 224
Taillamps, Turn Signal,
Stoplamps, and Back-up
Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
C
Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
California
Perchlorate Materials
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
California
Proposition
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . .197, 215, 257,
Back Cover
Camera
Rear Vision (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . 2
Capacities and
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Carbon Monoxide
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Cargo
Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76
Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77
Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 3
Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . . 89
Check
Engine Light (Malfunction
Indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89
Ignition Transmission Lock . . . 217
Child Restraints
Infants and Young Children . . . . .57
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Index 319
Child Restraints (cont'd)
Lower Anchors and Tethers
for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56
Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71, 73
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Cleaning
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Climate Control Systems . . . . . . . 143
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Clutch, Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . 298
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Compartments
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Connected Services
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Connections
Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . 314
Control
Traction and Electronic
Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Coolant
Engine Temperature
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95
Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Courtesy Transportation
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Cover
Cargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Covers
Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97
Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Text Telephone (TTY)
Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Customer Information
Publications Ordering
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Customer Satisfaction
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Cybersecurity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
D
Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . 298
Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 3
Data Collection
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . 303
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Diagnostics
Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . 316
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Door
Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . 290
Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . 182
Driver Information
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Driving
Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . . . . 149
Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
320 Index
Driving (cont'd)
Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 153
If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 155
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
E
Electrical Equipment,
Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Electrical System
Engine Compartment Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 226
Instrument Panel Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Emergency
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Engine
Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Check Light (Malfunction
Indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89
Compartment Overview . . . . . . . 201
Engine (cont'd)
Coolant Temperature
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96
Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211
Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Reduced Power Light . . . . . . . . . . .97
Running While Parked . . . . . . . . 171
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . 303
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Extender, Seat Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 109
Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . 110
Exterior Lighting Battery
Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
F
Filter,
Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 112
Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Fluid
Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 205
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Forward Collision Alert
(FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Frequency Statement
Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Front Fog Lamp
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97
Front Seat Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Front Seats
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
Fuel
Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Economy, Driving for Better . . . 149
Filling a Portable Fuel
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Index 321
Fuel (cont'd)
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . .96
Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Recommended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Top Tier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Fuses
Engine Compartment Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 226
Instrument Panel Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
G
Gas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Gauges
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86
Warning Lights and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83
General Information
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 273
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
GM Mobility Reimbursement
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
H
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 112
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Headlamps
Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110
Headlamps, Front Turn
Signal, Sidemarker, and
Parking Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
High Intensity Discharge
(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . .97
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . .110
Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . .97
Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Heater
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 153
Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . 177
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Hood Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
How to Wear Seat Belts
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
HVAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
I
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . .160, 162
Ignition Transmission Lock
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96
Indicator
Owner Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91
Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93
Infants and Young Children,
Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Information
Publication Ordering . . . . . . . . . . 300
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Instrument Panel Overview . . . . . . . 5
Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . 25
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2, 116
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
322 Index
J
Jack
Auxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Jump Starting - North
America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
K
Keyless Entry
Remote (RKE) System . . . . . 10, 13
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
L
Labeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . 233
Lamps
Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . .110
Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Exterior Lamps Off
Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110
Exterior Lighting Battery
Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115
License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Malfunction Indicator (Check
Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89
On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97
Lamps (cont'd)
Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Lane Departure
Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Lane Departure Warning Light . . . 93
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
LATCH System
Replacing Parts after a
Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70
LATCH, Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Lighting
Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114
Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Lights
Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87
Antilock Brake System
(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92
Brake System Warning . . . . . . . . .91
Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Check Engine (Malfunction
Indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97
Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98
Lights (cont'd)
Engine Coolant Temperature
Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95
Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110
Front Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97
High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . .110
Hood Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96
Lane Departure Warning . . . . . . . .93
Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96
Operate Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92
Reduced Engine Power . . . . . . . .97
Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . .87
Service Vehicle Soon . . . . . . . . . . .91
StabiliTrak OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95
Traction Control System
(TCS)/StabiliTrak . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94
Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94
Ultrasonic Parking Sensor . . . . . . 93
Up-Shift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92
Warning, Power Steering . . . . . . .93
Locks
Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Index 323
Locks (cont'd)
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . 96
Lower Anchors and Tethers
for Children (LATCH
System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
M
Maintenance
Air Conditioning Regular
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Maintenance and Care
Additional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . 275
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . . 89
Manual Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Manual Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Media
Avoiding Untrusted Devices . . 124
Messages
Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103, 104
Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Mirrors
Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . 25
Monitor System, Tire
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Multi-band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
N
Navigation
Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . 313
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . 160
O
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Off-Road
Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Oil
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 204
Oil (cont'd)
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96
Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . 56
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . 294
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
OnStar Additional
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
OnStar Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
OnStar Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
OnStar System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Operate Pedal Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Operation
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112
Outlets
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82
Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Owner Manual Indicator . . . . . . . . . 91
P
Park
Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Park Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
324 Index
Parking (cont'd)
Brake and P (Park)
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 217
Extended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . 169
Ultrasonic Sensor Light . . . . . . . . .93
Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Passenger Compartment Air
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Passenger Sensing System . . . . . 49
Perchlorate Materials
Requirements, California . . . . . . 198
Personalization
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Phone
Apple CarPlay and
Android Auto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130, 131
Port
USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Power
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82
Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . .114
Reduced Engine Light . . . . . . . . . .97
Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 167
Power (cont'd)
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
Power Steering Warning
Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Pregnancy, Using Seat Belts . . . . 41
Privacy
Vehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . 303
Program
Courtesy Transportation . . . . . . 297
Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Proposition
65 Warning,
California . . . . . . . . . . . .197, 215, 257,
Back Cover
Publication Ordering
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
R
Radio Frequency Statement . . . . 301
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Radios
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Satellite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . 183
Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . . 81
Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Recommended
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Records
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 261
Reduced Engine Power Light . . . . 97
Reimbursement Program,
GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10, 13
Replacement Parts
Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . 55
Replacing LATCH System
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Replacing Seat Belt System
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Reporting Safety Defects
Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 302
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Restraints
Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Index 325
Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Roads
Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Roadside Assistance
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Roof
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . 290
Running the Vehicle While
Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
S
Safety Defects Reporting
Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 302
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . 297
Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
How to Wear Seat Belts
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
Seat Belts (cont'd)
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87
Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . .43
Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . .41
Seats
Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
Heated Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . .32
Securing Child Restraints . . . . 71, 73
Security
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Accessories and
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Climate Control System . . . . . . . 143
Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . 198
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 286
Maintenance, General
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 297
Vehicle Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Services
Special Application . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Shift Lock Control Function
Check, Automatic
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Shifting
Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Signals, Turn and
Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Spare Tire
Compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Special Application Services . . . . 280
Specifications and
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
StabiliTrak
OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Start Assist, Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Power, Warning Lights . . . . . . . . . .93
Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80
Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
326 Index
Stoplamps and Back-up Lamps
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Storage Areas
Cargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . . 76
Struts
Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
System
Forward Collision
Alert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Roof Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77
Systems
Driver Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
T
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Taillamps
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . 294
Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . 22, 23
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95
Pressure Monitor Operation . . 240
Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 239
Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Terminology and Definitions . . 235
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 249
When It Is Time for New
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Top Tier Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Towing
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 195
Towing (cont'd)
Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 261
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Traction
Control System
(TCS)/StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . . .94
Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Trademarks and License
Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Transmission
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Fluid, Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Transportation Program,
Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Turn Signal
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
U
Ultrasonic Parking Sensor
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 247
Up-Shift Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13556236) -
2020 - CRC - 4/23/19
Index 327
USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Using the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
V
Vehicle
Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Identification Number (VIN) . . . 287
Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103, 104
Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
Service Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . .91
Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . . 93
Vehicle Care
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
W
Warning
Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . .91
Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Warning (cont'd)
Lane Departure (LDW) . . . . . . . 189
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Warnings
Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Wheel Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Wheels
Alignment and Tire Balance . . 249
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
When It Is Time for New
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . 61
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
Windshield
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80
Winter
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . 218
Wipers
Rear Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81
C
M
Y
CM
MY
CY
CMY
K
20_CHEV_Spark_COV_en_US_84321087B_2019SEP25.ai 1 8/26/2019 2:43:54 PM20_CHEV_Spark_COV_en_US_84321087B_2019SEP25.ai 1 8/26/2019 2:43:54 PM
